Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.
This document contains no pages.
HomeMy WebLinkAboutR2021-127 2021-06-14RESOLUTION NO. R2021-127
A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a
construction services contract for the Water Production Rehabilitation
Project, to C3 Constructors, in the amount of $627,000.00.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS:
Section 1. That competitive bids for construction of the Water Production
Rehabilitation Project have been reviewed and tabulated.
Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to C3 Constructors, in the
amount of $627,000.00.
Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a
construction services contract for the Water Production Rehabilitation Project.
PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 14th day of June, A.D., 2021.
EVIN COLE
AYOR
RXSTAL ROAN, TRMC, CMC
CITY SECRETARY
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
DARRIN M. COKER
CITY ATTORNEY
Project Manual
for:
4,,
(it,.
Water Production Facilities
Rehabilit ation
,,,„li.,,,,... .,,,,...
,,,,., „,..,-
,.. , ,,,,,,„*.A, .
_ . . ,.., ,,,..„ , ,„ ..,..
,,,_ -:\ .' .N:4%,*
k 1
2 i.. ' s`.1
k., uY, �y - ... d 2 m I
co ' 1---.4.4 r t-v, -• .---
-t 4!4'+ -%",.'4 ft, .% ''t „,
tk
P Project No. :WA2104
Bid No. : 0321 -34
"" OF `�
March 19 2021 _•'� ; .
DAVID W.KASPER }
r
Prepared By: ��;., 862sa :�r �
i `oct`S C'CE'NS O0&'
;' �` +jNA4y
EI°�G�NEE.I S
ARKK Engineers, LLC
7322 Southwest Freeway, Suite 1040
Houston,TX 77074
TX PE Firm No. 13872
(713)-400-2755 office
(713)-400-2754 fax
Proj ect Manual
for:
Water Production Facilities
Rehabilitation
COP Project No. : WA2104
Bid No. : 0321 -34
March 19, 2021
Prepared By:
ARKK ENGINEERS, LLC
7322 Southwest Fwy. Ste. 1040 Houston TX 77074 - TX PE Firm No. 13872
I '
CITY OF PEARLAND
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
BRAZORIA COUNTY,TEXAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION TITLE
DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00100 Invitation to Bid
00200 Instructions to Bidders
00300 Bid Proposal
00500 Standard Form of Agreement
00505 Texas House Bill 89 Verification Form
00610 Performance Bond
00611 Payment Bond
00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond
00615 Partial Waiver of Lien
00700 General Conditions of Agreement
00800 Special Conditions of Agreement
00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction
00900 Addendum No. 1
DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01100 Summary of Work
01140 Contractor's Use of Premises
01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures
01290 Change Order Procedures
01310 Coordination and Meetings
01350 Submittals
01380 Construction Photographs
01420 Referenced Standards
01430 Contractor's Quality Control
01440 Observation Services
01450 Testing Laboratory Services
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01505 Mobilization
01555-SP Special Provision to Traffic Control and Regulation
01555 Traffic Control and Regulation
01560 Filter Fabric Fence
01562 Waste Material Disposal
01563 Tree and Plant Protection
01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
01565 TPDES Requirements
01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation
01570 Trench Safety System
01580 Project Identification Signs
01600 Material and Equipment
00010- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS
01630 Product Options and Substitutions
01720-SP Special Provision to Field Surveying
01720 Field Surveying
01730 Operation and Maintenance Data
01760-SP Special Provision-to-Project Record Documents
01760 Project Record Documents
01770 Contract Closeout
DIVISION 2—SITE WORK
02200 Site Preparation
02252 Cement Stabilized Sand
02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
02510-SP Special Provision to Water Mains
02510 Water Mains
02512 Polyethylene Wrap
02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults
02534 PVC Pipe
02540 Tapping Sleeves and Valves
02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves
02630 Storm Sewers
02634 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings
02910 Topsoil
02922 Sodding
02980 Pavement Repair
DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE
03300 Cast In Place Concrete
DIVISION 9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
09915 Protective Coatings
DIVISION 13 -EQUIPMENT
13122 Metal Buildings
DIVISION 15 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
15053 Pump Station Piping
15101 Valves and Gates for Pump Stations
END OF SECTION
00010-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID
Section 00100
INVITATION TO BID
CITY OF PEARLAND,TEXAS
LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER
Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System.
Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at:
https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a
"supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier
Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications
or Bid time and date.
However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on
this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes
listed below:
* Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, General(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, Trade(New Construction)
For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,
Section 00200, included in the project bid. documents viewable on the web site. Questions
regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at
ebids cr pearlandtx.gov. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the
opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record.
Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically
through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall Annex located at
3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m.,
Thursday, April 15, 2021. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the
appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly
"opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for
the construction of:
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: WA2104
BID NO.: 0321-34
A non-mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held virtually and in person at 3:00 p.m. on
Thursday,April 1, 2021 at City Hall Council Chambers—3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland,
TX 77581 Virtual Option is available as well. To join by phone, dial in#: +1-408-418-9388.
Meeting#: 182 274 9196;Meeting Password: kWiDfSF7
The two project areas are located in the City of Pearland,at the FM 521 Water Production Facility,
and the Alice Street Water Projection Facility. The project includes valve replacements, piping
06-2019 00100- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID
improvements, protective coatings, and other related work, and all labor, equipment, materials,
and incidentals required for the project.
Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based
project management software, "Pro-Trak'; for the administration of the construction project,
including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's,Change Orders,
Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager
and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that
form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project. For more
information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200.
Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications
are available for download on the City's Website at: https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx
upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents
may also available at the following locations.
Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577
4001 Sherwood
Houston,TX 77092
The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100
2400 Augusta, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77057
Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201
7035 W. Tidwell Building J, Suite 112
Houston, TX 77092
No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E-
bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM
IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF
THE PLAN HOUSES.
Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans,
specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding.
No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid
opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided
herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s).
Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid
Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must
accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall
scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid_ Original documents
for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to
the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall
be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty
Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
06-2019 00100-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID
The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253
of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in
the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such
bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas,
and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of
Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one
year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the
Special Conditions of Agreement.
Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract
without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the
basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the peiformance of this contract.
The contractor shall tarty out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the
award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to
carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may
result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient
deems appropriate.
Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78
Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Depaitinent of
Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally-
Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby
notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in
response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or
national origin in consideration for an award.
DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this project is 0%. The
Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. DBEs and SBEs selected must be
TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various
supplier and subcontracting opportunities.
Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder.
In identifying this criteria the City will consider: 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and
specifically requested, including but not limited to: Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected
Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination
of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids.
A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid
price.
Crystal Roan
City Secretary,
City of Pearland
First Publication date: March 24, 2021
Second Publication date: March 31, 2021
06-2019 00100-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Section 00200
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Defined Terms
1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used
interchangeably with the term"the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City.
1.2 The term "Bidder"means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct
from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the
lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner(on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter
provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all
Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids).
1.3 The term "E-bid System"refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web-
based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the
pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The
term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the
electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid"
or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized
bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders.
1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and
construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project.
This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for
communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention
for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the
successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting.
1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in
the Bidding Documents.
1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean
consecutive calendar day(s).
2. Registration for E-bid System
2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at
https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project
from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential
Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and
completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add
the codes listed below:
* Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, Heavy(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)
* Construction Services, Trade (New Construction)
12-2014 00200-1 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes
Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact
information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" -
will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will
automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E-bid
System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that
project.
2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can
be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form
within the E-bid System.
2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to:
ebids(,pearlandtx:gov.
3. Copies of Bidding Documents
3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to
registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: https://pearland.ionwave.net.
Interested.Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid
Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from
the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print.
3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these
documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the
project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and
all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer.
3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses
listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding
directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download
the project Bid Documents.
3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither
Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from
the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued
prior to bid.
3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above
terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a
license or grant for any other use.
4. Qualifications of Bidders
4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in
addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders,
12-2014 00200-2 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two
(2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested:
1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and
scope;
2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for
construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete;
3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid;
4)A list of name,address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder;
and
5)A Financial Statement of Bidder,consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement
of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal,
which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The
Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which
is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be
considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the
project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked
as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public
Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as
such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would
cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder.
5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site
5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine
the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions
that may affect cost,progress,performance or furnishing of the Work, (c)consider federal,state
and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the
Work, (d)study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
(e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract
Documents, (f)to recognize and plan for use of the City's"Pro-Trak"software to administer the
construction process and perform the work of the project.
5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized
by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for
review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not
rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions
contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction.
5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground
utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon
information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities
or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof.
5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or
( obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface.
and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
12-2014 00200-3 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to
determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with
the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to
conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission
of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its
former condition upon completion of such explorations.
5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual
arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage
of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner
unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by
Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception
the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the
Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract
Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and
convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.
6. Interpretations and Addenda
6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed
to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to
such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all
registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior
to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by
formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be
without legal effect.
6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders
that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System.
7. Bid Security •
7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in
an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a
certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security").
7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their
Bid Security(sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check)as an attachment to their
electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the
lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of
12-2014 00200-4 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance
Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has
executed the Standard Form of Agreement,and furnished the required Performance and Payment
Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder
fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required
performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may
annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The
Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard
Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security
furnished by all such Bidders will be returned.
8. Contract Time
8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in
the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time
as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time").
All references to "time" or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days.
9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus
9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any,are set forth in the
Standard Form of Agreement.
10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items
10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment
described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the
Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or
used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be
considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references
shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such
application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents.
11. Bid Form
11.1 ' The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding
Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below,
and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid.
All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All
blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all
Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection.
11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president
or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and
the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The
12-2014 00200-5 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed
the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid.
11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner,
executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be
shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once
executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid.
11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be
filled in on the Bid Proposal form).
11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must
be shown on the Bid Proposal form.
12. Submission of Bid Proposals
12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in
accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule
shall be made by Addenda.
12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and
conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System
electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential
supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at
https://pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.
Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected.
13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals
13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without
prejudice.
13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly
executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City
Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas
77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals.
13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A
withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid
Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety(90) days subsequent
to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland.
13.4 If,within twenty-four(24)hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly
signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable
satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the'preparation of its Bid Proposal,
that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at
the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that
12-2014 00200-6 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract
Documents.
14. Opening of Bid Proposals
14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly.
An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any)will be made
available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall
be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade
secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified
any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information.
15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance
15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety(90) days after the day of
the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and
return the bid security prior to that date.
16. Award of Contract
16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms
with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to
provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete
all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or
improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or
otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of
Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is
otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria:
A)Provision of the"Best Value" or
B)Lowest Responsible Bidder
16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom
to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and
Bidder's goods or services;3)quality of Bidder's goods or services;4)extent to which the goods
or services meet the Owner's needs; 5)Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6)impact on
the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically
underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7)
total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of
Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A
contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum
basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format.
16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will
consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work and Alternates,
if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications
of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and
such alternates,unit prices and other data, as maybe requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior
12-2014 00200-7of8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices
will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any
column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum
basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format.
Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for
attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting.
16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and
financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to
Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time.
17. Contract Security
17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to
Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface
Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided
herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner.
18. Signing of Agreement
18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the
required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10).days thereafter Contractor
shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement
to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one
fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner
and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of
Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner.
19. Pre-bid Conference
19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid.
20. Retainage
20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
12-2014 00200-8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL
Section 00300
BID PROPOSAL
Lowest Responsible Bid
Date: April 15, 2021.
Bid of C3 Constructors LLC , an individual proprietorship/xsa
corporation;organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting
of , for the construction of:
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: WA2104
BID NO.: 0321-34
(Submitted in Electronic format)
To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, Texas 77581
Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned
Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor,
machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all
the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of
the Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation with all related appurtenances, complete, tested,
and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by David W. Kasper,
P.E., ARKK Engineers, LLC, 7322 Southwest Fwy. Ste. 1040 Houston TX 77074, 713-400-2755,
for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as
contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a
legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are
ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or
deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed.
The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as
an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has
been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Depaittuent, City Hall Annex 3523
Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial
Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition
of the Bid process.
The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of
Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and One-Year Maintenance
Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to
the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work.
within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required
insurance in the required amounts.
Bidder's Initial's: CM./
10-2017 00300- 1 of 2
ADDENDUM 1
CITY OF PEARLAND ;ID PROPOSAL
The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice
to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within two-hundred and
forty(240) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion
shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated
damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement, in the event
the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time.
The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or
modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as
may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder.
It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of
Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and One-Year
Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along
with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award, the
Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders.
Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s).
The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to
the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in
the Bid Proposal prices.
Addendum No.: I. Date: 4/9/21 Addendum No.: Date:
Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date:
Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are
those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement,participated in any
collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding.
Firm Name: C3 Constr tors LLC
By: Chris Wade
Title: President
Address: 502 W. Montgomery#515 Willis TX 7737
Phone No: 936 223 2610
ATTEST:
✓ Mot (Seal, if Bidder is'a Corporation,'
(Typed or P -nted Name) =�
:ia :ture
ate: gASV
END OF SECTION
Bidder's Initial's: e Kv
10-2017 00300-2 of 2
ADDENDUM 1
EXHIBIT'A'-E ;tM
(Bid Form must be submi Ironically)
Project Name: Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
Bid No: 0321-34
Item No. Quantity UOM Description Spec Reference Unit Price Total
PKHD 1 Base Bid s General Items ,a , RMN;w 'CI „ rlm 1,MMIVAAVAV'M
PKLN 1 1 Base Bid 1 L5 Mobilization(Not to exceed 3%of total bid) 01505 $ 18,800.00 $ 18,800.00
FM 521 Water So ii Al A, m `', P ik�", ;a PKHD 2 Base Bid " "' If �; tiu
o i'� a .gPlant items ` a ,. „ 't gAo, a , . T `
Cut and Remove existing buried 18"Butterfly Valve and Replace with an
PKLN 2 2 Base Bid 1 EA 18"Gate Valve and Box,includes 8'of 18"Steel Pipe,Couplings, 02541 $28,0Q0.00 $ 28,000.00
Restraints,Bedding,Coatings,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
Cut and Remove existing buried 24"Butterfly Valve and Replace with an
PKLN 2 3 Base Bid 2 EA 24"Gate Valve and Box,includes 8'of 24"Steel Pipe,Couplings, 02541 S 38,750.00 $ 77,'500.00
Restraints,Bedding,Coatings,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
PKLN 2 4 Base Bid 1 EA Cut in an 18"Gate Valve and,Box,includes 8'of 18"Ductile Iron Pipe, 02541 $ 27,000.00 s 27,000.00
Couplings,Restraints,Blocking,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
Install a 24"Ductile Iron Pipe meter run,includes removal of existing
pipe,new 24"Gate Valve,24"Meter,Couplings,Adaptors,Bends, 02510,15053
PKLN 2 5 Base Bid 1 LS Sleeves,Restraints,Blocking,Concrete Slab,Air Release Valve,Coatings, and 15101 $141,5500.00 5141,500.00
2"Ductile Iron Pipe,2"Connection to existing pipe,Complete in Place,
the Sum of:
Perform exploratory excavation at the FM 518 Water Plant site in
PKLN 2 6 Base Bid 1 advance of construction to verify pipe materials,pipe depths,pie 02318 $ 9,000.00 $9,000.00
sizes,and all other items needed to facilitate ordering of materials
and construction.
PKHD 3 Base Bid Alice Street Water
Plant Items �
i,
c 4144 a,*Irindi.! w PEi%:u o'N ", figs , r 4,,,i .. ,,;x s rxv,:t "w,.
Install a 20"Ductile Iron Jumper Pipe connecting an existing 24"and 30"
PKLN 3 7 Base Bid 1 Ductile Iron Pipe Water Supply Lines,includes two(2)tapping sleeves, 02540,02510 $ 108,900.00 s108,900.00
two(2)20"Gate Valves,valve boxes,sleeves,couplings,restraints,
adaptors,blocking,bends,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
Replace an existing above ground 8"steel tank drain pipe,includes steel 02635,09915,
PKLN 3 8 Base Bid 1 LS pipe,8"Gate Valve,pipe supports,8"flap valve,protective coatings, and 02541 S 24,300.00 $24,300.00
complete in place,the sum of:
Cut in a 16"Tee,install three(3)16"Gate Valves and Boxes,includes PKLN 3 9 Base Bid 1 EA 16"Pipe,12"Pipe,Couplings,Reducer,Restraints,Blocking,Complete 02541 $ 52,300.00 $52,300.00
in Place,the Sum of:
ADDENDUM NO.1 Bid Form Page 1 of 2
ADDENDUM 1
>m No. Quantity UOM DescriE Spec Reference Unit Price Total
Sump Pump Piping Improvements-Install 1.5"PVC Pipe to connect
existing and proposed sump pump piping outlet pipes to existing 20.00 $ 6,200.00
PKLN 3 10 Base Bid 310 LF 02543 $
concrete drain inlets. Includes connections,adaptors,bends,pipe,pipe
brackets,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
Sump Pump Piping Improvements-Install 3/4"PVC Pipe to connect
PKLN 3 11 Base Bid 10 LF existing and proposed sump pump piping outlet pipes. Includes 02543 $ 90.00 $900.00
connections,adaptors,bends,pipe,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
PKLN 3 12 Base Bid 1 LS Install one(1)electric sump pump in an existing utility vault 15101 $ 3,800.00 $ 3,800.00
Remove and replace an existing 20"flanged flow meter in an existing
PKLN 3 13 Base Bid 1 L5 utility vault,includes coupling,meter,transmitter,cords,display panel, 15053 S 28,500.00 $28,500.00
mounting,for a fully functional meter installation.
Remove and replace an existing 16"flanged flow meter in an existing
PKLN 3 14 Base Bid 1 LS utility vault,includes coupling,meter,transmitter,cords,display panel, 15053 $ 25,500.00 $ 25,500.00
mounting,for a fully functional meter installation.
PKLN 3 15 Base Bid 1 Construct a 24'x 24'steel canopy/carport on existing concrete driveway 13122 $ 38,500.00 $38,500.00
area
Perform exploratory excavation at the Alice Street Water Plant site in
PKLN 3 16 Base Bid 1 15 advance of construction to verify pipe materials,pipe depths,pie 02318 $ 8,500.00 $ 8,500.00
sizes,and all other items needed to facilitate ordering of materials
and construction.
Extra Work s; , " t 4 - t Z .
PKHD 4
Items
PKLN 4 17 Extra Work 1 Provide two(2)20"Ductile Iron Pipe fittings(22.5 degree or 45 degree) 02510 $ 3,200.00 $ 3,200.00
if required to achieve offset in 20"jumper pipe
24"RCP Storm Sewer Removal and Replacement,to Facilitate
PKLN 4 18 Extra Work 24 LF installation of jumper pipe,includes connection to existing storm sewer 02630 $ 400.00 $ 9,600.00
pipe,Complete in Place,the Sum of:
Extra 16"to 18"Line Stop Valves,inserted into existing potable water
PKLN 4 19 Work 1 EA pipelines for flow isolation,with prior approval by the Engineer, 02541 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00
Complete in Place,the Sum of:
BID SUMMARY `
BASE BID PART 1-GENERAL ITEMS: $ 18,800.00
BASE BID PART 2-FM 521 WATER PLANT ITEMS: $ 283,000.00
BASE BID PART 3-ALICE STREET WATER PLANT ITEMS: $ 297,400.00
EXTRA WORK ITEMS: $ 27,800.00
TOTAL BASE BID(BASE BID PARTS 1+2+3+EXTRA WORK ITEMS): $ 627,000.00
ADDENDUM NO.1 Bid Form Page 2 of 2
ADDENDUM 1
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
Section 00500
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and
C3 Constructors LLC (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR).
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as follows:
Article 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally
described as follows:
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
City of Pearland,Texas
COP PN: WA2104
BID NO.: 0321-34
Article 2. ENGINEER
The Work has been designed by ARKK Engineers LLC, 7322 Southwest Fwy. Ste. 1040
Houston, TX 77074, contact: David Kasper, P.E., who is hereinafter called ENGINEER
and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority
assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Article 3. CONTRACT TIME
3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General
Conditions) within one hundred and fifty (150) days (including weekends and
holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in
paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if
applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within thirty (30) days
from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed
on Sundays.
3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the
essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is
not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any
extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions.
OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties
involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by
OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring
any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for
delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Four Hundered
4-2015 00500- 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial
Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion,
if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work
within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper
extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Four
Hundred dollars ($400.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the
Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final
Payment.
3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30
a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The
Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least
48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City
inspections.
Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds $627,000.00 (the"Contract Price").
The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as shown in Document 00300 — Bid
Proposal.
Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0
"Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be
processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the
Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on
the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in
accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions.
5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an
amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in
each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such
amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in
accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment
within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER.
5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06
of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all
further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this
Agreement. It is understood,however,that in case the whole work be near to
completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or
neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written
recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion
4-2015 00500-2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable
portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the
CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation
to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall
receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to
the conditions stated under"Final Payment."
5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance
with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of
the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph
6.09.
Article 6. INTEREST
Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in
accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251.025 of the Texas Government Code, as
amended.
Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract
Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations
that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the
Work.
7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of
explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of
physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the
accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete,
comprehensive, or all-inclusive.
7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for
obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations,
explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those
referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical
conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress,
performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of
such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests,reports, and studies or similar information or data
are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities
4-2015 00500-3 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of
said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations,
explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said
underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to
perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in
accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
7.5 CONTRACTOR has' correlated the results of all such observations, examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions
of the Contract Documents.
7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or
discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have
known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or
discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the
OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is
assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative.
Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract, Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are
incorporated herein by reference:
8.1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500).
8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and
00612).
8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1
Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for
Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's
Insurance Requirements of Contractor.
8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800).
8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 11 inclusive with attachments with
each sheet bearing the following general title: Water Production Facilities
Rehabilitation
8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any
Addenda referenced therein.
8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work.
4-2015 00500-4 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
8.8 The following; which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes
effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or
- supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions.
There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The
Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the
General Conditions.
Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and
Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the
General Conditions.
9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract
Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of
the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that
may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such
consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by
law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an
assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or
responsibility under the Contract Documents.
9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations
containedin_the Contract Documents.
9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from
Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship.
CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty
period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and
equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for
repairs at no additional cost to OWNER.
9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in.
accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of
Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental
authorities.
9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to
be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period
required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law.
9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in
any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between
the parties hereto,, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no
agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that
any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing.
4-2015 00500-5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner
consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the
parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such
provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining
provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed
provision had not been part of this Contract.
9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference
and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the
Contract text shall control.
9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent
breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any
instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be
deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No
waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the
particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with
knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or
default or any other breach or default.
9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee
handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination
of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds,
receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling
or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement,
accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting
reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of
the OWNER to engage in such misconduct.
9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A(attached) of the City of
Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances.
4-2015 00500-6of7
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in
duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to
CONTRACTOR.
This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of
the City of Pearland and upon the following date: -May-24" c J lJF L.- l`f" ,2021.
OWNER: CONTRCK
CITY OF PEARLAND
By: � By: Chris Wade
Title: Title: President
Date: �G JJ�w�`-�1 Date: May 24,2021
(Corporate Seal)
ATTES ATTEST
Addr or giving notices
502 W.Montgomery#515
Willis,TX 77378
Phone: 936 223 2610
Fax: n/a
Agent for service of process:
Chris Wade
12291 Rose Rd. Willis,TX 77378
END OF SECTION
4-2015 00500-7 of 7
CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295
1of1
Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there we interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY
Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING
1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number:
of business. 2021-746662
C3 Constructors
Willis,TX United States Date Filed:
2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 05/03/2021
being filed.
City of Peariand Date Acknowledged:
3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a
description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract,
WA104
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
Nature of interest
4 Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable)
Controlling I intermediary
5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑
6 UNSWORN DECLARATION
My name is 'Chris Wade , end my date of birth Is
My address is 104 Hiwon Dr , Conroe , Texas , 77304 , USA
(street) (city) (state) (zip code) (couy)
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed in Montgomery County, State of Texas ,on the 3rd day of May ,20 zl
(month) (year)
re of authorized agent of contracting business entity
(Declarant)
Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.1.ceffd98a
Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances
APPENDIX A
During the performance of this 'contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and
successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the"contractor') agrees as follows:
(1) Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the' Regulations
relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of the Department of
Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT') Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as
they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the
Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this
contract.
(2) Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during
the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin
in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of
materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either
directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the
Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program
set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations.
(3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment:
In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the
contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements
of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall
be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and
the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or
national origin.
(4) Information and Reports: The contractor shall provide all information and reports
required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit
access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities
as may be determined by the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration
to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and
instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive
possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor
shall so certify to the Sub-Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as
appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
(5) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with
the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract,the Sub-Recipient shall impose such
contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be
appropriate, including, but not limited to:
(a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the
contractor complies, and/or
(b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part.
(6) Incorporation of Provisions:The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs
(1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases
of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant
thereto.
The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as
the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of
enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance. Provided, however,
that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with
a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the
Sub-Recipient to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub-Recipient,
and,in addition,the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation
to protect the interests of the United States.
CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
APPENDIX B
House Bill 89 Verification
Chris Wade (Person name), the undersigned
representative (hereafter referred to as "Representative") of
C3 Constructors LLC (company or
business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age
of eighteen (18)years of age,after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby
depose and affirm the following:
1. That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business
Entity;
2. That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the
term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of
Pearland; and
3. That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas
Government Code Section 2270.001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business
activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic
harm on., or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity
doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action
made for ordinary business purposes.
C );‘,
SIGNATURE OF REPRESENTATIVE
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this
3'-r' day of it 7.s y , 20 2/ .
6ot Public ra-"A
TEDUARDO MACIASi
Notary Public,State of Texas
+Qz Comm. Expires 03-16-2022
ri„`�� Notary ID 131492758
CITY OF PEARLAND
PERFORMANCE BOND.
,Section 00610 Bond#LICX1204267 .
PERFORMANCE BOND
STA 11 OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF BRAZORIA s
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That .C3 Constructors,LLC. of the City
of Willis , Count of Mont ome d t
y 9 ry- and State of Texas, as principal, and
Lexon Insurance Company - authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act
as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee
(Owner);in the penal sum of$ 627,000.00 for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 24 day of May , 20 2_1 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
City of Pearland,Texas
COP PN: WA2104
BID NO.: 0321-34
which Contract, including the Contract Documents as 'defined therein, is hereby referred to and
made a part hereof as-fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects.duly and faithfully
observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said
Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to
the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be
void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be.determined in
accordance with:the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were:Copied at.length
herein:
• Surety, for value received, stipulates.,and agrees that no•change, extension of time; alteration=or:
addition -to the terit lOf the contract, Or to; the, Work performed•-thereunder, +,or the plans,
specifications, ,or drawings accompanying the same, shall in Anyway affect its obligation on this
bond., an oes:.d it dlereby:waive notice of any such change, extensio
c n of time,.:alteration or addition
to-the terms of the'Contract,,or to the Work to be. 'performed thereunder:
12/2007 90610- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND ,.,;PERFORMANCE BOND
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and,sealed.this instrument
this". 24 .-day of May• 2021:.
Principal: Surety:
C3 Constructors, LLC Lexon Insurance Company
By: Q By.
Title: `rts:vs Title;,ScottDavid Chapman,Attorn0-46ce -
Address: Address: , y
502 W. Montgomery#515 12890 L•ebanon,Road
Willis,Texas 77378 Mt.Juliet,TN 37122
Telephone: (936)223-2610 Telephone: (832)70278336
Fax: Fax:
r
NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE
OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE
NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439.
END OF SECTION •
•
12/2007 00610-2 of 2
• j 1J
CITY OF PEARLAIVD
._ . PAYIVIENTBOIYD
Section 00611 - Bond#LICX1204267
• PA,I'1VIENT BOND
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF BRAZORIA §
of KNOW MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That C3;Constructors, LLC. . of the City
Willis
I s .
, County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and
Lexon Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act
as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee
(Owner), in the penal sum of$ 627,000.00 for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 24 day of May , 20 21 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: WA2104
BID NO.: 0321-34
which Contract, including the contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and
made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the
prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this Obligation shall"be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein.
Surety, for value received;stipulates and agrees that no change, extension,of=time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans,
specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this
bond, and it doe's herebYWaiVe notice of any:such change,,extension of time,-alteration or addition
to the terns of the Contract, or to the Work to be perforined thereunder.
07/2006 - 0061'1 1 of 2
CITY OF FEARLAND`
PAYMENT BOND .
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the,said Principal and Surety,have;signed and.sealed this instrument
this" 24` day'of May ,2021
Principal: Surety:
C3 Constructors, LLC Lexon Insurance Company
i
By: `-x► By: , a,f/Zei ' _
Title: Pre S1 ..w k" Title:Scott David Chapman,Att6rney fn-Fact-'
Address; Address:
502 W. Montgomery#515 12890 Lebanon Road
Willis,Texas'77378 Mt.Juliet,TN 37122
Telephone: (936)223-2610 Telephone: (832)7.02-8336
Fax: Fax:
NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE
OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAYBE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE
NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439.
END OF SECTION '
07/2006 00611 -2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND -ONE'-"YEAR.MAINTENANCE,BOND
Section 60612. Bond#LICX1204267
ONE YEAR MAINTENANCEBOND
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF BRAZORIA
r
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That C3 Constructors, LLC of the City
of Willis , County of Montgomery and State of Texas as principal, and
Lekon Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act
as surety on bonds for principals, are held arid frmly bound unto City of P:earland as Obligee
(Owner), in the penal sum of$ 627,000.00 for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 24 day of May , 20 21 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
City of Pearland,Texas
COP PN: WA2104
BID NO.: 0321-34
whichContract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if
copied at length herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents
discovered within the one-year-period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation
shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER; that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no 'change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terns of the contract, or. to.:the work performed.. thereunder," or the plans,
specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this
bond, and it does hereby waive-notice of any such change, extension of time,"alteration or,addition
to the terms of the contract, or-to the work to be performed thereunder:
07/2006 006;12= 1 of 2
CITY OF I3EARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND
• IN WITNESS WI:IEREOF, the said Principal and Surety-have-signed and sealed this instrument
• •
this 24 day of May , 2021 . •
Principal: Surety:
C3 Constructors, LLC Lexon Insurance Companir.
By:
Title: Pr r_1; Title: Scott David Chapman,Attorney-lii-Fett
— •
Address: Address:
592 W. Montgomery#515 12890 Lebanon Road „ ,
Willis,Texas 77378 Mt. Juliet,TN 37122
Telephone: (936)223-2610 Telephone: (832)702-8336
Fax: Fax:
NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE
OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE
NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 •00612-2 of 2
_ yl
•r,
S.OMPO INTERNATIONAL 11221
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that Endurance Assurance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Endurance American Insurance Company, a Delaware
corporation, Lexon Insurance Company, a Texas corporation, and/or Bond Safeguard Insurance Company, a South Dakota corporation, each, a "Company" and
collectively,"Sompo International,"do hereby constitute and appoint:Scott David Chapman,Rosalyn Hassell,Elaine Lewis,Timothy J.Maley,Cheryl R.Colson as
true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact to make,execute,seal,and deliver for,and on its behalf as surety or co-surety;bonds and undertakings given for any and all purposes,
also to execute and deliver on its behalf as aforesaid renewals,extensions,agreements,waivers,consents or stipulations relating to such bonds or undertakings provided,
however,that no single bond or undertaking so made,executed and delivered shall obligate the Company for any portion of the penal sum thereof in excess of the sum of
One Hundred Million'Dollars($100,000,000.00).
Such bonds and undertakings for said purposes,when duly executed by said attorney(s)-in-fact,shall be binding upon the Company as fully and to the same extent as if
signed by the President of the•Company under its corporate seal attested by its Corporate Secretary.
This appointment is made under and by authority of certain resolutions adopted by the sole shareholder of each Company by unanimous written consent effective the 15'h
day of June,2019,a copy of which appears below under the heading entitled"Certificate".
This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the sole shareholder of each Company by
unanimous written consent effective the 15th day of June,2019 and said resolution has not since been revoked,amended or repealed:
RESOLVED,that the signature of an individual named above and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto
by facsimile,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect
to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,each Company has caused this instrument to be signed by the following officers,and its corporate seal to be affixed this 15th day of
June,2019.
Endurance Assurance Corporation} Endurance American �'1 Lexon Insurance Company Bond Safeguard
f n 4 f f Infsurapcgj/Company i + Y 3 ) Insura ce Co pay 1
g 4./
! LxY) gy �� t_ iP y:f w ,P .If
e y r �r ,
Richard A is arcs ern 'ffii u n
Appel;�S,V,,,,,mor Counsel Richard Appel,;,SVP"8.,�Senior Counsel Ric and Appel; Senior Counsel Ric and Appel SVP-B,.Senior ounsel
,o $uranc ,,,• , scan ins' a- ws
e< 0 4, y aveAHCg ti {I
U U�
toe'GO�PO '`l '.0 ,G8P,P E?gj,`-; ; f2� 0.044 coo ,13 SOUTH .n'
SEAL _ € SEAL _ • -' SEAL ., _c: DAKOTA ;O
:-o, 2002 ;m` s c'• 1996 ,O ,`r f =of INSURANCE a
-�j• DELI'ARE:� ' `7• DELRJ+fARF.•�� 4ia ;� I qrj -.2'• COMPANY _
--
,o
"u,uu.,
,,, °Gss ,,,,,,,i ACKNOWLEDGEMENT '`,..° ,,r-,
On this 15"'day of June,2019,before me.personally came the above signatories known to me,who being duly sworn,did depose and say that he/they'�`4r'�litafflcer of each
of the Companies;and that he executed said instrument on behalf of each Company by authority of his offic under th by ws of each Company.,,,` ec5*' a.tOq '%
sra
of
TJ 'SSEE
By: ,tr: ,»
: r x,
P ptK
Amy Taylor,Not ' ublic My Commissit n Expires 5/9f23?
CERTIFICATE . c;-••••..••
'mson cG
I,the undersigned Officer of each Company,DO HEREBY CERTIFY that:
1.That the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a copy was duly executed on behalf of each Company and has not since been revoked,amended or modified;
• that the undersigned has compared the foregoing copy thereof with the original power of attorney,and that the same is a true and correct copy of the original power of
attorney and of the whole thereof;
2.The following are resolutions which were adopted by the sole shareholder of each Company by unanimous written consent effective June 15,2019 and said resolutions
have,not since been revoked,amended or modified:
"RESOLVED,that each of the individuals named below is authorized to make,execute,seal and deliver for and on behalf of the Company any and all bonds,
undertakings or obligations in surety or co=surety with others: RICHARD M.APPEL,BRIAN J.BEGGS,CHRISTOPHER DONELAN,SHARON L.SIMS,
CHRISTOPHER L.SPARRO,MARIANNE L.WILBERT
;and be it further
RESOLVED,that each of the individuals named above is authorized to appoint attorneys-in-fact for the purpose of making,executing,sealing and delivering bonds,
undertakings or obligations in surety or co-surety for and on behalf of the Company."
3.The undersigned further certifies that the above resolutions are true and correct copies of the resolutions as so recorded and of the whole thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal this 24 day of • May I,20 21 .
/ By:�� / _
Dante S. .rielretary
NOTICE: U.S.TREASURY DEPARTMENT'S OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL(OFAC)
No coverage is provided by this Notice nor can it be construed to replace any provisions of any surety bond or other surety coverage provided.This Notice provides information concerning
possible impact on your surety coverage due to directives issued by OFAC. Please read this.Notice carefully.. .
The Office of Foreign Assets Control(OFAC)administers and enforces sanctions policy,based on Presidential declarations of"national emergency". OFAC has identified and listed
numerous foreign agents,front organizations,terrorists,terrorist organizations,and narcotics traffickers as"Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons".This list can be located
on the United States Treasury's website-https://www.treasurv.00v/resource-center/sanctionsfSD,Lisf.-'"
In accordance with OFAC regulations,if it is determined that you or any other person or entity cTeiming the benefits chiany coverage has violated U.S.sanctions law or is a Specially
Designated National and Blocked Person,as identified by OFAC,any coverage will be considered a blocked or frozen corit;act and all provisions of any coverage provided are immediately
subject to OFAC. When a surety bond or other form of surety coverage is considered to be such a�ttticked or frozen,contract,no payments nor premium refunds may be made without
'.authorization from OFAC. Other limitations on the premiums and payments may also apply.�" ..
.l _
_
Any reproductions are void.
Surety Claims Submission:LexonClaimAdministrationteZsomoo-intl.com ,
Telephone:615,553-9500 Mailing Address:Sompo International;12890 Lebanon Road;Mount Juliet,TN 37122-2870
Lexon Insurance Company.
Please send all notices of claim on this bond to:
Lexon Insurance Company
Attn: Claims Dept.
12890 Lebanon Road
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
(615) 250-3040
� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Dnr
ACORO 5/13/202
®
ITHIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
, - BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
(REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER M CONTACT Cindy Chandler
Soules Insurance Agency, L P PHONE FAX
701 N San Jacinto (a/c.No,EXJJ:936-756-0671 (A/C,No):936-756-6877
Conroe TX 77301 E-MAIL soules@soulesinsurance.com
INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC#
INSURER A:United Fire Lloyds 43559
INSURED C3CONSTR INSURERS:TEXAS MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY 22945
C3 Constructors, LLC
502 W. Montgomery#515 INSURER C:
Willis TX 77378 INSURERD:
INSURER E:
INSURER F:
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:577239325 REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSRLT ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYI) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS
A GENERAL LIABILITY 60479179 5/27/2020 5/27/2021 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PR S l RENTED
PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $100,000
CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000
PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $2,000,000 _
GENERAL AGGREGATE $4,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $4,000,000
7 POLICY n 7pT LOC $
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 60479179 5/27/2020 5/27/2021 COMBINED
COMBINED LIMIT $1,000,000
ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $
ALL OWNED X SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $
AUTOS AUTOS
X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $
AUTOS (Per accident)
$
A X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR 60479179 5/27/2020 5/27/2021 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000
EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,0130,000
DED RETENTION$ . $ '
B WORKERS COMPENSATION 0001308236 5/27/2020 5/27/2021 X WC LIMITS OTH-
AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y I NER
TORY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N N/A
(Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000
If yes describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000
A Contractors Equip. 60479179 5/27/2020 5/27/2021 $250,000 Lease/Rent
A Worksite Poll. 46312316 2/10/2021 2/10/2022 $1,000,000 Aggregate
Builders Risk $1,500,000 Any one Jobsite
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS!LOCATIONS!VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,If more space Is required)
Hook/Riggers Liability-Policy#6479179-Effective:02/15/2021 through 05/27/2021;Limits:$100,000
Project: Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation
COP Project No.:WA2104
Bid#:0321-34
the,C,e tificote,hJolder is amended to read:.aty offPeariand.and AR K"Engiheers,LLC)T
The-,General ta,Ihty,;Automo Ile Llabihtyr&s cess��`/I)MblellakLiabihtyipollcies Include•ablanket automatic addlttonalr�msuJred endorsement that nrovidesk„ ._,,
,,acjdttional'insured°status;to the cerrt ficate,holder.;only when`sthereis 8 written contract between the namedw)n`sured and the certificate holder ttiat;requires;such)
See Atfached...r_... .
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
J3519 Liberty Dr.Pearland TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25(2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: C3CONSTR
_ LOC#:
A ® ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1
ENCY NAMED INSURED
Soules Insurance Agency,L P4111
C3 Constructors,LLC
502 W.Montgomery#515
POLICY NUMBER Willis TX 77378
CARRIER NAIL CODE
EFFECTIVE DATE:
ADDITIONAL REMARKS
THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM,
FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
status.The General Liability,Automobile Liability Workers Compensation&Excess/Umbrella Liability policies include a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation
endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status. The
Jmbrella/E ccess Liabilitypolicy is Follow Form of the liability policies shown above.The,policies contain a special endorsement with"primary and)
noncontributory"wording j
S
i
S
ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN
Section 00615
PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN
AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT
The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in
connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland,
TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows:
In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of$
the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and
materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30
days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through
In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and
finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the
above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this
Project under any applicable bond, law or statue.
It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above
sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens
and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid.
Signature
Printed Name&Title
Company Name
State of
County of
Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of , 20 .
My Commission Expires:
Notary Public
5-12-12
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
No.
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1
1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer
1.02 Contract Documents
1.03 Subcontractor
1.04 Written Notice
1.05 Work
1.06 Extra Work
1.07 Work Day
1.07-1 Rain Day
1.07-2 Impact Day
1.08 Calendar Day
1.09 Substantially Completed
1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases
1.11 Referenced Standards
1.12 Contract Time
1.13 Construction Inspector
1.14 Balancing Change Order
2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4
2.01 No Warranty of Design
2.02 Right of Entry
2.03 Ownership of Plans
10-2012 00700-i
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
2.04 Changes and Alterations
2.05 Damages
3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6
3.01 Owner-Engineer Relationship
3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible
3.03 Preliminary Approval
3.04 Inspection by Engineer
3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes
3.06 Recommendation of Payment
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8
4.01 Independent Contractor
4.02 Contractor's Understanding
4.03 Laws and Ordinances
4.04 Assignment and Subletting
4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond]
4.06 Insurance
4.07 Permits and Fees
4.08 Texas State Sales Tax
4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence
4.10 Character of Workers
4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings
4.12 Sanitation
4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance
4.14 Performance of Work
4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work
10-2012 00700-ii
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.16 Layout of Work
4.17 Shop Drawings
4.18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship; Observations
4.19 Observation and Testing
4.20 Defects and Their Remedies
4.21 Liability for Proper Performance
4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public
4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property
4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen,
and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery and Supplies
4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention
4.26 Indemnification
4.27 Losses From Natural Causes
4.28 Guarantee
5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18
5.01 Time and Order of Completion
5.02 Extension of Time
5.03 Hindrances and Delays
5.04 Suspension of Work
5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay
5.06 Change of Contract Time
5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control
6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21
6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions
6.02 Quantities and Measurements
10-2012 00700-iii
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.03 Estimated Quantities
6.04 Price of Work
6.05 Payments
6.06 Partial Payments
6.07 Use of Completed Portions &Punchlist
6.08 Substantial Completion
6.08-1
6.09 Final Payment
6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment
6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment
6.12 Payments Withheld
6.13 Delayed Payments
7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27
7.01 Differing Site Conditions
7.02 Change Orders
7.03 Change Orders
7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days
7.05 Minor Changes
7.06 Extra Work
7.07 Time of Filing Claims
8.0 ` DEFAULT 30
8.01 Default by Contractor
8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces
8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance
8.04 Cross-Default
10-2012 00700-iv
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.05 Insolvency
8.06 Contingent Assignment
8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages
8.08 Termination for Convenience
8.09 Default by Owner
9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35
ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al
ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CON TRACTOR'S
SWORN RELEASE B 1
ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl
10-2012 00700-v
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the
Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer
or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a
representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in
connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the
Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized
to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services
required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's
representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as
designated.
1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the
documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents,
excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work.
All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement
shall include the Contract Documents.
The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if
required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract
Documents shall govern in the following order:
(1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders;
(2) Standard Form of Agreement;
(3) Special Conditions of Agreement;
(4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers'
Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final
Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's
Insurance Requirements of Contractor;
(5) Addenda, if any;
(6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual;
(7) Instructions to Bidders;
(8) Bid Proposal; and
08-2018 00700- 1 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein,
and are a part of this Contract:
In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the
Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall
provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more
stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER.
Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction
industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or
regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of
the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents.
1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes
those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of
work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of
work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall
look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor.
1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if
delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of
the partnership.or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is
intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known
business address or registered office of such individual,partnership,joint venture or corporation or
company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement.
1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay
for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services,
insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any
nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the
Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both
workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the
ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and
quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known,
technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be
done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.
1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be
understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as
representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized!,in writing by.
the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as
authorized basis only.
1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a"Work Day" is defined as any Monday through
Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in
which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction
schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or
08-2018 00700-2 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all
charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the
performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.04 for procedure to determine cost
for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days.
1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather
related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive
hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and
possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time.
(See 1.12 Contract Time below)
1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME
by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1:12
Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract
Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the
CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path
items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work
and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays
beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time.
1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no
days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean
calendar day(s).
1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or
"Substantially Complete" or"Substantial Completion" as used in_this Contract, shall mean that all
major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy,
including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual
components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's
recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met
the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to
serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve
Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the
above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of
the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The
contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial
Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and
make all such designations.
1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words
"directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed"
or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission,
order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is
intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import
shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of
responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents.
08-2018 00700-3 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of
various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot,
from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described
in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such
cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as
the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations
of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work.
1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard
specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner,
Engineer;Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the
Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants,
employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or
performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to
provisions of the Contract Documents.
1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number
of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement:,(i) to achieve
Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with
Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions.
The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average
number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the
Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of
Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the
number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the
Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive
remedy for delays.
1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in
includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance
with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements.
1.14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out
process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused
pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work
performed or installed by the Contractor.
2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER
2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKESNO
WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to
commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study mil compare the
relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall
take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or
08-2018 00700-4 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance
between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly
reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work
performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR
fails to perform its obligations-under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and
damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors,
omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or
which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR
shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and
alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance
shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the
Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and
alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER.
2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or
location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for
itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the
purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire.
The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the
CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss
or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or
installation of collateral work.
2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished
by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the
part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the
completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER.
2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the
Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see
fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or
specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the
beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding
Performance and Payment Bonds.
If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be
done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or
anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the
work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to
the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this
Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for
Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless
any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall
compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss
occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as
originally planned.
2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by
the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the
08-2018 00700-5 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the.progress of the work being done by others on the job so
as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
the OWNER for such loss.
3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER
3.01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the
OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the
authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in
the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's
liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the
written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR
regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER.
It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work;
therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's
representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as
provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this
Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stop work
orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The
ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications
without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of
the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and
accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of
redlines during closeout.
3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to
waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of
new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein
described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or
change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn
any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the
CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without
limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at
any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or
material.
Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER
prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all
expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR;
otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the
OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications
prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without
requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and
replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER.
08-2018 00700-6 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
II
3.04 INSPECTION BY iENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the
site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work
generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or
engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed
in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible
for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the
quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly
or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures,
programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part
thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and
substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and
any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of
the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies
in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or
any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for
any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents,
servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to
perform any of the Work.
3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent
delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases,
determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under
this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the
construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the
interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER sha1L become aware of or
shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or
question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the
Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the
Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CON TRACTOR or
OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the
ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.07.
3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the
CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount
owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for
payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to
CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment
that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not
be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of
payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under
Section 6.12 and as.otherwise provided in the Contract.
08-2018 00700-7 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an
independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work
under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control
his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so
long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not
adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work
area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of
such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that
the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe
CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are
expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to
and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent
contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative
or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation.
4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the
CON TRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the
Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the
prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather,
access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under
this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the
terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws,
codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has
taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work
for. the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with
any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the
execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CON IRACTOR shall at all times observe and
comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless
of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any
manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER
and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances
and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or
vendors. If the CON IRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with
federal or state laws.or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify
the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract
for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to
such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have
known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
bear all costs arising therefrom.
The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its
powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the
conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be
considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act
08-2018 _ 00700-8 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a
waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and
defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the
contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be
deemed to be embodied in this Contract.
The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 — Wage
Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building
Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual.
4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he
will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract
and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any
rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written
consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone
objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to
disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The
CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or
materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from
his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement.
4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the
Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate
Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of
the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the, provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas
Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not
be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the
OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the
Texas. Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original
Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER.
The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, should
Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All
bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies.
4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain
and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee.Period,
insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation
Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of
Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the
CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper
execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are
received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit.
4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt
from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H.
08-2018 00700-9 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate
which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at
due time of purchase.
4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR
shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all
satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall
represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR,
and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate
supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the
proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and
grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be
removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and
understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project
is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work.
The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control
of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for
the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees,
or any other persons performing any of the Work.
4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and
competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to
do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any
worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the
ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker
or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work
without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person,
subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best
efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project
or workforce.
4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND
BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery,
supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this
Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and
further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and
protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment,tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities,
all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has
been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and
accepted.
The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or
other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at
08-2018 00700- 10 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about
such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any
structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes
herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection,
placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the
ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against
either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement,
construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures.
4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others
on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained
by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the
ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or
erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR
agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any
nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by
reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings.
4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep
and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste. The
CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day.
CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus
materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work.
The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove
the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CON TRACTOR.
4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this
Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the
generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the
methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be
inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the
Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the
CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment,or work shifts or overtime,
or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the
Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own
cost and expense.
4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and
shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the
Contract Documents.
4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with
such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6)
checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules
08-2018 00700- 11 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for
compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each
drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of
approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The
ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections.
The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two
(2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval
of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for
deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's
attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged
and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of
any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully
and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the
required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract
Time.
Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent
sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with
the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent
contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER
does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules,
or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property
during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall
not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with, the Contract
Documents.
OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all
submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment
applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The
OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as
are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from
this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version
document.
All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other
documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as
if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee.
418 8 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed
by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is
hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said
ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work
done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance
required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and
examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such
directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract
Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any
08-2018 00700- 12 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days,
make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision.
4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the
OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test
the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper
facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is
in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation,
inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall
give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation,
inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective
or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the
time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has
previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without
approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be
uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part
of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the
OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work,
then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish
the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by
independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is
being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed
by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may
be required by law or the Contract Documents.
If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written
approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or
the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the
CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the
requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements
of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall
be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be
corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests
or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this
Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from
his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any
part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the
same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the.Contract
Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the
ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that
it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action
contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense.
08-2018 00700- 13 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction
drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the
Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as
requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of
such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the
agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be
fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction,
installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the
Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shring, bracing,
scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used
by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for
all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be
suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract.
Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any
clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or
representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by
means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means
or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and
nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or
for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents
so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the
CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the
Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR.
in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for
accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or
observing during_construction,_or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a
waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set ° out. Deviation by the
CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or
not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in
accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his
liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out.
4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC.
The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and
persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected
and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The
CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation
Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which
policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The
CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and
others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and
municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other
physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident
Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where
incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades,
fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices.
08-2018 I00700- 14 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work
site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site
for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to
perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a
default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the
influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or
CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at
the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and
enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program.
All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported
verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours.
The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in
the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as
the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses,
are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any
assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions
by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors.
4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall
employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be
undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of
construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his
failure_ to_fully protect all adjacent_or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO
INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING
PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR
EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR
STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER.
4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS,
MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES.
THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL
INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM
ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS,
WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND
PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING
COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS
CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory
evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the
OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or
withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably
08-2018 00700-15 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is fiunished that all
liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be
resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract.
Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing.
Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any
relationship, contractual or otherwise,between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier
of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to
see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR.
4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The
CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any
design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal
agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL
SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND
SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEERIHARMLESS
FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND
CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS
OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS
SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF
ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE
CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE
PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING,
THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE
OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF.
4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY
CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE,
EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY
UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS,
ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE
CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS
EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR
ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY,
COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR
COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE.
THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER 'AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND
AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES,
JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO
PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED
AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS,
REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING
FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE
08-2018 00700- 16 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND,
SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE:
(A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR
ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF
WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR
(B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR
DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY,
INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND
IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN
WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE
CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR
EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY
ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM
MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED
IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE,
GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER
AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with
the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code,
CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents,
servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans,
designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the
ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any
construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction
contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises
from personal injury, death, or property injury.
This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding
completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the
Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work.
CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a
subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit
acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to
be provided under this Contract.
4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the
CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen
circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be
sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense.
08-2018 00700- 17 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.28 GUARANTEE. The CON TRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the
Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from
defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use;
and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to
be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make
good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its
required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the
date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as
evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or
workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will
not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies
or non-conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other
warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern.
5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this
Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner
as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the
time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in
part, in accordance with this .Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the
OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces,the ENGINEER may
direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will
be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be
harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER
or such other contractors.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the
ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to
carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the
work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show
completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as
CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial. Completion of the Work is delayed.
5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his
Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be
entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial
Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any
other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give
the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay,
of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for
completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time
from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the
ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the
08-2018 00700- 18 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or
omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER
shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate
for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy,
except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for
delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505
MOBILIZATION.
The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates
40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The
CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly
count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this.
record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the
Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract
Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or
Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The
Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change
Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The
addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the
completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price
through any"per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or
any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time.
5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR
agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into
consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident
to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No
claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from
interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of
the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of
the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or
omission of CONTRACTOR.
5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the
CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as
OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase
in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No
adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause
for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under
another provision of the Contract Documents.
5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time
is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified
herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract
Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable
time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and
conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further
agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages
08-2018 00700- 19 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree
that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted
after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages
and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the
Standard Form of Agreement.
However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain
by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should
the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may
recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due.
The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages
whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to
said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and
the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be
required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any
one remedy.
5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a
Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice
delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but
in no event later than ten (10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence
and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is
the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the
ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a
minimum, the following data:
A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing
Contract and in addition to the Contract.
B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the
event.
C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects
the project's critical path.
5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where
CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due
to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and-the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited
to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be
entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR
shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT
SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR
RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii)
Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault,breach of
contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard
08-2018 00700-20 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive
remedy for any such delays.
Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR.
6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or
reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he
shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received,
and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be
considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided
sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later
than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids.
6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements
of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume,
number and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided.
6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract
Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be
done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the
various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are
approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and
for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual
amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from
the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between
estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the
OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences,unrecovered
overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation.
6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work
described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the
CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to "complete the
Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the
ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit.
In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the
completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the
delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract
Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard
Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost
agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost
multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner.
The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not
actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as
payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for
all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the
08-2018 00700-21 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the
ENGINEER.
6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be
considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part,
nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient
or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the
Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's
total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the
CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid
claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract.
Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims
of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or
any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as
provided in this Contract.
6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to
the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and
approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the
various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values
shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this
Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's
Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of
each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.
On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the
ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement
showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the
Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the.twenty-fifth day of the preceding
month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into
the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the
OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until
OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review
such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work
made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives
CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct
and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall
certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for
payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that
CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall
notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for
partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR,
and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that
a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment.
All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all
verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro-
Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software.
Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the
08-2018 00700-22 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed
by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding
amount of the payment application.
The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of
ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable
retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or
withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a
corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute,
and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or
paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above.
As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and
deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in
equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously
submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by
CONTRACTOR in the release.
OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount
thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions
for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion,
as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect
or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of
the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the
CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the
obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the
OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or
retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.09 FINAL PAYMENT."
The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the
above-stated percentages.
6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have
the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work,
notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have
expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or
delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's
taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to
such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.
6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER
AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR that in
CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is
"Substantially Complete". Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete
items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and
the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine
the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed
08-2018 00700-23 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the
ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of
Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make
written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of
non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete,
ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the
Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will
deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of
responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance,
utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial
Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE
OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR
FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR
MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the
time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the
Owner and ENGINEER.
6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the
date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an
access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes
of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner.
6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract
Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as:
(a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been
fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents;
(b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth
in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements,if any, which
necessarily survive final payment;
(c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance
required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is
currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30
days prior written notice has been given to OWNER;
(d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment;
(e) CON TRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings,
reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings
in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating
manuals and/or instructions;
08-2018 00700-24 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to
occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city,
county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction;
(g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties
from subcontractors,vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names,
addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor,vendor,
supplier or manufacturer;
(h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools, temporary facilities, surplus
materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's
satisfaction;
(i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of
Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by
CONTRACTOR;
(j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be
submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not
limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance
manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in
OWNER's sole discretion; and
(k) The Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and
OWNER.
Acceptance of.Final Payment by.the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by
CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by
CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third
party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or
provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither
the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of
the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non-
conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the
Contract Documents.
6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR
shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is
defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually
incorporated in the Work or not, and.CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace
such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the
Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If
CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business
days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may
remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense.
08-2018 00700-25 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year
from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law
or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the
Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a
written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any
damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty
materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's
insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work
upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in
addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute.
These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable
by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to
OWNER at law or in equity.
6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of
subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part
of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER
from loss on account of:
(a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied;
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims;
(c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or
for material or labor;
(d) Damage to another contractor,OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to
adjacent or adjoining property;
(e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract amount;
(f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract
Time;
(g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents,
releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as
provided for herein or otherwise;
(h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or
(i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be
made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for
CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost•thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost
08'-2018 00700-26 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the
CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents,
any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with
the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such
interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of
such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due
• within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the
notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government
Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein.
7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS
7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent
physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the
site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered
and,generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract,the CONTRACTOR
shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3)calendar days of the specific
differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed.
(a)Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is
determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the
cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment,
excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing
accordingly.. The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing of the
determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
(b)No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be
allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice.
(c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on
unchanged work.
7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all
or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven(7) calendar days
and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a
result of such suspension,the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the
ENGINEER within seven (7)calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request
shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment.
(a)Upon receipt,the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the
ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract
has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions
beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or
subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will make
an adjustment(excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The
CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing, whether or
08-2018 00700-27 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
(b)No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the
request for adjustment within the time prescribed.
(c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance
would have been suspended by any other cause, or for,which an adjustment is provided or
excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.
7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at
any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes
will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in
Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which
may result from the change.
7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends,
the Owner's Construction Manager shall,upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of
the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days,prepare a cost estimate for providing
Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to
both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall
prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive
Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to
start of work on any non-Work Day.
7.05 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work
not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in
Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the
ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the
Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the
ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by
the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's
commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall
constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time
arising out of or related to such changed work.
7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work
when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by
the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written
confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is
agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either
altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for
Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods:
Method(A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or
Method(B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or
08-2018 00700-28 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Method(C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra
Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of
the work plus:
a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen
percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor
or
b)For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without
subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final
compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect,
arising out of or related thereto.
In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and
paid for under Method(C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field
Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and
equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work
Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all
power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental
expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and
Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers'
Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract
Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work.
The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept
and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or
OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work
and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be
determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of
machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless
otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the
Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field
Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead,
and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein
defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account
of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the
"Actual Field Cost."
No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a
written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the
CON TRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an
adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written
Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or
instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance
of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or
acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is
Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the
08-2018 00700-29 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and
shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C).
Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten
(10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms
provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on
CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the
ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the. Work, CONTRACTOR's
performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the
Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER
shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of
submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim,
and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the
provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty(60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or
such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and
forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by
the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall
continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute
resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions
of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER
within three(3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which
the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty(30) days
to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between
the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work,
CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the
Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the
parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the
CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the
OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's
request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the
CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his
representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or
such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a,Request for Mediation of such
claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail,
for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation,the OWNER shall be released of any and all
liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a
waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER.
CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending
claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
8.0 DEFAULT
8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon
and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER
or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER
when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise
defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and
08-2018 00700-30 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of
default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to
take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for
the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on
these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a
copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR.
After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than
three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not
intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such
machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and
store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their
purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit.
Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the
completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another
contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies
and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final
settlement.
Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance
with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of
such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem
necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such
labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said
CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the
OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any
other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is
less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same
had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be
credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which
would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by
such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly
pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or
(b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by
law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same
terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in
cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would
have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged, to the
CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the
OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any
other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR
and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER
08-2018 00700-31 of 35
CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract
prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this
Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith.
In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to
CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall
have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete
itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall
then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the
CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The
OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement
of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for
payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any
claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that
which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the
CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety
shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment,
tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his
surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR
and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and
there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of
CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such
equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective
addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any
manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property
shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the
OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date
of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and
apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such
sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may
elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which
remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their
reputed owners.
8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any
time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies
or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in
accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the
exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to
supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such
workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing
other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost
thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to
CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent,
subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER.
08-2018 00700-32 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and
remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are
cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails
or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation,
erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment,
machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR
acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project
and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in
accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific
performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure
the timely furnishing of such items.
8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default
and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the
Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts
which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against
any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any
retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under
the Contract.
8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in
voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously
impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that
should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary,
CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four(24) hours of the filing with
the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events,
OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers,
adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to
the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER
shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law.
Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed
with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit,
from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any
other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in
performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if
OWNER failed to exercise such remedies.
8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all
of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders
entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective
upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract,
and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's
termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the
Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER
otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such
acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all
of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of
OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER
08-2018 00700-33 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the
subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of
withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly
performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's
liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all
payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of
CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall
include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take
these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default,
the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records
of subcontractor relating to the Work.
8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly
waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to
this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not
limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses,
including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity,
business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise.
8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion,
upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part,
if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt
of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take
reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures
after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase
orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable
to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date
of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges
attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and
further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. hi no event will
CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for
interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential
damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished
materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under
no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract
exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and
exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience.
8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material
obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed
amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by
Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently
pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the
CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may
remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work
that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated
into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned
by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by
08-2018 00700 34 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair
and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or
provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any
provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot
be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the
CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and
all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall
present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on
or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all
rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by
OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed
or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder.
9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract,
and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim,
dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract,
or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute
resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the
mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The
parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.
If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase
orders-related-to theWork a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to
being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such
subcontractor or supplier.
This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered
performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching
upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County,
Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the
county where the Project is located.
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by
OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by
arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim
instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution
process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by
OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in
such proceeding.
08-2018 00700-35 of 35
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE
A. DEFINITIONS:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a
certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage
agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory
workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project for the duration of the Project.
Duration of the Project .includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the
Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and
the Project warranty period has expired.
Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing
all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project,
regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and
regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner
operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing
companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which
furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without
limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment, or materials, or providing
labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not
include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office
supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A
Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on
the project,for the duration of the project.
C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being
awarded the Contract.
D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the
coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that
coverage has been extended.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing
services on a project, and provide to the OWNER:
(I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the
OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the Project; and
05/2007 00700-Al
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end
of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the Project.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of
the Project and for one year thereafter.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any
changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services
on the Project.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons
providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a
person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
NOTICE
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing
services related to this construction project must be covered by
workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing,
hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or
transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of
the identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440-
3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage,
to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage,
or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage."
The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to
provide services on a project, too:
(1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory
requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A
Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on
the Project, for the duration of the Project;
(2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the
Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all
employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the
Project:
05/2007 00700-A2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new
certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period
shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
Project;
(4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
CONTRACTOR:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
Project; and
(b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the
end of the coverage period,if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project
and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and
(7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (1) - (7),with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person
for whom they are providing services.
J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,
the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the
CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will
be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a
self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false
or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of
contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the.OWNER to pursue all rights and
remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does
not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER.
05/2007 00700-A3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE
In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract.between [Contractor's
Company Name] (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER")
for the Project known as Water Production Facilities Rehabilitation (the "Contract"), the
CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a
proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation,
by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate
action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon
constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute
this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation:
1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for
Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order
issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in
some way by the ENGINEER, the CON TRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of
which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate,
and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for
Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully
compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in
connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment.
2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the
receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for
Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does,
therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all
manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action
of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or
which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change
Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services
furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names
are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have
been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities
performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall
not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection
therewith.
4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for. Final
Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and
it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a
modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as
set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and
Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional
protection of OWNER.
05/2007 00700-B 1
•
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the_day of , 20_
CONTRACTOR:
By:
Signature
Print Name:
Title:
[If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner
must sign; if a corporation,the following language should be used.]
SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of
20_by , a Texas corporation, under authority
granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By-Laws or Minutes of
a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held.
CONTRACTOR:
By:
President
ATTEST:
Corporate Secretary
(Corporate Seal)
[This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a
partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each
individual.]
05/2007 00700-B2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF §
•
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or
persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment
and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed
and said:
I(We) am(are) the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing
Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I(we)have read the
facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we)
state that the above and foregoing are true and correct.
CONTRACTOR-Affiant
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me,the day of 20_.
Notary Public, State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
[This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.]
07/2006 00700-B3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
•
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF §
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons.
who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's
Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their
oaths deposed and said:
We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the
offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the
authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release
for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of
said corporation, the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation;
and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this
Affidavit is attached, are true and correct.
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of
20
Notary Public, State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
07/2006 00700-B4
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and
assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or
entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any.
1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be
performed under this Agreement.
1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier.
1.4 ISO. "ISO"means Insurance Services Office.
2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties
2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein:
2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be
construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in
this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance
coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and
2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the
Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the
requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency,
bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the
Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall
be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement.
2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material
breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy
such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor
will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the
Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance
requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any
failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the
Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at
law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the
Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so
and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused
from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages.
10-2012 00700-Cl
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein
3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's
sole expense.
3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written
through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the
work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition
of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide.
3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall
be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and
shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required
herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner.
3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of
insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event
shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less
than the amount required herein.
3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All
insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision:
In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in
coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior
written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified
mail or registered mail, return receipt requested.
3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of
recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or
liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in
favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor,
whether required herein or not.
3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required
herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000
without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall
be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The
Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same.
4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with
limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this
Agreement and thereafter as required:
10-2012 00700-C2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance
4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations
and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability
assumed-under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed
in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit
and not included within the limit of liability.
4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as
an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent).
4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less
than:
Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000
General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000
Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000
4.1.4 Required Endorsements
a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in
favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following:
i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or
ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or
iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37
10 01; or
iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner.
b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate
limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO
CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent.
c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as required in 3.5, above.
d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability
exclusion shall be deleted.
e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability. it is the intent of the
parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be
primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The
obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by
any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no
contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary,
excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance
coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non-
contributing liability.
f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6,above.
10-2012 00700 C3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall
maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including
required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of
Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement.
The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work
completion date.
4.2 Auto Liability Insurance
4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto
(including owned, hired, and non-owned).
4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA
0001 or its equivalent).
4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than$1,000,000.
4.2.4 Required Endorsements
a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as required in 3.5, above.
b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance
4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows:
4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than:
Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease.
4.3.3 Required Endorsements
a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as required in 3.5, above.
b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance
4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all
coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for
exhaustion of underlying limits.
4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the
commercial general liability insurance required above.
10-2012 00700-C4
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than$5,000,000.
4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required
endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial
Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The
Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work
completion date.
4.5 Professional Liability Insurance
4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for
any professional design or engineering drawing required by the work. Such
insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent
performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited
to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed.
4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover
all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this
Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a
Claims-Made basis.
4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than$1,000,000.
4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1)
year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed
under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation
to the Owner stating Work completion date.
4.6 Builder's Risk
4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include:
a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as
Named Insureds; and
b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds.
10-2012 00700-C5
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover:
a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved
surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings,
underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or
filling;
b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false
work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located
at the site;
c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation;
d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but
intended for use at the site;
e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for
installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit;
and
f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this
Exhibit is attached.
Form
a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special
form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be
primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured
parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non-
contributing.
b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted.
c. Required coverage shall further include:
i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD
completion of project (where applicable)
ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit
iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit
deficiency in construction methods,
design, specifications, workmanship or
materials, including collapse
iv. Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage
loss
v. Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD
vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD
applicable)
vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD
viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD
ix. Freezing Included without sublimit
x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot& Included without sublimit
cold testing(where applicable)
xi. Notice of cancellation, non-renewal or Included
10-2012 00700-C6
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
material reduction—60 days prior
written notice to each insured
xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included
below
xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit
xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD
xv. Preservation of property Included without sublimit
xvi. Replacement cost Included
xvii. Theft Included without sublimit
xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included
below.
4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all
times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single
occurrence.
4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following:
a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000
Occurrence, except
b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days
c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of
NFIP if in Flood Zone A,
B or V
d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000
Leakage, Per Occurrence
4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be
endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so
long as such, occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the
property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise
provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following
dates:
a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds
under the policy agree that it shall be terminated;
b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement
to which this.Exhibit is attached, has been made; or
c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of
all insureds other than Contractor have ceased.
10-2012 00700-C7
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be
endorsed as follows:
a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds.
b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows:
Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole
or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first,
and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you
have been fully compensated for the loss.
5. Intentionally left blank.
6. Evidence of Insurance
6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be
maintained by.the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of
insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent,
and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later
than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of
insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner
prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of
insurance, and endorsements.
6.2 Form
6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form
28, "Evidence of Property Insurance".
6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form
25, "Certificate of Insurance".
6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and
endorsements shall specify:
6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address.
6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement.
6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each
coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described
herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company.
6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed.
6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein.
6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions.
6.3.7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification
as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and
"but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any
kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the
cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form.
10-2012 00700-C8
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein.
6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein.
6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein.
6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein.
6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be
provided.
6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other
evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any
Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be
construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance.
6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to
the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10)
days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the
Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy.
6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the
required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required
endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement,
shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall
have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any
subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance,
evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by
the Owner.
7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors
7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all
subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover
operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be
held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply
to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all
subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to
recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other
things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability
as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request.
7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site,
including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent
damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance
of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property
shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or
recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance
or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed
for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk,
it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its
10-2012 00700-C9
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of
the Owner Parties.
8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or
suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the
Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and
condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or
suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery,
tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the
Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any
and all loss or damage which may arise from such use.
9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to
release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which
the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting
in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required
herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including
the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be
maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement.
10-2012 00700-CIO
CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00800
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a
portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions,the unaltered
portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01:
The OWNER'S representative on the project site is:
telephone: 281. 652.
The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is: telephone:
The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: telephone:
ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05:
A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for
this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal.
Attachment No.3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor,.
Article 4.6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Not Required for this project.
ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
5.08 Add Article 5.08:
The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a
certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain
days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record.
The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days
must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly
pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for
08/2018 00800- 1 of 2,
CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year,proportionate to the original
Contract Time.
General Notes:
Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet
access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any
internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control
Documents.Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents
prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions.
No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day.
Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this
project.
END OF SECTION
08/2018 00800-2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Section 00811
WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
1.01 In accordance with_the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas
Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates
shown on the attached tables following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in
which the work is being performed.
1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated.
1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than
five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior
wall of an existing building.
10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1
"General Decision Number: TX20210032 01/01/2021 ,
Superseded General Decision Number: TX20200032
State: Texas
Construction Type: Heavy
County: Brazoria County in Texas.
HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines
(Does Not Include Flood Control)
Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage
of $10.95 for calendar year 2021 applies to all contracts
subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded
(and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015.
If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay
all workers in any classification listed on this wage
determination at least $10.95 per hour (or the applicable
wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher)
for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar
year 2021. If this contract is covered by the EO and a
classification considered necessary for performance of work on
the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the
contractor must pay workers in that classification at least
the wage rate determined through the conformance process set
forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate,
if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum
wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that
this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts
entered into by the federal government that are subject
to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply
to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts,
including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional
information on contractor requirements and worker protections
under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Modification Number Publication Date
0 01/01/2021
* SFTX0669-001 04/01/2020
Rates Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire
Sprinklers) $ 30.64 21.68
SUTX2005-018 05/18/2005
Rates Fringes
Carperter $ 14.38 0.00
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER $ 11.37 1.13
ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34
Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1.69
IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 11.29 0.00
Laborers:
Common $ 8.99 1.25
Landscape $ 7.35 0.00
Mason Tender Cement $ 9.96 0.00
Pipelayer $ 9.63 1.50
PIPEFITTER $ 17.00 0.04
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Backhoe $ 12.74 0.00
Bulldozer $ 12.46 0.00
Crane $ 11.00 0.74
Excavator $ 16.74 0.00
Front End Loader $ 10.47 1.28
Grader $ 12.20 1.48
Tractor $ 11.29 1.45
TRUCK DRIVER $ 14.42 1.00
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing.
operation to which welding is incidental.
Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave
for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the
Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any
solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this
contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide
employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours
they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year.
Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their
own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including
preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is
like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other
health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons
resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is
like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic
violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information
on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO
is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
The body of each wage determination lists the classification
and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the
cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage
determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical
order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular
rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local),
a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate
(weighted union average rate).
Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed
in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU"" or
""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were
prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example:
PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of
the union which prevailed in the survey for this
classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198
indicates the local union number or district council number
where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number,
005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing
the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the
most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1,
2014.
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate
changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing
this classification and rate.
Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that
no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and
the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average
rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that
classification. As this weighted average rate includes all
rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and
non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates
the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average
calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates
the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which
these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007
in the example, is an internal number used in producing the
wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion
date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a
new survey is conducted.
Union Average Rate Identifiers
Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate
that no single majority rate prevailed for those
classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the
classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010
08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union
average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in
the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage
determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date
for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of
each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current
negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is
based.
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on
a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to,any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage
payment data, project description, area practice material,
etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative
Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM
Section 00900
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Date: April 9, 2021
PROJECT: Water Production and- Facilities Rehabilitation
BID NO.: 0321-34
BID DATE: April 15, 2021 at 2:00 PM
FROM: David W Kasper, P.E.
Project Manager
ARKK Engineers, LLC
7322 Southwest Fwy, Ste. 1040, Houston,TX 77074
To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties
This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract
Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and
Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this
Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland.
FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL
FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
1. The Contract Time is increased from 150 calendar days to Substantial Completion to 240
calendar days to substantial completion. The following documents are being reissued to
reflect this change:
a. Bid Proposal
b. Agreement
2. The Bid Form is being reissued to add the following new bid items:
a. Perform exploratory excavation at the FM 518 Water Plant site (Base Bid Item)
b. Perform exploratory excavation at the Alice Street Water Plant Site (Base Bid Item)
c. Install 16"to 18"Line Stop (Extra Work Item)
SPECIFICATIONS:
No changes.
CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS:
1. Drawing No 4 is being reissued. The change involves adding a number to each of the 4
valves to be installed/replaced.
2-22-12 00900- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM
2. Drawing No. 8 is being issued to reflect that some of the existing piping at the FM 521
Water Plant site has been found to be steel water pipe rather than ductile iron water pipe.
This necessitates a change in the method of coupling and restraining the pipe. Also, notes
are added to reflect that the onsite pipe is likely bedded in cement stabilized sand; and that
the pipe has coatings-that will need to be partially removed to facilitate welding and/or
couplings. A note has been added to the 16" cut in valves at Alice Street to reflect that this
work will likely need to be performed at late night hours in order to minimize
inconvenience to water customers.
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1
c PCB,.. i/Tk.ts,
*. .-00
4 DAVID W. KASPER
David W. Kasper, P.E. 86294 :tea
Senior Project Manager s ..</CENS�O.''\�'<`,
ti
2-22-12 00900-2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
04/2008
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
Section 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner,
Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of
Premises,and Owner occupancy.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A Work of the Contract is for the construction of:
B SCOPE OF WORK AT FM 521 WATER PLANT:
1. Remove an existing buried 18" butterfly valve and replace with an 18"
gate valve on an existig water tank fill line; Remove two (2)existing
buried 24" Butterfly valves and replace with 24" gate valves on existing
water tank drain lines; Cut in a new 18" gate valve into an existing buried
tank fill water line; Replace an exisitng 24" buried water pump station
discharge header pipe with a new 24" above-ground discharge pipe with a
meter run.
C SCOPE OF WORK AT ALICE STREET WATER PLANT:
1. Install a 20" ductile iron pipe jumper connecting an existing buried 30"
and 24" water tank fill lines using tapping sleeves and gate valves;
Replace an existing above-ground 8" steel tank drain pipe and flap valve
with a new above-ground pipe section, flap gate, and gate valve; Cut in a
new 16"X16" tee with three (3) 16" gate valves into an existing buried
distribution water line; Connect three existing utility vault sump pump
3/4" PVC discharge pipes to existing concrete storm sewer inlet boxes
using 1.5" buried PVC piping; Install one (1)new sump pump into an
existing utility vault and connect discharge piping to an existing concrete
storm sewer inlet box using 1.5" buried PVC piping; Remove and Replace
a 20" magmeter in an existing vault; Remove and Replace an existing 16"
magmeter in an existing vault; Construct a 24'x24' steel carport on existing
concrete driveway area.
1.03 WORK BY OWNER
A Not Applicable
1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A Not Applicable
1.05 WORK SEQUENCE
08/2016 01100- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
A The Owner desires that work at the Alice Street Water Plant occur first, in the
Summer of 2021. Following completion of the work at Alice Street, the work
may proceed to the FM 521 Water Plant. It is desired that shutdown of the FM
521 Water Plant facility be as short duration as possible. The Contractor must
have all pipe, valves, couplings, equipment on-site to make the cut-in valve
replacements before the shutdown is approved to be initiated. The cut-in valve
installations require that the City drain the ground storage tanks completely. It
will be expected that the Contractor can cut-in the valves all at once for a one-
time shut down in a duration not to exceed 2 weeks. It will be preferred by the
City that the 24" meter run also be installed during this time period since the plant
will already be out of operation. The Contractor is to submit a detailed plan
outlining the schedule for performing the proposed work for review and
concurrence by the City. Installation of valves on existing mains shall be
coordinated with the Owner in such a manner and at such hours as to cause the
least inconvenience to the public. When the existing pipes have been cut for
installing the valves and the plant is shut down, the work for installation shall
progress without interruption.until complete. No additional compensation shall
be made for performing the installation at night,, weekend, after hours or for
having to complete installations under unfavorable weather conditions. The
Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner as to the time required for such
operation and as to the availability of Owner personnel to perform assistance in
the operation of City valves. The Contractor shall not operate any water valve on
a water main that is in service (existing or new construction) without the City's
representative on location.
B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as
specified in Section 01350—Submittals.
C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in
Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings.
1.06 FUTURE WORK
A (Not Used)
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-
way as specified in Section 01140- Contractor's Use of Premises.
B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction.
1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY
08/2016 01100-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's
operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer.
B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement.
2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed
END OF SECTION
08/2016 01100-3of3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
Section 01140
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.1 GENERAL
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of
construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to
adjacent occupants.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1 Section 01350—Submittals
2 Section 01730—Cutting&Patching
3 Section 01555—Traffic Control&Regulation
4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal
5 Section 01720—Field Surveying
6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair
7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb & Gutter, &Headers
8 Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, &Embankment Materials
9 Section 02922—Sodding
10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.4 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the
Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed.
B Contractor may make arrangements,at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private
properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties
outside of the limits of construction.
1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use mustbe
removed upon completion of the Work.
a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent
private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the
issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing
entity.
C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the
construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by
Engineer.
01/2018 01140 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.5 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A If Contractor's means and methods require the acquisition of Temporary
Construction Easements or any access to private property not already included in the
above, such access and documentation along with any costs involved shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
B Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction
will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s) as
noted above.
C Means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to
properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not
be permitted without temporary or permanent easements as determined by the
Engineer.
D Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or
replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner.
E Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other
demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The
replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the
City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or
private property owner.
1.6 USE OF SITE
A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or
streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously
B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for
street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor.
C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants.
D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to
requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to
maintain unimpeded flow.
E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways
within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or
better than that existing at start of the Work.
F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing
facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or
uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance
with Section 01730—Cutting&Patching.
G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site.
01/2018 01140-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.7 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS
A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed
construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours,72 hours and 2 weeks
prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses.
B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for
resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will
be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility
inconvenience or disruption.
C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to
the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice
shall be in an understandable language.
1.8 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS
A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any
intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by
permission of the Engineer.
B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an
entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility.
Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners.
C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work
in that block is complete.
D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public
use.
E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property.
F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous
operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across
drives or entrances.
G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control &
Regulation.
1.9 CLEAN-UP
A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderlymanner.
B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debris,scrap materials,
other disposable items.
C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of
each work day.
D Promptly remove barriers,signs,and components of other control systems that are no
01/2018 01140-3of4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
longer being utilized.
E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section
01562—Waste Material Disposal.
1.10 RESTORATION
A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless
replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans.
B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980—
Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance
with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like
materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by
Engineer.
C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional
cost to Owner.
D Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill,&
Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer.
E Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed
during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with
Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or
sprigging.
F Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land
use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not
designated to be paved,in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding.
G Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers
appropriate for sodding
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
01/2018 01140-4of4
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
Section 01200
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work.
B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products.
C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet
D Reference Standards:
1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
1.02 AUTHORITY
A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of
the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal.
B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid
Proposal shall govern.
C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the
Engineer.
D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as
required by Engineer to verify quantities.
1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED
A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for
contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work,
authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section
00700—General Conditions of Agreement.
B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in
Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices
contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement or in executed Change Order.
1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal
shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights.
Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction
or scale weights.
05/2007 01200- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
B Measurement by Volume:
1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and
height or thickness.
2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension
using the average end area method.
Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or
radius.
D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean
chord.
E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement.
F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as
appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work.
1.05 PAYMENT
A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools,
equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals;and erection,application or
installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price
bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price
Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted.
B Progress Payments for.Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations
and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price.
C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations
and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values
incorporated in the Work.
D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual
measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for
Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.
1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the
Contract Documents.
B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,
the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies:
1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be
adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer.
2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer,
and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the
Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally
specified.
05/2007 01200-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a
specific formula or percentage price reduction.
D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment
adjustment is final.
1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS
A Payment will not be made for any of the following:
1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to
Engineer.
2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement.
3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle.
4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work.
5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work,unless specified
otherwise.
6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END•OF SECTION
05/2007 01200-3of3
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
Section 01290
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including:
1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of
changes in the Work;
2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time;
3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract
modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit
Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order;
4. Execution of Change Orders;
5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents
C Other References:
1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue
Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the
appropriate item of construction equipment.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL
A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual
authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for
informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work.
The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference.
1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT
TIME
A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed
changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work.
B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient
data to allow for its evaluation.
02/2008 01290- 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as
applicable:
1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions,
reductions, deletions, and substitutions.
2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal,
Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting
information as required by the Engineer.
3. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
4. Additional data upon request.
D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following
additional information may be required:
1. Quantities and description of products and equipment.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of
Agreement, 7.03 "Extra Work".
4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls.
6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts,
similarly documented.
E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration
of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a
portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the
Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly
invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating
costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in
the Blue Book.
F For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor-
owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows:
1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent
plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall
be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates.
Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day)
and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No
other rate adjustments shall apply.
2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in
the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed.
1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change
Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of
changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in
accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders".
02/2008 01290-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an
adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 —
General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental
instructions.
C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract
Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for
Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the
Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section.
1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION
A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description
of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical
Specifications.The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request
for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7
days or as specified in the request.
B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for
Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work,
with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract
Price and Contract Time including full documentation.
1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to
proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of
determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time.
C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance
with the Work Change Directive.
1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change
including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation.
1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300-
Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally
bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement.
B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid
Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the
unit prices to be used.
02/2008 01290-3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of
change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions
of Agreement.
B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as
provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement.
C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as
specified in this Section, 1.04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and
Contract Time".
D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall
substantiate costs for changes in the Work.
1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION
A Engineer will issue Change Orders,Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals
for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of
Agreement.
1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values
and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a
separate line item and adjust the Contract Price.
B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after
acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously
included and the appropriate unit rates.
C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract
Time,and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the
change, and resubmit for review.
D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans,
Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 —
Project Record Documents.
2.0 PRODUCTS = Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01290-4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
Section 01310
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site
Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01100—Summary of Work
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract
Documents and coordinate as necessary.
1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES
A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in
Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and
Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference.
1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION
A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction
elements.
B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for
portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy.
C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize
disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy.
1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference.
B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major
Subcontractors.
C Agenda:
1. Distribution of Contract Documents.
2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the
Consultant.
3. Review of insurance.
02/2008 01310- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values,
and Construction Schedule.
5. Discussion of required Submittals,including, but not limited to, Work
Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs.
6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals,
substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request
for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout.
7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors.
8. Review of Subcontractors.
9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization
Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization
Conference are combined.
10. Procedures for testing.
1.1. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents.
12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and
their responsibilities.
13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program.
1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE
A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Engineer will schedule a Site
Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's
Superintendent, and major Subcontractors.
C Agenda:
1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor
2. Safety and first aid procedures
3. Construction controls provided by Owner
4. Temporary utilities
5. Survey and layout
6. Security and housekeeping procedures
1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the
Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if
directed by Engineer.
B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers,
Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each
meeting.
C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording
minutes.
D Engineer or City',s representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings.
02/2008 01310-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda
item.
F Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meeting.
2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment,payroll and
compliance submittals.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress.
5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals.
6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal.
7. Review status of Change Orders.
8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.
9. Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule.
10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
11. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
12. Coordination of projected progress.
13. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination.
15. Other items relating to the Work.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01310-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
Section 01350
SUBMITTALS
1.0 GENERAL
This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be
required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical
Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Submittal procedures for:
1. Schedule of Values
2. Construction Schedules
3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
4. Operations and Maintenance Data
5. Manufacturer's Certificates
6. Construction Photographs
7. Project Record Documents
8. Design Mixes
B References to the following Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01310—Coordination &Meetings
2. Section 01630—Product Options & Substitutions
3. Section 01.100—Summary of Work
4. Section 01380—Construction Photographs
5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents
6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers
1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A Scheduling and Handling
1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for
construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after
Submittal is approved.
2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review,
correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Engineer will
review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but
the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity
and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer.
This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional
compensation to the Contractor.
3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical
Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is
responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any
errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of
01/2008 0:1350- 1 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish
required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications.
4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by
individual Technical Specifications.
5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since
previous submittal.
6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is
fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be
incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until
approval has been obtained in the specified manner.
B Transmittal Form and Numbering
1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form.
2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re-
Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for
first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal
15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or
equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted.
3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify
product or system limitations.
4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10"Video".
C Contractor's Certification
1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor,
certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in
accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested
variance.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment.
A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum
(LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive
Progress Payments.
B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper. Use
the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by
Section.
C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of
one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of
Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal.
D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's
overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values
equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and
Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values.
01/2008 0:1350-2 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required,
include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance.Data Submittals and
a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
Reports, each valued at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum.
F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract
modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule
of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are
approved by the Engineer.
1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of
this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart,
(computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report.
B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and
Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the
Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer.
Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample.
C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the
Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed
Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet
the following requirements:
1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not
more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the
Engineer.
2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be
indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these
elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work
should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25
percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate
dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered,and
when installed.
6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which
will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the
Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting
work in the area.
7. A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work
shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction
Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless
significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule
for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated.
01/2008 01350-3 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer.
Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in
accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement.
D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule
and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment
will be made until these are accepted.
E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for
approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in
the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule.
F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual
Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each
Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly
Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for
Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before
the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment.
G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes
made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule;
Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the
Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish
Dates and Remaining Durations.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES
A Shop Drawings
1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing.
3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following:
a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such.
b. Arrangement and section views.
c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete
information for making connections between work under this Contract
and work under other contracts.
d. Kinds of materials and finishes.
e. Parts list and descriptions.
f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories
showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete
equipment package.
g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet
numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on
the Plans.
4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale,and shall be a true representation of
the specific equipment or item to be furnished.
01/2008 01350-4 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
B Product Data
1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical
Specifications.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted.
3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options to be used in
this Project. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information
unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification.
4. For products specified only by reference standard,submit manufacturer,trade
name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard.
5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications
followed by the words"or approved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name,
model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard.
6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section
01630-Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04"Selection Options"and 1.07
"Substitution Procedures".
7. For products that are neither Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by
reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description,
trade name, manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional
information upon written request by Engineer or Owner.
C Samples
1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of
paper.
3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification;one of
which will be retained by the Engineer.
4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the
Technical Specifications.
1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A When specified in Technical Specification,submit manufacturers'printed instructions
for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation,adjusting, finishing,
and maintenance.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of each document.
C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.
1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of
compliance for review by Engineer.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02"Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of the certificate.
01/2008 01350-5 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or
product, but must be acceptable to Engineer.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01.380—Construction Photographs.
1. Prints: Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's
Representative within .7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be
retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the
job site.
B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS:
1. Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs
on the entire route of the project
2. Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish;.3 x 5 inch size, mounted on
81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole
punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook.
3. Th photographs shall show:
a. Date photographs were taken
b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This
information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a
label on the mountings.)
4. Photographs should show the condition of the following
a. Esplanades and boulevards
b. Yards(near, side and far side of street)
c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb
d. Area between walk and curb
1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.)
2) Landscaping and decorative features.
C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1. On completion of construction,provide photographs of any public or private
property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may
be the subject of complaints.
1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record
Documents.
1.10 VIDEO
A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical
Specifications.
B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1,
T02, T03, etc.
01/2008 01350-6of6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
1.11 DESIGN MIXES
A When specified, submit design mixes for review.
B Contractor's_Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02"Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of each design mix.
C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations, and additives for each class
and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each
mix.
D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
01/2008 01350-7of6
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Section 01380
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals.
B References Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01100—Summary of Work
2. Section 01350—Submittals
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction
Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in
accordance applicable provisions of this Section.
B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350—Submittals.
C Prepare three(3)prints of each view and submit two(2) prints directly to the Project
Manager within seven (7)days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained
by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for
reference.
D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of
photographs,for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for
the extra prints directly to the photographer.
E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the
Work to show original Project Site conditions.
F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for
Payment.
G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion
of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left.
H With each submittal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified
by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken.
01/2008 01.380- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their
vantage point, direction of shot, and quality.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS
A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD.
B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in
the photograph:
1. Job number.
2. Date and time photographs were taken.
3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project
number.
C Indicate the condition of the following:
1. Esplanades and boulevards.
2. Yards(near side and far side of street).
3. House-walk and sidewalk.
4. Curb.
5. Area between walk and curb.
6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.).
7. Date shall be on negative.
8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot
on a key plan of the Project Site.
D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-
existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass.
E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the
following information:
1. Name of the Project.
2. Name and address of the photographer(if a professional photographer is
used).
3. Name of the Contractor.
4. Date the photograph was taken.
5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for
easy access and viewing.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the
Project Site.
01/2008 01.380-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Following the completion of the Work,take photographs from corresponding vantage
points and direction of shots.
3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each
Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment.
B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of
construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than
two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence.
C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points.
END OF.SECTION
01./2008 01.380-3 of 3.
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
Section 01420
REFERENCED STANDARDS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references.
B References to Technical Specifications: None
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards
comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are
specified or are required by applicable codes.
B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section
00700—General Conditions of Agreement.
C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference
standards conflict with Contract Documents.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W.
Washington,DC 20001
ACI American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 19150
Reford Station
Detroit, MI 48219-0150
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
1957 E Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
AI Asphalt Institute
Asphalt Institute Building
College Park, MD 20740
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
333 W. Hampden Avenue
Englewood, CO 80110
02/2008 01420- 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor
Chicago, IL 60611
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ANSI American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
APA American Plywood Association
Box 11700
Tacoma,WA 98411
API American Petroleum Institute
1220 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20005
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
50 F Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association
7735 Old Georgetown Road
Bethesda,MD 20014
AWS American Welding Society
P.O. Box 35104
Miami, FL 33135
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
02/2008 01420-2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers
Code of Ordinances
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, TX 77581.
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg,IL 60173-4758
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
707 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
5600 Fisher Lane
Rockville,MD 20857-0001
FS Federal Standardization Documents
General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS)
7th and D Street S.W.
• Washington, DC 20406
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association
P.O. Box 440
S. Yarmouth, MA 02664
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
445 Hoes Lane
P.O. Box 1331
Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331
MIL Military Specifications
General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS)
7th and D Street S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
P. O. Box 986
Katy, TX 77450
02/2008 0:1420-3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association
2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300
Washington,DC 20037
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA 02269-9101
OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration
U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 60077-1083
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
201 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
SDI Steel Deck Institute
Box 9506
Canton, OH 44711
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
TAC Texas Administrative Code
TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P. O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 78711-3087
TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
125 East 1 l th,Street
Austin, TX 78701-2483
Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption)
(published by Texas Department of Transportation)
UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingston Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association -
2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155
02/2008 01420-4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
Dallas, TX 75234
WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute
942 Main Street—Suite 300
Hartford, CT 06103
WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council
Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
P.O. Box 12157
Austin,TX 78711
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01420-5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
• Section 01430
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and
reports.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no
additional cost to the Owner.
B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in
sequence.
C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers'
instructions conflict with Contract Documents.
D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or
more precise workmanship.
E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship.
F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual
Technical Specifications.
1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product
suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions,
conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment,
operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate
operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations
and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications.
02/2008 01430- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's
representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required
representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project
Manager.
C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or
instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to
manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to
Project Manager for review.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
• END OF SECTION
02/2008 0:1430-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES
Section 01440
OBSERVATION SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Observation services and references.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 INSPECTION
A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee
inspections,tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications.
B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to
provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in
Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services.
C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager,Engineer, and
Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or
non-compliance with Contract Documents.
D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer;furnish samples of materials,
design mix, equipment, tools, and storage.
E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted.
F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
09/2009 01440- 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Section 01450
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3740, "Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in
Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering
Design and Construction"
b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing
Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in
Construction"
1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A Owner will select,employ,and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications.
B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform
work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to
provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work.
D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing
laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following:
1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi-rigid sanitary sewer
collection system pipe installation
2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for
Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material
mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of
change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner.
3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials
and to determine required compactive effort to o meet density requirements.
4. Cores to test for thickness.
5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience.
6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate
work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents.
04/2008 01450- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS
A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the
Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory.
One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project.
Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax
from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager.
1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter,or enlarge on requirements of Contract
Documents.
B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor.
D Laboratoryy has no authority to stop the Work.
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section
requires the presence of the Engineer.
B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on
Project Site.
C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities.
D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough
examination and testing.
E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested;to obtain and
handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests
and inspections including storage and curing of test samples.
F Arrange with laboratory and pay for:
1. Retesting required for failed tests.
2. Retesting for nonconforming Work.
3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
04/2008 01450-2of3
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING
A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329,as
well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications.
END OF SECTION
04/2008 01450-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Section 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities,
telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety
requirements,first aid equipment,fire protection,security measures,protection of the
Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of
trash,debris,and excavated material,pest and rodent control,water runoff and erosion
control.
B References to Technical Specifications:
Section 00200—Instructions to Bidders
Section 01100— Summary of Work
Section 01350— Submittals
Section 01566— Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation
Section 01100—Summary of Work
Section 01600—Material & Equipment
Section 01570—Trench Safety System
Section 01555—Traffic Control&Regulation
Section 01720—Field Surveying
Section 01563—Tree &Plant Protection
Section 01564—Control of Ground Water& Surface Water
Section 13730- Computer Equipment
C Referenced Standards:
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)
Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas
D Definitions:
Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes,
chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface
installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work.
Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations
above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any
extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to
12-2-2011 01500- 1 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
buildings, tanks,walls, bridges,roads, dams, channels, open drainage,piping,poles,
wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities
that are visible above the ground surface.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the
Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper
execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of
persons and property.
B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications.
Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service.
Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires.
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer
required.
Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original
condition.
1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A Temporary Service
Make arrangements with utility service companies for,such temporary services as are
necessary to construct the work and manage the site.
Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having
jurisdiction.
Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete.
Included are fuel,power,light,heat,and other utility services necessary for execution,
completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work.
B Water
Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for
specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper
completion of the Work.
12-2-2011 01500-2 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
For water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and
meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a
water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department.A deposit based on
rates established by latest ordinance will be required.
For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter
from City'Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water
meter installation. Once installed,water meter may not be moved without notification
of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not
included in City provided meter.
Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption
by Contractor personnel.
C Electricity and Lighting
1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor's name, as required for the
prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting,
operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as:
necessary to maintain any of Owner's on-going operations as may continue on the site
during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for
open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops.
2 Provide permanent electric power service,in the Contractor's name,to the work or site
as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or
Partial Substantial Completion.Contractor to establish service billing in its name and
transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially
Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner.
D Natural Gas
Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the
schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in
its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as
Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner.
E Temporary Heat and Ventilation
Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work.
Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain
enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F.
F Telephone
Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor
personnel and others performing work or furnishing services.
G Sanitary Facilities
Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site,in compliance
with federal, state,.and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the
12-2-2011 01500-3 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied
throughout the course of the Work.
Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site.
Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit-type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge
will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to
cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off-site and
properly disposed in accordance with local regulations.
Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566
— Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
1.06 FIELD OFFICE
A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in
paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special
Conditions of the Agreement,or Section 01100—Summary of Work. Provide for
transportation,move-in, set-up,tie-down and,when project is complete,removal and
move-out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary
facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre-Construction Meeting prior to delivery
and set up. Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's
Representative by way of the submittal process.
B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to:
provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress
meetings,on-site storage for project files and plans,office space for CONTRACTOR's
field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for
OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer
filing cabinet,a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and
HVAC to the mobile office.
1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed interne connection for
use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A
above.
1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600—Material &
Equipment.
1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with
federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes,and practices. Include in the Safety
Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety
requirements as specified in Section 01570—Trench Safety System.
B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal,state and local safety codes
and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible
and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel
and equipment involved in the Work.
12-2-2011 01500-4 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and
with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section
107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards -29
CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams-Steiger
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for
safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to
subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees.
D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without
qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of
or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the
Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the
Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this
Contract,and after such investigation or inspection,advise the Engineer of the results.
Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten(10) days of occurrence.
E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of
lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional
capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or
odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off
entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area.
F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first-aid equipment,
ventilating equipment and safety equipment,in the Plans and Technical Specifications
are obligations of the Contractor.
G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the
entire period covered by the Contract.
1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for
physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit.
B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the
Project Site whenever work is in progress.
1.10 FIRE PROTECTION
A Fire Protection Standards.
Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that
may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies.
B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding
Building Construction and Demolition Operations.
Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with
NFPA Standard No. 10,Portable Fire Extinguishers,for each temporary building,and
for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction.
12-2-2011 01500-5 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the
Project Site.
C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures.
Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are
continuously or intermittently hazardous.
Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible
liquids.
Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits.
Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure.
1.11 SECURITY MEASURES
A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss,
theft,damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's
property.
B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction,
provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by
Owner's Representative.
1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES
A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are
shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at
least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities
during construction,and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they
conflict with the proposed Work.
1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Preventive Actions.
Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work
and public and private property from damage.
Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the
following:
a. Store apparatus,materials,supplies,and equipment in an orderly, safe
manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the
Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the
Owner's operations.
b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by
exposure to weather, theft,breakage, or otherwise.
c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are
consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work.
d. Frequently clean up refuse,rubbish,scrap materials,and debris caused
by construction operations,keeping the Work safe and orderly.
12-2-2011 01500-6of10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for
scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations,
elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas.
Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers,
tools,materials or equipment,_privately owned land except on easements provided for
construction.
Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or
adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any
act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it
shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing
before the damage was done.
B Barricades and Warning Signals.
Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public
place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights,warning signs, and danger signals;
provide watchmen;and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons
or property and protection of the Work.Conform to Section 01555—Traffic Control&
Regulation.
C Preserving Control Points
Maintain permanent benchmarks,public or private elevation or property demarcation
and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in
writing,replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments,property corners or other
permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section
01720—Field Surveying.
D Tree and Plant Protection.
Protect trees, shrubs,lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as
designated on the Plans,and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563—Tree
&Plant Protection.
E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures
Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone
services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,but
is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making
Locate Calls.
Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground
structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to
prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to
underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner.
Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is
damaged,broken,or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any
repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent.
12-2-2011 01500-7 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid
unanticipated underground structures.
If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is
required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents,the Engineer will
direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the
provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700—General
Conditions of Agreement.
Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface
structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports
carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before
installing structure supports,Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and
procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure.
Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service
corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or
public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the
limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties,or of making such
changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance
of this Contract.
Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of
construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those
operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the
immediate vicinity of existing structures,pipelines,or utilities,give a minimum of five
(5)working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities
prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction
operations reach and uncover the utility.
Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface
structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to
damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure.
Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged
structure.
1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent
operations.
Remove protection facilities when no longer needed,prior to completion of the Work.
Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment,materials, and surfaces.
1.15 ROADS AND PARKING
A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads.
B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic.
C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment,materials, and surfaces.
12-2-2011 01500-8 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal
public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the
Work.
E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways
from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or.equipment
F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site
space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. Locate as approved by
Engineer.
G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing
parking areas.
1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary
for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas.
B Comply with statutes,regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work
for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources,
including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-
190, Executive Order 11514.
C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to
temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents.
D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed
areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents.
Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted.
1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL
A Provide methods,means,and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,water
or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations.
B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain
any spillage,and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any
contaminated earth off-site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams
or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and
Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere.
12-2-2011 01500-9of1.0
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local
laws and regulations.
1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site.
B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the
Project Site or adjoining properties.
1.19 NOISE CONTROL
A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the
greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards- 29 CFR
and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the
surrounding neighborhoods.
B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
except as approved by Engineer.
C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas.
1.20 DUST CONTROL
A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the
provisions of Section 01566— Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation.
1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL
A Provide methods to control surface water,runoff,subsurface water,and water pumped
from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or
adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564—Control of Ground Water&
Surface Water and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation.
B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply
corrective measures as required to control erosion.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
•
12-2-2011 01500- 10 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION
Section 01505
MOBILIZATION
1.1 GENERAL
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work.
B Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT)
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD)
1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three
percent(3%) of the total bid price.
B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the
first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and
approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable:
1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350—Submittals)
2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570—Trench Safety System)
3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350—Submittals)
4. Pre-construction Photographs (Section 01380—Construction Photographs)
5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s)(Section
01580—Project Identification Signs)
6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500—Temporary
Facilities and Controls)
7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 -
TPDES Requirements)
C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the
second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and
approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable:
1. Installation of High Speed Internet.Access (Section 01500—Temporary
Facilities and Controls)
D. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the
third monthly Application for Payment.
E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be
included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment.
F. For contracts with a duration of less than 120 days,payment for the remaining
50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second
monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and
approval by Engineer of the items listed in B. and C. above, as applicable.
08/2018 01505- 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION
G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700
General Conditions of Agreement.
2.1 PRODUCTS
2.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s)per Section 01580. The
name, address and contact information of the general contractor for the project
shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit.
3.1 EXECUTION
3.2 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580,part 1.03,D
visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer.
END OF SECTION
08/2018 01505- 1 of 1
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 01555
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 01555—TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1. Section 01555, Traffic Control and Regulation, Replace Items 1.02B with the following:
1.02 B. No separate payment will be made for flaggers or uniformed officers as required for the
Project. Flaggers or uniformed officers shall be considered incidental to the traffic
control and regulation bid item.
END OF SECTION
SPECIAL PROVISION TO 01555-1
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
Section 01555
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for traffic control plans,signs,signals,control devices,flares,lights and
traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and
bridging of trenches and excavations.
B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
•
D Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic
Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from
the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of
equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount
invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic
control and regulation.
B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work.
The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted
for Flaggers.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered
Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to
implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic
Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer.
C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values
within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed.
D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name,badge number,time start,time
finish, and hours worked.
03/2008 01555- 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1.04 FLAGGERS
A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off-duty, regularly employed,
uniformed Peace Officers.
B Flaggers are required at the following locations:
1. Where multi-lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single-lane
vehicular traffic.
2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly.
3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic
lanes and walks.
4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular
traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross-walks.
5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience.
6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic
around the work site.
7. When requested by Owner.
C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and
movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for
taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor
may deem necessary to protect the work and the public, and does not in any way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would
otherwise be liable.
Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as
may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS,AND DEVICES
A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations.
B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having
jurisdiction.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PUBLIC ROADS
A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the
Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed,
approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before
starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer.
B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work
areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the
use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan.
03/2008 01555 -2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL.AND REGULATION
C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m.to 9:00 a.m.and
4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer.
D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial
properties adjacent to work areas at all times.
E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets:
1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated
material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction
operations. Leave the area broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of the
work day.
F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking,and
access by emergency vehicles.
G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain
vehicular access to and through parking areas.
H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non-designated areas.
3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS
A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic,lanes and to
guide traffic.
3.03 HAUL ROUTES
A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic.
B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes.
C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize
interference with public traffic.
D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul
routes.
3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads,
detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected
public traffic.
B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective
traffic control.
3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS
A Whenever necessary,bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of
traffic.
03/2008 01555-3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats,angles,bolts or other
devices whenever bridge is installed:
1. On an existing bus route;
2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or
truck traffic;
3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or
4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days.
C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise.
D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic.
E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or
excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to
minimize wheel impact on secured bridging.
F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that
produces maximum stress.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises.
B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.
C Repair damage caused by installation.
D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet.
END OF SECTION
03/2008 01555 -4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
Section 01560
FILTER FABRIC FENCE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and
pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow
areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal
4. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3786,"Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength
of Textile Fabrics"
b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles"
1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the
beginning and ending of wooden stakes.
B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor,
equipment,materials,supervision,and all incidental expenses for construction of these
items,complete in place,including,but not limited to protection of trees,maintenance
requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment
deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of
construction.
C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric.
03/2008 01560- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILTER FABRIC
A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material.
B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any
principal direction,a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM-D3786,and
the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140.
C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of
6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to
120 degrees F.
D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi,Inc., or equal.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such
systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as
specified in this Section, 3.02F. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and
sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion
and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard
removed materials in accordance with Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal.
D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the
erosion control practices described in Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion&
Sedimentation.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric
fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will
percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained
and accumulated.
B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet
apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches: If filter fabric is factory preassembled
03/2008 01560-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
with support netting,then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes
at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff.
C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as
shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and
compact trench.
D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of
36 inches above natural ground.
E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to
minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only
at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely.
F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall,daily during periods of prolonged
rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections
immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height
of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less.
END OF SECTION
03/2008 01560-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
Section 01562
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 Submittals
2. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion &Sedimentation
3. Section 01600—Materials &Equipment
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites.
C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan.
D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners,along with a description of
the property,prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a
written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work.
City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the
City limits.
1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN
A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of
waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following,information:
1. Schedule for collection and inspection.
2. Location of trash and waste receptacles.
3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material.
B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety
regulations and Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
07/2006 0:1562- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL
A Excavated material:_ When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated
material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site.
B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic, or other base and
surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer.
C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area.
D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical
Specifications.
E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer.
F When temporary, on-site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with
applicable provisions of Section 01600—Materials &Equipment.
3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL
A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the
Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a
location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain.
B Off-site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor.
C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the
designated area,compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into
a stream or drainage way.
D If sediment has been contaminated,it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing
federal, state, and local rules and regulations.
3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL,WASTE,AND EQUIPMENT
A Vegetation,rubble,broken concrete,debris,asphaltic concrete pavement,excess soil,
and other materials not designated for salvage,shall become the property of Contractor
and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of.
B Dispose of removed equipment,materials,waste and debris in a manner conforming to
applicable laws and regulations
C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when
written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this
Section, 1.03D.
07/2006 0:1562-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of
excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area.
E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is
maintained in a neat and orderly condition.
F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01562-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
Section 01563
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Tree and plant protection.
B References to Technical Specifications: None
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage,branch,trunk,or
root damage that could result from construction operations.
B Prevent following types of damage:
1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage.
2. Trunk damage from equipment operations,material storage, or from nailing
or bolting.
3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts.
4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline,paint, and other noxious
materials.
5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming.
6. Damage from lack of water due to:
a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones.
b. Failure to provide adequate watering.
7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime,
concrete,plaster, or other base materials near roots.
8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
A When trees, other than those designated for removal,are destroyed or badly damaged
as a result of construction operations,remove and replace with same size,species,and
variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in
diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety
and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following
International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is
diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade.
B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester.
02/2013 01563 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating
formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and
coal creosote.
B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping.
C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5
percent potash.
D. Temporary Barrier Fence: Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in
height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS
A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed,all trees and shrubs within
the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage.
B For designated trees to be removed,perform the following:
1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4
inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in
orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level.
2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the
Engineer of intent to begin felling operations.
3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected
and preserved as described below.
C For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following:
1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary.
a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be
pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching
habit.
b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch
cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk.
2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems.
a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before
excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or
other equipment.
b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from
drying out.
c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible.
3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone(area inside dripline)by
construction activities.
a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means.
02/2013 01563 -2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material
inside dripline of trees.
c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline.
4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health
during,construction period.
a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be
done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a
week in months receiving below average rainfall.
b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches
beneath surface.
5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while
systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing
landscapes.
6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission, trees and
shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original
positions under supervision of professional horticulturist.
3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS
A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area:
1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on
center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft. around shrubs.
2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet
minimum above ground.
3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from
concrete-filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in
rubber auto tires filled with concrete.
4. Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts.
B Timber-wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical
equipment and construction work:
1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap.
2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths)vertically, spaced 3 inches
to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk.
3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire.
3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES
A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the
time of planting.
B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and
healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period.
1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his
expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have
become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of
additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions.
02/2013 01563 -3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on
date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner's inspection, for no less
than one year.
3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost.
4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense.
•
END OF SECTION
02/2013 01563 -4 of 4
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
Section 01564
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Dewatering,depressurizing,draining,and maintaining trench and structure excavations
and foundation beds in dry and stable condition.
B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters.
C Disposing of removed water.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement &Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01570—Trench Safety Systems
4. Section 01565 —TPDES Requirements
5. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
E Referenced Standards:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA)
2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)
3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas
4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI)
F Definitions:
1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation
such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes
dewatering and depressurization.
a. Dewatering-lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which
would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and
disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase
stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from
slopes or bottoms of excavations;reduce lateral loads on sheeting and
bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated
material;prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and
to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and
construction of structures and other installations.
b. Depressurization -reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not
controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or
heaving of excavation bottom.
2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and
rain water away from the excavation.
3. Excavation Drainage -keeping excavations free of surface and seepage
water.
02/2008 01564- 1 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on
a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the
area requiring ground water control.
B Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for control of ground
water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No
separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control
non-pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such
controls.
C Refer to Section 01200—Measurement &Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer
prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer
registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following:
1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and
characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control.
2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors.
3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating
arrangement, location, depth and capacities of system components,
installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures.
4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths
and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation
details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent
data and characteristics.
5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and
manufacturer's application recommendations.
6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for
intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water
control operation near contaminated areas.
7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for
dewatering and depressurization.
8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump
application and other necessary means.
9. Surface water control and drainage installations.
10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water.
C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation:
1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep
wells.
02/2008 01564-2 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring
wells.
3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells.
4. Initial flow rates.
D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations:
1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during
monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02
"Requirements for Eductor, Well,Points, or Deep Wells".
2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers,
and monitoring wells.
E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning(abandonment)
reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase
and left for Contractor's monitoring and use.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide
parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems.
B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA
Standards - 29 CFR,Part 1926, and Section 01570 -Trench Safety Systems of these
Technical Specifications, to produce the following results:
1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations.
2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction
operations.
3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities,
installed facilities, and other work.
4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the
foundation strata.
5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations.
C Ground water control systems may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point
systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these
equipment types.
D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other
source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of
drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump
pumping.
E Provide ditches,berms,pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface
water from excavation and other work areas.
F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities,
construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells.
02/2008 01564-3 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or
damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any
settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify
ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to
new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water
wells,or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water
control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required.
H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths
as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the
excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells.
I Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as
required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible
contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the
ground water control system.
J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies
and left for Contractors monitoring and use.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development,
drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system.
C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TPDES),for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565—
TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements".
D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater
and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm
drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be
lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals.
E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the
vicinity of potentially contaminated sites.
F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566
—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve
desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review
02/2008 01564-4 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06
"Operations and Maintenance Data".
B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and
operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control
system design, installation, and operation.
C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control
system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices,such as flow meters,
for observing and recording flow rates.
D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order.
E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure
continuous operation, where required.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing
layers,piezometric pressures,and soil parameters for design and installation of ground
water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown
characteristics of the water-bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the
Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B.
B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and
handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site
conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent
property.
C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the
Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field
conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with
such notification.
D Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays.
Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for
dewatering system.
E Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at
a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for
prosecution of subsequent operations.
F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation,
depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or
installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan.
02/2008 01564-5 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until
foundation concrete has achieved design strength.
H During backfilling,dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of
5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to
result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by
weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement
stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement.
I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering.
Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical,
provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout
or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service.
J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated
underground drainage system may be reduced,such as for units designed to withstand
hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of
underground system,including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during
operations and remove it when no longer required.
K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of
surface or ground water is no longer required.
L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. •
3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS,OR DEEP WELLS
A For aboveground piping in ground water control system,include a 12-inch minimum
length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and
discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored.
B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft
excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide
separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of
depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate
for Contractor's selected method of work.
C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning
the associated excavation.
D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations,but only
where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained
by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water
Control Plan are satisfied.
02/2008 01564-6 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development.
F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the
event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control
Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by
the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A.
G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of
Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas.
3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE
A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained,
stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following
methods or combination of methods:
1. Sump pumping in combination with:
a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric.
b. Sand and gravel drains.
2. Wells for ground water control.
B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the
foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material.
3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION
A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while
the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area.
Keep system in good operating condition.
B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new
piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule.
C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed,
only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to
maintain and make observations, as specified.
D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground
water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when
directed by the Engineer.
3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING
A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each
wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water
level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady
conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter.
02/2008 0:1564-7 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control
system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or
piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more
frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineers direction for
increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective
dewatering for intended purpose.
3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL
A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes,
ditches,curb walls,pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes
temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused
by construction operations.
B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels
or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling
basins when required by such agencies.
C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event
that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do
not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan
and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B.
END OF SECTION
02/2008 0:1564-8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
Section 01565
TPDES REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
A As used herein and in conjunction with TPDES General Permit No.TXR 150000,the
term OPERATOR refers to the CONTRACTOR.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A Description of the required documentation to be prepared,signed and submitted by the
Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)General
Permit as issued March 5, 2003, re-issued March 5, 2013, and re-issued March 5,
2018, by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of
i2 f hlea Wt and ion 26 of th W Code.
B ContractorSecton40's o responsibilityt eCn forater implemeAc ntSectation,mainten.040ance,e anTexasd inspectionater of storm
water pollution prevention control measures including,but not limited to,erosion and
sediment controls,storm water management plans,waste collection and disposal,off-
site vehicle tracking,and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in
this or other Technical Specifications.This Specification provides guidelines and Best
Management Practices (BMP's) information for the Contractor to use in adhering to
all local, state and federal environmental regulations with respect to storm water
pollution prevention during construction activity.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 01310—Coordination &Meetings
3. Section 01770—Contract Closeout
D Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
E Other References:
1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) found in Appendix A of
these Technical Specifications.
1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
08/2018 01565 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES
A The Contractor shall complete, sign,and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent(NOI)
attached in Appendix A. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to
the'TCEQ. It is contractor's responsibility to pay for any fees associated with the
permit. Submission of the NOI is required by both the Owner and the Contractor
before construction operations start.
B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the
Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Termination
(NOT) attached in Appendix A.
3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall
complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of
persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment
control measures and all Subcontractors.
B The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall
read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in
Appendix A.
C The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and
sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and
Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A.
D The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the
Owner before beginning construction.
E Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner
and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 —
Coordination&Meetings.
3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS
A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the
Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is
accepted by the Owner.
B At Contract Closeout,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and
certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 01770—
Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a
period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner.
08/2018 01565-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES •
A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect
until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner:
1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and
a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project
Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site
or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing.
2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check,
and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post
such notices at every stabilized construction exit area.
3. In an easily visible location on Project Site,post a notice of waste disposal
procedures.
4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be
posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data
Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel.
5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at
Contractor's office.
APPENDIX A FOLLOWS THIS SECTION
END OF SECTION
08/2018 01565-3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
Section 01565
TPDES REQUIREMENTS
(APPENDIX A)
Table of Contents
TCEQ General Permit
NOI TCEQ Form 20022
TCEQ Form—20134
NOC TCEQ Form—20023
Site Notice Forms
08/2018 01565-4 of 4
WOW -7�
-
OM A
'EMI General Permit to Discharge Under
TCEQ the Texas Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System
Stormwater Discharges Associated with
Construction Activities
TXR150000
Effective March 5, 2018
printed onTEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
recycled paper
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P.O.Box 13087,Austin,Texas 78711-3087
w.. . ,
GENERAL PERMIT TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE
TEXAS POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
under provisions of
Section 402 of the Clean Water Act
and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code
This permit supersedes and replaces
TPDBS General Permit No.TXR150000,issued March 5,2013
Construction sites that discharge stormwater associated with construction activity
located in the state of Texas
may discharge to surface water in the state
only according to monitoring requirements and other conditions set forth in this general
permit,as well as the rules of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ or
Commission),the laws of the State of Texas,and other orders of the Commission of the
TCEQ. The issuance of this general permit does not grant to the permittee the right to use
private or public property for conveyance of stormwater and certain non-stormwater
discharges along the discharge route. This includes property belonging to but not limited to
any individual,partnership,corporation or other entity. Neither does this general permit
authorize any invasion of personal rights nor any violation of federal,state,or local laws or
regulations. It is the responsibility of the permittee to acquire property rights as may be
necessary to use the discharge route.
This general permit and the authorization contained herein shall expire at midnight,five
years from the permit effective date.
EFFECTIVE DATE: March 5,2018
ISSUED DATE: Z'g
For a Co fission
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT NUMBER TXRi50000 RELATING TO
STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITIES
Table of Contents
Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions 5
Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required 5
Section B. Definitions 6
Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage 13
Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 13
1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity 13
2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities 13
3. Non-Stormwater Discharges 13
4. Other Permitted Discharges 14
Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out 14
Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 14
1. Post Construction Discharges 14
2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 14
3. Compliance with Water Quality Standards 14
4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) Requirements
14
5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone 15
6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas 16
7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities 16
8. Indian Country Lands 16
9. Oil and Gas Production and Transportation 16
10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities 16
11. Endangered Species Act 16
12. Other 17
Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 17
1. Large Construction Activities • 17
2. Small Construction Activities 17
Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 17
1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities with Low Potential for
Erosion: 17
2. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities: 18
3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: 19
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0
4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities. 20
5. Effective Date of Coverage 20
6. Notice of Change(NOC) 21
7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT) Forms, NOC
Letters, and Construction Site Notices 22
8. Contents of the NOI 22
Section F. Terminating Coverage 23
1. Notice of Termination(NOT) Required 23
2. Minimum Contents of the NOT 23
3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators
at Large Construction Sites 24
4. Transfer of Day-to-Day Operational Control 24
Section G. Waivers from Coverage 25
1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage 25
2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver 26
3. Effective Date of a LREW 26
4. Activities Extending Beyond the LREW Period 26
Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 27
1. Individual Permit Alternative 27
2. Alternative Authorizations for Certain Discharges 27
3. Individual Permit Required 27
4. Alternative Discharge Authorization 27
Section I. Permit Expiration 27
Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3) 28
Section A. Shared SWP3 Development 29
Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 29
1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans
and Specifications 29
2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control 3o
Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation, Implementation,and Compliance 3o
Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 3o
Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s 31
Section F. Contents of SWP3 31
Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites 40
Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants 42
Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 42
Section B. Best Management Practices(BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements 44
Page 3
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges 46
Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements 46
Part VI. Retention of Records 47
Part VII.Standard Permit Conditions 47
Part VIII. Fees 48
Appendix A: Automatic Authorization 50
Appendix B: Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas 52
Appendix C: Isoerodent Map 53
Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas 54
Page 4
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions
Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required
When calculating the acreage of land area disturbed,include the disturbed land-area of all
construction and construction support activities.
How much land will be disturbed?(*1)
< 1 acre 1 or more acres
(•I) (•1)
,v© Do you meet the rEs Will 5 or more
• definition of > acres be disturbed?
"operator?"(*2) (*I)
NO YES
Permit Coverage Required
• • Prepare and Implement SWP3
• Post Site Notice
• Submit Copy of Site Notice to
MS4 Operator f
a
Are you a"primary
NO operator?"(*2)
•
Permit Coverage Not YES
Required,Unless Part I Permit Coverage Required
of a Larger Common • Prepare and Implement SWP3
Plan of Development • Submit NOI to 7CEQ
•
or Sale • Post Site Notice
i • Submit Copy of NO!to MS4
• Operator
(*1) To determine the size of the construction project,use the size of the entire area to be disturbed,and
include the size of the larger common plan of development or sale,if the project is part of a larger
project(refer to Part 1.13., "Definitions,"for an explanation of"common plan of development or sale").
(*2) Refer to the definitions for"operator,"`primary operator,"and"secondary operator"in Part I.,
Section 13.of this permit,
Page 5
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
Section B. Definitions
Arid Areas-Areas with an average annual rainfall of o to io inches.
Best Management Practices (BMPs)-Schedules of activities,prohibitions of practices,
maintenance procedures,structural controls,local ordinances,and other management
practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants. BMPs also include treatment
requirements,operating procedures, and practices to control construction site runoff,spills
or leaks,waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage areas.
Commencement of Construction=The initial disturbance of soils associated with
clearing,grading,or excavation activities,as well as other construction-related activities
(e.g.,stockpiling of fill material,demolition).
Common Plan of Development-A construction activity that is completed in separate
stages,separate phases,or in combination with other construction activities. A common
plan of development(also known as a"common plan of development or sale") is identified
by the documentation for the construction project that identifies the scope of the project,and
may include plats,blueprints,marketing plans, contracts,building permits,a public notice
or hearing,zoning requests,or other similar documentation and activities. A common plan
of development does not necessarily include all construction projects within the jurisdiction
of a public entity(e.g., a city or university). Construction of roads or buildings in different
parts of the jurisdiction would be considered separate"common plans,"with only the
interconnected parts of a project being considered part of a"common plan" (e.g.,a building
and its associated parking lot and driveways,airport runway and associated taxiways, a
building complex,etc.). Where discrete construction projects occur within a larger common
plan of development or sale but are located 1/4 mile or more apart,and the area between the
projects is not being disturbed, each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of
development or sale,provided that any interconnecting road,pipeline or utility project that
is part of the same"common plan"is not included in the area to be disturbed.
Construction Activity-Includes soil disturbance activities, including clearing,grading,
excavating,construction-related activity(e.g.,stockpiling of fill material,demolition), and
construction support activity. This does not include routine maintenance that is performed
to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity,or original purpose of the site
(e.g.,the routine grading of existing dirt roads,asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine
clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities). Regulated
construction activity is defined in terms of small and large construction activity.
Construction Support Activity—A construction-related activity that specifically
supports construction activity,which can involve earth disturbance or pollutant-generating
activities of its own,and can include,but are not limited to, activities associated with
concrete or asphalt batch plants, rock crushers, equipment staging or storage areas, chemical
storage areas, material storage areas, material borrow areas,and excavated material disposal
areas. Construction support activity must only directly support the construction activity
authorized under this general permit.
Dewatering—The act of draining rainwater or groundwater from building foundations,
vaults,and trenches.
Discharge—For the purposes of this permit,the drainage, release,or disposal of pollutants
in stormwater and certain non-stormwater from areas where soil disturbing activities(e.g.,
clearing,grading,excavation,stockpiling of fill material,and demolition),construction
materials or equipment storage or maintenance (e.g.,fill piles,borrow area, concrete truck
wash out,fueling),or other industrial stormwater directly related to the construction process
(e.g.,concrete or asphalt batch plants)are located.
Drought-Stricken Area—For the purposes of this permit, an area in which the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's U.S.Seasonal Drought Outlook indicates for the
period during which the construction will occur that any of the following conditions are
Page 6
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
likely: (i)"Drought to persist or intensify", (2) "Drought ongoing,some improvement",(3)
"Drought likely to improve,impacts ease",or(4) "Drought development likely". See
http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/products/expert assessment/seasonal drought.html.
Edwards Aquifer-As defined under Texas Administrative Code(TAC) § 213.3 of this title
(relating to the Edwards Aquifer),that portion of an arcuate belt of porous,water-bearing,
predominantly carbonate rocks known as the Edwards and Associated Limestones in the
Balcones Fault Zone trending from west to east to northeast in Kinney,Uvalde,Medina,
Bexar, Comal, Hays,Travis,and Williamson Counties; and composed of the Salmon Peak
Limestone,McKnight Formation,West Nueces Formation, Devil's River Limestone,Person
Formation,Kainer Formation,Edwards Formation, and Georgetown Formation. The
permeable aquifer units generally overlie the less-permeable Glen Rose Formation to the
south,overlie the less-permeable Comanche Peak and Walnut Formations north of the
Colorado River,and underlie the less-permeable Del Rio Clay regionally.
Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone-Generally,that area where the stratigraphic units
constituting the Edwards Aquifer crop out, including the outcrops of other geologic
formations in proximity to the Edwards Aquifer,where caves,sinkholes,faults,fractures,or
other permeable features would create a potential for recharge of surface waters into the
Edwards Aquifer. The recharge zone is identified as that area designated as such on official
maps located in the offices of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and
the appropriate regional office. The Edwards Aquifer Map Viewer,located at
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html, can be used to
determine where the recharge zone is located.
Edwards Aquifer Contributing Zone-The area or watershed where runoff from
precipitation flows downgradient to the recharge zone of the Edwards Aquifer. The
contributing zone is located upstream(upgradient)and generally north and northwest of the
recharge zone for the following counties: all areas within Kinney County, except the area
within the watershed draining to Segment No. 2304 of the Rio Grande Basin; all areas within
Uvalde, Medina, Bexar, and Comal Counties; all areas within Hays and Travis Counties,
except the area within the watersheds draining to the Colorado River above a point 1.3 miles
upstream from Tom Miller Dam, Lake Austin at the confluence of Barrow Brook Cove,
Segment No. 1403 of the Colorado River Basin; and all areas within Williamson County,
except the area within the watersheds draining to the Lampasas River above the dam at
Stillhouse Hollow reservoir,Segment No. 1216 of the Brazos River Basin. The contributing
zone is illustrated on the Edwards Aquifer map viewer at
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html.
Effluent Limitations Guideline(ELG) —Defined in 4o Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) § 122.2 as a regulation published by the Administrator under§3o4(b)of the Clean
Water Act(CWA)to adopt or revise effluent limitations.
Facility or Activity—For the purpose of this permit,referring to a construction site,the
location of construction activity,or a construction support activity that is regulated under
this general permit,including all contiguous land and fixtures (for example, ponds and
materials stockpiles),structures,or appurtenances used at a construction site or industrial
• site.
Final Stabilization-A construction site status where any of the following conditions are
met:
(a) All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform(that is,
evenly distributed,without large bare areas)perennial vegetative cover with a density of
at least 70%of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established
on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures,or equivalent
permanent stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap,gabions,or geotextiles)
have been employed.
Page 7
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
(b) For individual lots in a residential construction site by either:
(1) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition(a)above;
or
(2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to
the time of transfer of the ownership of the home to the buyer and after informing
the homeowner of the need for,and benefits of,final stabilization. If temporary
stabilization is not feasible,then the homebuilder may fulfill this requirement by
retaining perimeter controls or BMPs, and informing the homeowner of the need
for removal of temporary controls and the establishment of final stabilization.
Fulfillment of this requirement must be documented in the homebuilder's
stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3).
(c) For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes(such as pipelines
across crop or range land),final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the
disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not
previously used for agricultural activities,such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to
surface water and areas that are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural
use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition(a) above.
(d) In arid,semi-arid, and drought-stricken areas only,all soil disturbing activities at the
site have been completed and both of the following criteria have been met:
(1) Temporary erosion control measures (for example,degradable rolled erosion
control product) are selected, designed, and installed along with an appropriate
seed base to provide erosion control for at least three years without active
maintenance by the operator,and
(2) The temporary erosion control measures are selected,designed, and installed to
achieve 7o% of the native background vegetative coverage within three years.
Hyperchlorination of Waterlines—Treatment of potable water lines or tanks with
chlorine for disinfection purposes,typically following repair or partial replacement of the
waterline or tank, and subsequently flushing the contents.
Impaired Water-A surface water body that is identified as impaired on the latest
approved CWA§3o3(d) List or waters with an EPA-approved or established total maximum
daily load(TMDL)that are found on the latest EPA approved Texas Integrated Report of
Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b)and 3o3(d),which lists the category 4 and 5
water bodies.
Indian Country Land—All land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the
jurisdiction of the United States government, notwithstanding the issuance of any patent,
and,including rights-of-way running through the reservation; (2)all dependent Indian
communities with the borders of the United States whether within the originally or
subsequently acquired territory thereof,and whether within or without the limits of a state;
and(3) all Indian allotments,the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished,
including rights-of-way running through the same. (4o CFR§122.2)
Indian Tribe-Any Indian Tribe,band,group, or community recognized by the Secretary of
the Interior and exercising governmental authority over a Federal Indian Reservation(4o
CFR§122.2).
Infeasible—Not technologically possible,or not economically practicable and achievable in
light of best industry practices. (4o CFR§450.11(b)).
Large Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading,and
excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than five(5)acres of land.
Large construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than five(5) acres of total
Page 8
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common
plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than five(5) acres of land. Large construction
activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line
and grade,hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site(for example,the routine
grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of
existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities.)
Linear Project—Includes the construction of roads,bridges, conduits, substructures,
pipelines, sewer lines,towers,poles, cables,wires, connectors,switching, regulating and
transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities in a long,narrow area.
Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver(LREW) -A written submission to the executive director
from an operator of a construction site that is considered as small construction activity under
the permit,which qualifies for a waiver from the requirements for small construction
activities,only during the period of time when the calculated rainfall erosivity factor is less
than five(5).
Minimize-To reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using stormwater controls that
are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best
industry practices.
Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System(MS4) -A separate storm sewer system
owned or operated by the United States,a state,city,town,county,district,association, or
other public body(created by or pursuant to state law)having jurisdiction over the disposal
of sewage, industrial wastes,stormwater,or other wastes, including special districts under
state law such as a sewer district,flood control or drainage district,or similar entity, or an
Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization,that discharges to surface water in
the state.
Notice of Change(NOC) —Written notification to the executive director from a
discharger authorized under this permit,providing changes to information that was
previously provided to the agency in a notice of intent form.
Notice of Intent(NOI) -A written submission to the executive director from an applicant
requesting coverage under this general permit.
Notice of Termination(NOT)-A written submission to the executive director from a
discharger authorized under this general permit requesting termination of coverage.
Operator-The person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that
is either a primary or secondary operator as defined below:
Primary Operator—the person or persons associated with construction activity that
meets either of the following two criteria:
(a) the person or persons have on-site operational control over construction plans and
specifications,including the ability to make modifications to those plans and
specifications; or
(b) the person or persons have day-to-day operational control of those activities at a
construction site that are necessary to ensure compliance with a Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3)for the site or other permit conditions(for
• example,they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities
required by the SWP3 or comply with other permit conditions).
Secondary Operator—The person or entity,often the property owner,whose
operational control is limited to:
(a) the employment of other operators,such as a general contractor,to perform or
supervise construction activities;or
Page 9
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
(b) the ability to approve or disapprove changes to construction plans and specifications,
but who does not have day-to-day on-site operational control over construction
activities at the site.
Secondary operators must either prepare their own SWP3 or participate in a shared
SWP3 that covers the areas of the construction site,where they have control over the
construction plans and specifications.
If there is not a primary operator at the construction site,then the secondary operator is
defined as the primary operator and must comply with the requirements for primary
operators.
Outfall-For the purpose of this permit, a point source at the point where stormwater runoff
associated with construction activity discharges to surface water in the state and does not
include open conveyances connecting two municipal separate storm sewers, or pipes,
tunnels,or other conveyances that connect segments of the same stream or other water of
the U.S. and are used to convey waters of the U.S.
Permittee-An operator authorized under this general permit. The authorization may be
gained through submission of a notice of intent,by waiver, or by meeting the requirements
for automatic coverage to discharge stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater
discharges from construction activity.
Point Source—Any discernible,confined,and discrete conveyance, including but not
limited to,any pipe,ditch,channel,tunnel, conduit,well, discrete fissure,container, rolling
stock concentrated animal feeding operation,landfill leachate collection system,vessel or
other floating craft from which pollutants are,or may be, discharged. This term does not
include return flows from irrigated agriculture or agricultural stormwater runoff(40 CFR
§122.2).
Pollutant-Dredged spoil,solid waste, incinerator residue,sewage,garbage,sewage sludge,
filter backwash, munitions,chemical wastes,biological materials, radioactive materials,heat,
wrecked or discarded equipment,rock, sand,cellar dirt,and industrial,municipal, and
agricultural waste discharged into any surface water in the state. The term"pollutant"does
not include tail water or runoff water from irrigation or rainwater runoff from cultivated or
uncultivated rangeland,pastureland,and farmland. For the purpose of this permit,the term
"pollutant"includes sediment.
Pollution-The alteration of the physical,thermal, chemical,or biological quality of, or the
contamination of,any surface water in the state that renders the water harmful,detrimental,
or injurious to humans,animal life,vegetation,or property or to public health, safety,or
welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or
reasonable purpose(Texas Water Code (TWC) §26.001(14)).
Rainfall Erosivity Factor(R factor) -the total annual erosive potential that is due to
climatic effects,and is part of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE).
Receiving Water-A"Water of the United States"as defined in 4o CFR§122.2 or a surface
water in the state into which the regulated stormwater discharges.
Semiarid Areas-areas with an average annual rainfall of 10 to 20 inches.
Separate Storm Sewer System-A conveyance or system of conveyances(including
roads with drainage systems,streets,catch basins, curbs,gutters,ditches,man-made
channels, or storm drains),designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater;that is
not a combined sewer, and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works(POTW).
Small Construction Activity-Construction activities including clearing,grading,and
excavating that result in land disturbance of.equal to or greater than one (1)acre and less
than five(5)acres of land. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less
than one(1) acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or
sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one(1) and
Page 10
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
less than five(5)acres of land. Small construction activity does not include routine
maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,hydraulic capacity, or
original purpose of the site(for example,the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt
overlays of existing roads,the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways,and similar
maintenance activities).
Steep Slopes—Where a state,Tribe,local government, or industry technical manual(e.g.
stormwater BMP manual)has defined what is to be considered a"steep slope",this permit's
definition automatically adopts that definition. Where no such definition exists,steep slopes
are automatically defined as those that are 15 percent or greater in grade.
Stormwater(or Stormwater Runoff)-Rainfall runoff,snow melt runoff,and surface
runoff and drainage.
Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity-Stormwater runoff,as defined
above,from a construction activity.
Structural Control(or Practice)-A pollution prevention practice that requires the
construction of a device, or the use of a device,to reduce or prevent pollution in stormwater
runoff. Structural controls and practices may include but are not limited to: silt fences,
earthen dikes,drainage swales,sediment traps, check dams,subsurface drains,storm drain
inlet protection,rock outlet protection, reinforced soil retaining systems,gabions,and
temporary or permanent sediment basins.
Surface Water in the State- Lakes,bays,ponds, impounding reservoirs, springs, rivers,
streams, creeks, estuaries,wetlands,marshes,inlets,canals,the Gulf of Mexico inside the
territorial limits of the state(from the mean high water mark(MHWM)out io.36 miles into
the Gulf), and all other bodies of surface water,natural or artificial,inland or coastal,fresh
or salt,navigable or non-navigable, and including the beds and banks of all water-courses
and bodies of surface water,that are wholly or partially inside or bordering the state or
subject to the jurisdiction of the state; except that waters in treatment systems which are
authorized by state or federal law, regulation,or permit, and which are created for the
purpose of waste treatment are not considered to be water in the state.
Temporary Stabilization-A condition where exposed soils or disturbed areas are
provided a protective cover or other structural control to prevent the migration of pollutants.
Temporary stabilization may include temporary seeding,geotextiles,mulches, and other
techniques to reduce or eliminate erosion until either permanent stabilization can be
achieved or until further construction activities take place.
Thawing Conditions—for the purposes of this permit,thawing conditions are expected
based on the historical likelihood of two or more days with daytime temperatures greater
than 32°F. This date can be determined by looking at historical weather data.
Note: The estimation of thawing conditions is for planning purposes only. During
construction,the permittee will be required to conduct site inspections based upon actual
conditions (i.e., if thawing conditions occur sooner than expected, the permittee will be
required to conduct inspections at the regular frequency).
Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) -The total amount of a pollutant that a water body
can assimilate and still meet the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards.
Turbidity—A condition of water quality characterized by the presence of suspended solids
and/or organic material.
Waters of the United States-Waters of the United States or waters of the U.S. means:
(a) all waters which are currently used,were used in the past, or may be susceptible to
use in interstate or foreign commerce,including all waters which are subject to the
ebb and flow of the tide;
(b) all interstate waters, including interstate wetlands;
Page ii
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(c) all other waters such as intrastate lakes, rivers,streams (including intermittent
streams),mudflats,sandflats,wetlands,sloughs,prairie potholes,wet meadows,
playa lakes,or natural ponds that the use,degradation,or destruction of which would
affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters:
(1) which are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or
other purposes;
(2) from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign
commerce; or
(3) which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate
commerce;
(d) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United States under
this definition;
(e) tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a)through(d)of this definition;
(f) the territorial sea; and
(g) wetlands adjacent to waters (other than waters that are themselves wetlands)
identified in paragraphs(a)through(f) of this definition.
Waste treatment systems, including treatment ponds or lagoons designed to meet the
requirements of CWA are not waters of the U.S. This exclusion applies only to manmade
bodies of water which neither were originally created in waters of the U.S. (such as disposal
area in wetlands)nor resulted from the impoundment of waters of the U.S. Waters of the
U.S. do not include prior converted cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an
area's status as prior converted cropland by any other federal agency,for the purposes of the
CWA,the final authority regarding CWA jurisdiction remains with EPA.
Page 12
Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage
Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization
1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity
Discharges of stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from small and
large construction activities may be authorized under this general permit.
2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities
Discharges of stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges from
construction support activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit may be
authorized,provided that the following conditions are met:
(a) the construction support activities are located within one(1) mile from the boundary
of the construction site where the construction activity authorized under the permit
is being conducted that requires the support of these activities;
(b) an SWP3 is developed for the permitted construction site according to the provisions
in Part III.F of this general permit,and includes appropriate controls and measures
to reduce erosion and the discharge of pollutants in stormwater runoff according to
the provisions in Part III.G of this general permit;
(c) the activities are directly related to the construction site;
(d) the activities are not a commercial operation,nor serve other unrelated
construction projects; and
(e) the activities do not continue to operate beyond the completion of the construction
activity at the project it supports.
Construction support activities that operate outside the terms provided in(a)through(e)
above must obtain authorization under a separate Texas Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System(TPDES)permit,which may include the TPDES Multi Sector
General Permit(MSGP),TXRo50000 (related to stormwater discharges associated with
industrial activity), an alternative general permit(if available),or an individual water
quality permit.
3. Non-Stormwater Discharges
The following non-stormwater discharges from sites authorized under this general
permit are also eligible for authorization under this general permit:
(a) discharges from fire-fighting activities(fire-fighting activities do not include
washing of trucks, run-off water from training activities,test water from fire
suppression systems, or similar activities);
(b) uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings(excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated
water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to
adversely affect aquatic life),which include flushings from systems that utilize
potable water,surface water,or groundwater that does not contain additional
pollutants(uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings do not include systems utilizing
reclaimed wastewater as a source water);
(c) water from the routine external washing of vehicles,the external portion of
buildings or structures,and pavement,where detergents and soaps are not used,
where spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred(unless
spilled materials have been removed; and if local state,or federal regulations are
applicable,the materials are removed according to those regulations), and where the
purpose is to remove mud, dirt, or dust;
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
(d) uncontaminated water used to control dust;
(e) potable water sources, including waterline flushings,but excluding discharges of
hyperchlorinated water,unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are
not expected to adversely affect aquatic life;
(f) uncontaminated air conditioning condensate;
(g) uncontaminated ground water or spring water,including foundation or footing
drains where flows are not contaminated with industrial materials such as solvents;
and
(h) lawn watering and similar irrigation drainage.
4. Other Permitted Discharges
Any discharge authorized under a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System(NPDES),TPDES,or TCEQ permit may be combined with discharges authorized
by this general permit,provided those discharges comply with the associated permit.
Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out
The wash out of concrete trucks at regulated construction sites must be performed in
accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit.
Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage
1. Post Construction Discharges
Discharges that occur after construction activities have been completed, and after the
construction site and any supporting activity site have undergone final stabilization,are
not eligible for coverage under this general permit. Discharges originating from the sites
are not authorized under this general permit following the submission of the notice of
termination(NOT)or removal of the appropriate site notice, as applicable,for the
regulated construction activity.
2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges
Except as otherwise provided in Part II.A of this general permit,only discharges that are
composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity may be
authorized under this general permit.
3. Compliance with Water Quality Standards
Discharges to surface water in the state that would cause,have the reasonable potential
to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or that would fail to
protect and maintain existing designated uses of surface water in the state are not
eligible for coverage under this general permit. The executive director may require an
application for an individual permit or alternative general permit(see Parts II.H.2 and
3.)to authorize discharges to surface water in the state if the executive director
determines that any activity will cause,has the reasonable potential to cause, or
contribute to a violation of water quality standards or is found to cause,has the
reasonable potential to cause,or contribute to,the impairment of a designated use. The
executive director may also require an application for an individual permit considering
factors described in Part II.H.3 of this general permit.
4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load(TMDL) Requirements
The permittee shall determine whether the authorized discharge is to an impaired water
body on the latest EPA-approved CWA Section 3o3(d)List or waters with an EPA-
approved or established TMDL that are found on the latest EPA-approved Texas
Page 1.4
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b)and 3o3(d),
which lists the category 4 and 5 water bodies.
New sources or new discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired waters are not
authorized by this permit unless otherwise allowable under 3o TAC Chapter 305 and
applicable state law. Impaired waters are those that do not meet applicable water
quality standard(s)and are listed as category 4 or 5 in the current version of the Texas
Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality, and waterbodies listed on the CWA§
3o3(d)list. Pollutants of concern are those for which the water body is listed as
impaired.
Discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired water bodies for which there is a
TMDL are not eligible for coverage under this general permit unless they are consistent
with the approved TMDL. Permittees must incorporate the conditions and requirements
applicable to their discharges into their SWP3, in order to be eligible for coverage under
this general permit. For consistency with the construction stormwater-related items in
an approved TMDL,the SWP3 must be consistent with any applicable condition,goal,or
requirement in the TMDL,TMDL Implementation Plan(I-Plan), or as otherwise
directed by the executive director.
5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone
Discharges cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC
Chapter 213 (relating to Edwards Aquifer). In addition, commencement of construction
(i.e.,the initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing, grading,or excavating
activities, as well as other construction-related activities such as stockpiling of fill
material and demolition) at a site regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213,may not begin
until the appropriate Edwards Aquifer Protection Plan (EAPP)has been approved by the
TCEQ's Edwards Aquifer Protection Program.
(a) For new discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone,or within
that area upstream from the recharge zone and defined as the Contributing Zone
(CZ),operators must meet all applicable requirements of,and operate according to,
3o TAC Chapter 213 (Edwards Aquifer Rule) in addition to the provisions and
requirements of this general permit.
(b) For existing discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone,the
requirements of the agency-approved Water Pollution Abatement Plan(WPAP)
under the Edwards Aquifer Rule is in addition to the requirements of this general
permit. BMPs and maintenance schedules for structural stormwater controls,for
example,may be required as a provision of the rule. All applicable requirements of
the Edwards Aquifer Rule for reductions of suspended solids in stormwater runoff
are in addition to the requirements in this general permit for this pollutant.
(c) For discharges located within ten stream miles upstream of the Edwards Aquifer
recharge zone,applicants shall also submit a copy of the NOI to the appropriate
TCEQ regional office.
Counties: Comal, Bexar,Medina,Uvalde, and Kinney
Contact: TCEQ Water Program Manager
San Antonio Regional Office
14250 Judson Road
San Antonio,Texas 78233-448o
(21o) 49o-3096
Counties: Williamson,Travis, and Hays
Contact: TCEQ Water Program Manager
Austin Regional Office
12100 Park 35 Circle
Page 15
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Room 179, Building A
Austin,Texas 78753
(512)339-2929
6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas
Discharges otherwise eligible for coverage cannot be authorized by this general permit
where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 311 (relating to Watershed Protection)for water
quality areas and watersheds.
7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities
This general permit does not limit the authority or ability of federal,other state,or local
governmental entities from placing additional or more stringent requirements on
construction activities or discharges from construction activities. For example,this
permit does not limit the authority of a home-rule municipality provided by Texas Local
Government Code§401.002.
8. Indian Country Lands
Stormwater runoff from construction activities occurring on Indian Country lands are
not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general
permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES
regulations, authority for these discharges must be obtained from the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency(EPA).
9. Oil and Gas Production and Transportation
Stormwater runoff from construction activities associated with the exploration,
development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including
transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline, are not under the authority of the
TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. Authorization for
stormwater discharges from construction activities that are associated with production
of oil or gas or geothermal resources,including transportation of crude oil or natural gas
by pipeline must be obtained,as required,from the U.S.EPA or the Texas Railroad
Commission,as applicable. Discharge of stormwater related to construction activity,
from a facility that stores both refined products intended for off-site use and crude oil in
aboveground storage tanks, is regulated by the TCEQ and is eligible for coverage under
this general permit.
10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities
Stormwater discharges from agricultural activities that are not point source discharges
of stormwater are not subject to TPDES permit requirements. These activities may
include clearing and cultivating ground for crops,construction of fences to contain
livestock,construction of stock ponds, and other similar agricultural activities.
Discharges of stormwater runoff associated with the construction of facilities that are
subject to TPDES regulations,such as the construction of concentrated animal feeding
operations,would be point sources regulated under this general permit.
11. Endangered Species Act
Discharges that would adversely affect a listed endangered or threatened aquatic or
aquatic-dependent species or its critical habitat are not authorized by this permit, unless
the requirements of the Endangered Species Act are satisfied. Federal requirements
related to endangered species apply to all TPDES permitted discharges and site-specific
controls may be required to ensure that protection of endangered or threatened species
is achieved. If a permittee has concerns over potential impacts to listed species,the
permittee may contact TCEQ for additional information.
Page 16
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
12. Other
Nothing in Part II of the general permit is intended to negate any person's ability to
assert force majeure(act of God,war,strike, riot,or other catastrophe)defenses found
in 3o TAC§70.7.
Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge
1. Large Construction Activities
(a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction
activity occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be
authorized, either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to
the commencement of those construction activities.
(b) Ongoing Construction-Operators of large construction activities continuing to •
operate after the effective date of this permit,and authorized under the TPDES
Construction General Permit TXR150000 (effective on March 5, 2013),must submit
an NOI to renew authorization or a NOT to terminate coverage under this general
permit within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this
interim or grace period, as a requirement of this TPDES permit,the operator must
continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the 2013 TPDES general
permit.
2. Small Construction Activities
(a) New Construction-Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction
activity occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be
authorized,either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit,prior to
the commencement of those construction activities.
(b) Ongoing Construction-Discharges from ongoing small construction activities that
commenced prior to the effective date of this general permit, and that do not meet
the conditions to qualify for termination of this permit as described in Part II.F of
this general permit, must meet the requirements to be authorized, either under this
general permit or a separate TPDES permit,within 90 days of the effective date of
this general permit. During this interim period,as a requirement of this TPDES
permit,the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the
2013 TPDES Construction General Permit.
Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge
1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities with Low Potential for
Erosion:
Operators of small construction activity, as defined in Part I.B of this general permit,
shall not submit an NOI for coverage, unless otherwise required by the executive
director.
Operators of small construction activities,which occur in certain counties and during
periods of low potential for erosion that do not meet the conditions of the waiver
described in Part II.G of this general permit,may be automatically authorized under this
general permit if all the following conditions are met.
(a) the construction activity occurs in a county and during the corresponding date
range(s)listed in Appendix A;
(b) the construction activity is initiated and completed,including either final or
temporary stabilization of all disturbed areas,within the time frame identified in
Appendix A for the location of the construction site;
Page 17
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(c) all temporary stabilization is adequately maintained to effectively reduce or prohibit
erosion,permanent stabilization activities have been initiated,and a condition of
final stabilization is completed no later than 3o days following the end date of the
time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site;
(d) the permittee signs a completed TCEQ small construction site notice for low
potential for erosion,including the certification statement;
(e) a signed and certified copy of the small construction site notice for low potential for
erosion is posted at the construction site in a location where it is readily available for
viewing by the general public,local, state, and federal authorities prior to
commencing construction activities, and maintained in that location until
completion of the construction activity;
NOTE: Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an
original signed and certified site notice,with a viewable signature,located on-
site and available for review by any applicable regulatory authority.
(f) a copy of the signed and certified small construction site notice for low potential for
erosion is provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two
days prior to commencement of construction activities;
(g) discharges of stormwater runoff or other non-stormwater discharges from any
supporting concrete batch plant or asphalt batch plant is separately authorized
under an individual TPDES permit, another TPDES general permit, or under an
individual TCEQ permit where stormwater and non-stormwater is disposed of by
evaporation or irrigation(discharges are adjacent to water in the state); and
(h) any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or
authorization,are not considered by TCEQ to be a wastewater,or are captured and
routed for disposal at a publicly operated treatment works or licensed waste disposal
facility.
If all of the conditions in(a) — (h) above are met,then the operator(s)of small
construction activities with low potential for erosion are not required to develop a SWP3.
If an operator is conducting small construction activities and any of the above conditions
(a)—(h) are not met,the operator cannot declare coverage under the automatic
authorization for small construction activities with low potential for erosion and must
meet the requirements for automatic authorization(all other) small construction
activities,described below in Part II.E.2.
For small construction activities that occur during a period with a low potential for
erosion,where automatic authorization under this section is not available,an operator
may apply for and obtain a waiver from permitting(Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver—
LREW), as described in Part II.G of this general permit. Waivers from coverage under
the LREW do not allow for any discharges of non-stormwater and the operator must
ensure that discharges on non-stormwater are either authorized under a separate permit
or authorization.
2. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities:
Operators of small construction activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit
shall not submit an NOI for coverage, unless otherwise required by the executive
director.
Operators of small construction activities,as defined in Part I.B of this general permit or
as defined but who do not meet in the conditions and requirements located in Part ILE.1
above,may be automatically authorized for small construction activities,provided that
they meet all of the following conditions:
Page 18
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
(a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit,that covers either
the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator, and
implement the SWP3 prior to commencing construction activities;
(b) all operators of regulated small construction activities must post a copy of a signed
and certified Small Construction site notice,the notice must be posted at the
construction site in a location where it is safely and readily available for viewing by
the general public,local, state,and federal authorities, at least two days prior to
commencing construction activity, and maintain the notice in that location until
completion of the construction activity(for linear construction activities, e.g.
pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location
near where construction is actively underway; notice for these linear sites may be
relocated,as necessary, along the length of the project, and the notice must be safely
and readily available for viewing by the general public;local,state, and federal
authorities);
(c) operators must maintain a posted site notice at the construction site until final
stabilization has been achieved; and
NOTE: Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an
original signed and certified Small Construction site notice,with a viewable
signature,located on-site and available for review by an applicable regulatory
authority.
(d) provide a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice to the operator of
any municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4) receiving the discharge at least
two days prior to commencement of construction activities.
As described in Part I.B of this general permit,large construction activities include those
that will disturb less than five(5) acres of land,but that are part of a larger common plan
of development or sale that will ultimately disturb five(5)or more acres of land,and
must meet the requirements of Part II.E.3.below.
3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities:
Operators of large construction activities that qualify for coverage under this general
permit must meet all of the following conditions:
(a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit that covers either
the entire site or all portions of the site where the applicant is the operator. The
SWP3 must be developed and implemented prior to obtaining coverage and prior to
commencing construction activities;
(b) primary operators of large construction activities must submit an NOI prior to
commencing construction activity at a construction site.A completed NOI must be
submitted to TCEQ electronically using the online e-Permits system on TCEQ's
website. Operators with an electronic reporting waiver must submit a completed
NOI to TCEQ at least seven(7) days prior to prior to commencing construction
activity to obtain provisional coverage seven(7)days from the postmark date for
delivery to the TCEQ. An authorization is no longer provisional when the executive
director finds the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is
issued to the permittee for the construction site indicated on the NOI.
If an additional primary operator is added after the initial NOI is submitted,the
additional primary operator must meet the same requirements for existing primary
operator(s), as indicated above.
If the primary operator changes due to responsibility at the site being transferred
from one primary operator to another after the initial NOI is submitted,the new
primary operator must submit a paper NOI or an electronic NOI at least ten(io)
Page 19
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
days prior to assuming operational control of a construction site and commencing
construction activity.
Operators that submit NOIs electronically must use the online e-Permits system
available through the TCEQ website.
(c) all operators of large construction activities must post a site notice in accordance
with Part III.D.2 of this permit. The site notice must be located where it is safely
and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,state,and federal
authorities prior to commencing construction activities, and must be maintained in
that location until completion of the construction activity(for linear construction
activities, e.g.pipeline or highway,the site notice must be placed in a publicly
accessible location near where construction is actively underway; notice for these
linear sites may be relocated, as necessary,along the length of the project,and the
notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public,local,
state, and federal authorities);
(d) two days prior to commencing construction activities, all primary operators must:
i. provide a copy'of the signed NOI to the operator of any MS4 receiving the
discharge and to any secondary construction operator,and
ii. list in the SWP3 the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy;
(e) all persons meeting the definition of"secondary operator"in Part I of this permit are
hereby notified that they are regulated under this general permit,but are not
required to submit an NOI,provided that a primary operator at the site has
submitted an NOI, or prior to commencement of construction activities,a primary
operator is required to submit an NOI and the secondary operator has provided
notification to the operator(s)of the need to obtain coverage(with records of
notification available upon request). Any secondary operator notified under this
provision may alternatively submit an NOI under this general permit,may seek
coverage under an alternative TPDES individual permit,or may seek coverage under
an alternative TPDES general permit if available; and
(f) all secondary operators of large construction activities must post a copy of the signed
and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice and provide a copy of the
signed and certified site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at
least two days prior to the commencement construction activities.
NOTE: Posted site notices may have a redacted signature as long as there is an
original signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice,with
a viewable signature,located on-site and available for review by an applicable
regulatory authority.
Effective September 1, 2018,applicants must submit an NOI using the online e-Permits
system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from
electronic reporting from the TCEQ. Waivers from electronic reporting are not
transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge.
4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities:
Operators of certain small construction activities may obtain a.waiver from coverage
under this general permit, if applicable. The requirements are outlined in Part II.G
below.
5. Effective Date of Coverage
(a) Operators of small construction activities as described in either Part II.E.1 or II.E.2
above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable
conditions of Part II.E.1 or II.E.2. Secondary operators of large construction
Page 20
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
activities as described in Part II.E.3 above are authorized immediately following
compliance with the applicable conditions in Part II.E.3. For activities located in
areas.regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213,related to the Edwards Aquifer,this
authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's-
responsibilities under that rule. Construction may not commence for sites regulated
under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met.
(b) Primary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3 above
that electronically submit an NOI are authorized immediately following confirmation
of receipt of the electronic form by the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the
executive director. Operators with an electronic reporting waiver are provisionally
authorized seven(7) days from the date that a completed paper NOI is postmarked
for delivery to the TCEQ,unless otherwise notified by the executive director. An
authorization is no longer provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is
administratively complete and an authorization number is issued to the permittee for
the construction site indicated on the NOI.
For construction activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213,related
to the Edwards Aquifer,this authorization to discharge is separate from the
requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule. Construction
activities may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all
applicable requirements of that rule are met.
(c) Operators are not prohibited from submitting late NOIs or posting late notices to
obtain authorization under this general permit. The TCEQ reserves the right to take
appropriate enforcement action for any unpermitted activities that may have
occurred between the time construction commenced and authorization was
obtained.
(d) If operators that submitted NOIs have active authorizations for construction
activities that are ongoing when the term of the current general permit expires and a
new general permit is issued, a 9o-day interim (grace)period is granted to provide
coverage that is administratively continued until operators with active
authorizations can obtain coverage under the newly issued CGP. The 9o-day grace
period starts on the effective date of the newly issued CGP. Deadlines for obtaining
coverage for operators of small and large construction are provided in Part II.D.1
and 2 above.
6. Notice of Change(NOC)
If relevant information provided in the NOI changes,the operator that has submitted the
NOI must submit an NOC to TCEQ at least fourteen(14)days before the change occurs,
if possible. Where a 14-day advance notice is not possible,the operator must submit an
NOC to TCEQ within 14-days of discovery of the change. If the operator becomes aware
that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in an NOI,
the correct information must be submitted to TCEQ in an NOC within 14 days after
discovery. The NOC shall be submitted on a form provided by the executive director,or
by letter if an NOC form is not available. A copy of the NOC form or letter must also be
placed in the SWP3 and provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge. A
list that includes the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy of the
NOC(or NOC letter) must be included in the SWP3.
Information on an NOC may include,but is not limited to,the following: a change in the
description of the construction project; an increase in the number of acres disturbed(for
increases of one or more acres); or the name of the operator(where the name of the
operator has changed).
A transfer of operational control from one operator to another,including a transfer of
the ownership of a company. Coverage under this general permit is not transferable
Page 21
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
from one operator to another or one company to another,and may not be included in an
NOC.
A transfer of ownership of a company may include,but is not limited to,the following:
changes to the structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a
corporation or changing corporation types,so that the filing number(or charter
number)that is on record with the Texas Secretary of State must be changed.
An NOC is not required for notifying TCEQ of a decrease in the number of acres
disturbed. This information must be included in the SWP3 and retained on site.
Effective September 1, 2018, applicants must submit an NOC using the online e-Permits
system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from
electronic reporting from the TCEQ. Waivers from electronic reporting are not
transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge.
7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms,Notice of Termination(NOT) Forms,NOC
Letters,and Construction Site Notices
NOI forms, NOT forms,NOC letters, and Construction Site Notices that require a
signature must be signed according to 3o TAC §305.44(relating to Signatories for
Applications).
8. Contents of the NOI
The NOI form shall require, at a minimum,the following information:
(a) the TPDES CGP authorization number for existing authorizations under this general
permit,where the operator submits an NOI to renew coverage within go days of the
effective date of this general permit;
(b) the name,address, and telephone number of the operator filing the NOI for permit
coverage;
(c) the name(or other identifier), address, county,and latitude/longitude of the
construction project or site;
(d) the number of acres that will be disturbed by the applicant;
(e) confirmation that the project or site will not be located on Indian Country lands;
(f) confirmation that a SWP3 has been developed in accordance with this general
permit,that it will be implemented prior to commencement of construction
activities, and that it is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion
control plans;for multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3,the confirmation
for an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all
obligations are confirmed by at least one operator;
(g) name of the receiving water(s);
(h) the classified segment number for each classified segment that receives discharges
from the regulated construction activity(if the discharge is not directly to a classified
segment,then the classified segment number of the first classified segment that
those discharges reach); and
(i) the name of all surface waters receiving discharges from the regulated construction
activity that are on the latest EPA-approved CWA§303(d) List of impaired waters
or Texas Integrated Report of Surface Water Quality for CWA Sections 3o5(b) and
3o3(d) as not meeting applicable state water quality standards.
Page 22
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
Section F. Terminating Coverage
1. Notice of Termination(NOT) Required
Each operator that has submitted an NOI for authorization of large construction
activities under this general permit must apply to terminate that authorization following
the conditions described in this section of the general permit.
Authorization of large construction must be terminated by submitting an NOT on a
paper form to TCEQ supplied by the executive director or electronically via the online e-
Permits system available through the TCEQ-website. Authorization to discharge under
this general permit terminates at midnight on the day a paper NOT is postmarked for
delivery to the TCEQ or immediately following confirmation of the receipt of the NOT
submitted electronically by the TCEQ. Compliance with the conditions and
requirements of this permit is required until an NOT is submitted.
Effective September 1,2018,applicants must submit an NOT using the online e-Permits
system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from
electronic reporting from the TCEQ. Waivers from electronic reporting are not
transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge.
The NOT must be submitted to TCEQ,and a copy of the NOT provided to the operator of
any MS4 receiving the discharge(with a list in the SWP3 of the names and addresses of
all MS4 operators receiving a copy),within 3o days after any of the following conditions
are met:
(a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the
responsibility of the operator;
(b) a transfer of operational control has occurred(See Section II.F.4 below); or
(c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual TPDES
permit or alternative TPDES general permit.
2. Minimum Contents of the NOT
The NOT form shall require, at a minimum,the following information:
(a) if authorization for construction activity was granted following submission of an
NOI,the permittee's site-specific TPDES authorization number for a specific
construction site;
(b) an indication of whether final stabilization has been achieved at the site and a NOT
has been submitted or if the permittee is simply no longer an operator at the site;
(c) the name,address,and telephone number of the permittee submitting the NOT;
(d) the name(or other identifier), address, county,and location(latitude/longitude)of
the construction project or site; and
(e) a signed certification that either all stormwater discharges requiring authorization
under this general permit will no longer occur,or that the applicant is no longer the
operator of the facility or construction site, and that all temporary structural erosion
controls have either been removed,will be removed on a schedule defined in the
SWP3, or have been transferred to a new operator if the new operator has applied
for permit coverage. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an
indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required to be removed or
scheduled for removal.
Page 23
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators
at Large Construction Sites
(a) Each operator that has obtained automatic authorization for small construction or is
a secondary operator for large construction must perform the following when
terminating coverage under the permit:
i. remove the site notice;
ii. complete the applicable portion of the site notice related to removal of the site
notice; and
iii. submit a copy of the completed site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving
the discharge(or provide alternative notification as allowed by the MS4 operator,
with documentation of such notification included in the SWP3).
(b) The activities described in Part II.F.3.(a) above must be completed by the operator
within 3o days of meeting any of the following conditions:
i. final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the
responsibility of the operator;
ii. a transfer of day-to-day operational control over activities necessary to ensure
compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions has occurred(See Section
II.F.4.below); or
iii. the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual or
general TPDES permit.
Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates immediately upon
removal of the applicable site notice. Compliance with the conditions and requirements
of this permit is required until the site notice is removed.
4. Transfer of Day-to-Day Operational Control
(a) When the primary operator of a large construction activity changes or operational
control over activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other
permit conditions is transferred to another primary operator,the original operator
must do the following:
i. submit an NOT within ten(io)days prior to the date that responsibility for
operations terminates,and the new operator must submit an NOI at least ten
(io) days prior to the transfer of operational control, in accordance with
condition(c)below; and
ii. submit a copy of the NOT from the primary operator terminating its coverage
under the permit and its operational control of the construction site and submit
a copy of the NOI from the new primary operator to the operator of any MS4
receiving the discharge in accordance with Part iI.F.i above.
(b) For transfer of operational control,operators of small construction activities and
secondary operators of large construction activities who are not required to submit
an NOI must do the following:
i. the existing operator must remove the original site notice, and the new operator
must post the required site notice prior to the transfer of operational control,in
accordance with the conditions in Part II.F.4.(c) i or ii below; and
ii. a copy of the site notice,which must be completed and provided to the operator
of any MS4 receiving the discharge, in accordance with Part II.F.3 above.
(c) Each operator is responsible for determining its role as an operator as defined in
Part I.B and obtaining authorization under the permit, as described above in Part
Page 24
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
ILE. i—3. Where authorization has been obtained by submitting an NOI for
coverage under this general permit,permit coverage is not transferable from one
operator to another. A transfer of operational control can include changes to the
structure of a company,such as changing from a partnership to a corporation,or
changing to a different corporation type such that a different filing(or charter)
number is established with the Texas Secretary of State. A transfer of operational
control can also occur when of the following criteria is met,as applicable:
i. Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that do not
meet the definition for final stabilization;
ii. all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed,
scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3,or transferred to a new
operator,provided that the original permitted operator has attempted to notify
the new operator in writing of the requirement to obtain permit coverage.
Records of this notification(or attempt at notification)shall be retained by the
operator transferring operational control to another operator in accordance
with Part VI of this permit. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in
place for an indefinite period,such as mulches and fiber mats,are not required
to be removed or scheduled for removal; or
iii. a homebuilder has purchased one or more lots from an operator who obtained
coverage under this general permit for a common plan of development or sale.
The homebuilder is considered a new operator and shall comply with the
requirements of this permit. Under these circumstances,the homebuilder is
only responsible for compliance with the general permit requirements as they
apply to the lot(s)it has operational control over in a larger common plan of
development, and the original operator remains responsible for common
controls or discharges,and must amend its SWP3 to remove the lot(s)
transferred to the homebuilder.
Section G. Waivers from Coverage
The executive director may waive the otherwise applicable requirements of this general
permit for stormwater discharges from small construction activities under the terms and
conditions described in this section.
i. Waiver Applicability and Coverage
Operators of small construction activities may apply for and receive a waiver from the
requirements to obtain authorization under this general permit,when the calculated
rainfall erosivity(R)factor for the entire period of the construction project is less than
five(5).
The operator must submit either a signed paper Low Rainfall Erosivity Waiver(LREW)
certification form to the TCEQ,supplied by the executive director, or complete the form
electronically via the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website. The
form is a certification by the operator that the small construction activity will commence
and be completed within a period when the value of the calculated R factor is less than
five(5).
The paper LREW certification form must be postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ at
least seven(7)days before construction activity begins or,if submitted electronically,
construction may begin at any time following the receipt of written confirmation from
TCEQ that a complete electronic application was submitted and acknowledged.
This waiver from coverage does not apply to any non-stormwater discharges,including
what is allowed under this permit. The operator must insure that all non-stormwater
discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization,or are
captured and routed to an authorized treatment facility for disposal.
Page 25
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Effective September i,2018,applicants must submit an LREW using the online e-
Permits system available through the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver
from electronic reporting from the TCEQ. Waivers from electronic reporting are not
transferrable and expire on the same date as the authorization to discharge.
2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver
The construction site operator may calculate the R factor to request a waiver using the
following steps:
(a) Estimate the construction start date and the construction end date. The
construction end date is the date that final stabilization will be achieved.
(b) Find the appropriate Erosivity Index (EI) zone in Appendix B of this permit.
(c) Find the EI percentage for the project period by adding the results for each period of
the project using the table provided in Appendix D of this permit,in EPA Fact Sheet
2.1, or in USDA Handbook 703,by subtracting the start value from the end value to
find the percent EI for the site.
(d) Refer to the Isoerodent Map(Appendix C of this permit) and interpolate the annual
isoerodent value for the proposed construction location.
(e) Multiply the percent value obtained in Step(c) above by the annual isoerodent value
obtained in Step(d). This is the R factor for the proposed project. If the value is less
than 5,then a waiver may be obtained. If the value is five(5)or more,then a waiver
may not be obtained, and the operator must obtain coverage under Part II.E.2. of
this permit.
Alternatively,the operator may calculate a site-specific R factor utilizing the following
online calculator: http://ei.tamu.edu/index.html, or using another available resource.
A copy of the LREW_certification form is not required to be posted at the small
construction site.
3. Effective Date of a LREW
Unless otherwise notified by the executive director,operators of small construction
activities seeking coverage under a LREW are provisionally waived from the otherwise
applicable requirements of this general permit seven(7)days from the date that a
completed paper LREW certification form is postmarked for delivery to TCEQ,or
immediately upon receiving confirmation of approval of an electronic submittal,made
via the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ website.
Effective September i,2o18,applicants seeking coverage under a LREW must submit an
application for a LREW using the online e-Permits system available through the TCEQ
website, or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the TCEQ.
Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the same date as
the authorization to discharge.
4. Activities Extending Beyond the LREW Period
If a construction activity extends beyond the approved waiver period due to
circumstances beyond the control of the operator,the operator must either:
(a) recalculate the R factor using the original start date and a new projected ending
date,and if the R factor is still under five(5),submit a new waiver certification form
at least two (2)days before the end of the original waiver period;or
(b) obtain authorization under this general permit according to the requirements for
automatic authorization for small construction activities in Part II.E.2 of this permit,
prior to the end of the approved LREW period.
Page 26
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage
1. Individual Permit Alternative
Any discharge eligible for coverage under this general permit may alternatively be
authorized under an individual TPDES permit according to 3o TAC §305 (relating to
Consolidated Permits). Applications for individual permit coverage must be submitted
at least three hundred and thirty(33o) days prior to commencement of construction
activities to ensure timely authorization. Existing coverage under this general permit
should not be terminated until an individual permit is issued and in effect.
2. Alternative Authorizations for Certain Discharges
Certain discharges eligible for authorization under this general permit may
alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC
Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges),as applicable.
3. Individual Permit Required
The executive director may require an operator of a construction site, otherwise eligible
for authorization under this general permit,to apply for an individual TPDES permit in
the following circumstances:
(a) the conditions of an approved TMDL or TMDL I-Plan on the receiving water;
(b) the activity being determined to cause,has a reasonable potential to cause,or
contribute to a violation of water quality standards or being found to cause, or
contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state: and
(c) any other consideration defined in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits
for Waste Discharges)including 3o TAC Chapter 205.4(c)(3)(D),which allows the
commission to deny authorization under the general permit and require an
individual permit if a discharger has been determined by the executive director to
have been out of compliance with any rule,order, or permit of the commission,
including non-payment of fees assessed by the executive director.
A discharger with a TCEQ compliance history rating of"unsatisfactory"is ineligible
for coverage under this general permit. In that case,3o TAC§ 60.3 requires the
executive director to deny or suspend an authorization to discharge under a general
permit. However,per TWC§ 26.040(h),a discharger is entitled to a hearing before
the commission prior to having an authorization denied or suspended for having an
"unsatisfactory"compliance history.
Denial of authorization to discharge under this general permit or suspension of a
permittee's authorization under this general permit for reasons other than compliance
history shall be done according to commission rules in 30 TAC Chapter 205(relating to
General Permits for Waste Discharges).
4. Alternative Discharge Authorization
Any discharge eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be
authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205(relating
to General Permits for Waste Discharges),if applicable.
Section I. Permit Expiration
1. This general permit is effective for a term not to exceed five(5)years. All active
discharge authorizations expire on the date provided on page one(i)of this permit.
Following public notice and comment,as provided by 3o TAC §205.3(relating to
Public Notice, Public Meetings, and Public Comment),the commission may amend,
Page 27
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
revoke,cancel,or renew this general permit. All authorizations that are active at the
time the permit term expires will be administratively continued as indicated in Part
II.I.2 below and in Part II.D.i(b)and D.2(b) of this permit.
2. If the executive director publishes a notice of the intent to renew or amend this
general permit before the expiration date,the permit will remain in effect for
existing,authorized discharges until the commission takes final action on the
permit. Upon issuance of a renewed or amended permit,permittees may be
required to submit an NOI within 90 days following the effective date of the renewed
or amended permit, unless that permit provides for an alternative method for
obtaining authorization.
3. If the commission does not propose to reissue this general permit within 90 days
before the expiration date,permittees shall apply for authorization under an
individual permit or an alternative general permit. If the application for an
individual permit is submitted before the expiration date, authorization under this
expiring general permit remains in effect until the issuance or denial of an individual
permit. No new NOIs will be accepted nor new authorizations honored under the
general permit after the expiration date.
Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans(SWP3)
All regulated construction site operators shall prepare an SWP3,prior to submittal of an
NOI,to address discharges authorized under Parts II.E.2 and II.E.3 of this general permit
that will reach Waters of the U.S. This includes discharges to MS4s and privately owned
separate storm sewer systems that drain into surface water in the state or Waters of the U.S.
Individual operators at a site may develop separate SWP3s that cover only their portion of
the project,provided reference is made to the other operators at the site. Where there is
more than one SWP3 for a site, operators must coordinate to ensure that BMPs and controls
are consistent and do not negate or impair the effectiveness of each other. Regardless of
whether a single comprehensive SWP3 is developed or separate SWP3s are developed for
each operator, it is the responsibility of each operator to ensure compliance with the terms
and conditions of this general permit in the areas of the construction site where that operator
has control over construction plans and specifications or day-to-day operations.
An SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the
extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in stormwater associated with construction
activity and non-stormwater discharges described in Part II.A.3,in compliance with the
terms and conditions of this permit.
An SWP3 must also identify any potential sources of pollution that have been determined to
cause,have a reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality
standards or have been found to cause or contribute to the loss of a designated use of surface
water in the state from discharges of stormwater from construction activities and
construction support activities. Where potential sources of these pollutants are present at a
construction site,the SWP3 must also contain a description of the management practices
that will be used to prevent these pollutants from being discharged into surface water in the
state or Waters of the U.S.
NOTE: Construction support activities can also include vehicle repair areas,fueling
areas, etc.that are present at a construction site solely for the support construction
activities and are only used by operators at the construction site.
The SWP3 is intended to serve as a road map for how the Construction operator will comply
with.the effluent limits and other conditions of this permit and does not establish the effluent
limits that apply to the construction site's discharges. These limits are established in Part
III.G of the permit.
Page 28
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Section A. Shared SWP3 Development
For more effective coordination of BMPs and opportunities for cost sharing, a
cooperative effort by the different operators at a site is encouraged. Operators of small
and large construction activities must independently obtain authorization under this
permit,but may work together with other regulated operators at the construction site to
prepare and implement a single, comprehensive SWP3,which can be shared by some or
all operators,for the construction activities that each of the operators are performing at
the entire construction site.
1. The SWP3 must include the following:
(a) for small construction activities—the name of each operator that participates in
the shared SWP3;
(b) for large construction activities-the name of each operator that participates in
the shared SWP3,the general permit authorization numbers of each operator
(or the date that the NOI was submitted to TCEQ by each operator that has not
received an authorization number for coverage under this permit); and
(c) for large and small construction activities -the signature of each operator
participating in the shared SWP3.
2. The SWP3 must clearly indicate which operator is responsible for satisfying each
shared requirement of the SWP3. If the responsibility for satisfying a requirement is
not described in the plan,then each permittee is entirely responsible for meeting the
requirement within the boundaries of the construction site where they perform
construction activities. The SWP3 must clearly describe responsibilities for meeting
each requirement in shared or common areas.
3. The SWP3 may provide that one operator is responsible for preparation of a SWP3 in
compliance with the CGP,and another operator is responsible for implementation of
the SWP3 at the project site.
Section B. Responsibilities of Operators
1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans
and Specifications
All secondary operators and primary operators with control over construction plans
and specifications shall:
(a) ensure the project specifications allow or provide that adequate BMPs are
developed to meet the requirements of Part III of this general permit;
(b) ensure that the SWP3 indicates the areas of the project where they have control
over project specifications,including the ability to make modifications in
specifications;
(c) ensure that all other operators affected by modifications in project specifications
are notified in a timely manner so that those operators may modify their BMP s
as necessary to remain compliant with the conditions of this general permit; and
(d) ensure that the SWP3 for portions of the project where they are operators
indicates the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number(s)for
operators with the day-to-day operational control over those activities necessary
to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions. If a primary
operator has not been authorized or has abandoned the site,the secondary
operator is considered to be the responsible party and must obtain authorization
Page 29
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
as a primary operator under the permit,until the authority for day-to-day
operational control is transferred to another primary operator. The new primary
operator must update or develop a new SWP3 that will reflect the transfer of
operational control and include any additional updates to the SWP3 to meet
requirements of the permit.
2. Primary Operators with Day-to-Day Operational Control
Primary operators with day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project
that are necessary to ensure compliance with an SWP3 and other permit conditions
must ensure that the SWP3 accomplishes the following requirements:
(a) meets the requirements of this general permit for those portions of the project
where they are operators;
(b) identifies the parties responsible for implementation of BMPs described in the
SWP3;
(c) indicates areas of the project where they have'operational control over day-to-
day activities; and
(d) the name and site-specific TPDES authorization number of the parties with
control over project specifications, including the ability to make modifications in
specifications for areas where they have operational control over day-to-day
activities.
Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation,Implementation, and Compliance
The SWP3 must be prepared prior to obtaining authorization under this general permit,
and implemented prior to commencing construction activities that result in soil
disturbance. The SWP3 must be prepared so that it provides for compliance with the
terms and conditions of this general permit.
Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available
1. The SWP3 must be retained on-site at the construction site or,if the site is inactive or
does not have an on-site location to store the plan, a notice must be posted describing
the location of the SWP3. The SWP3 must be made readily available at the time of an
on-site inspection to: the executive director; a federal, state,or local agency
approving sediment and erosion plans,grading plans, or stormwater management
plans;local government officials; and the operator of a municipal separate storm
sewer receiving discharges from the site. If the SWP3 is retained off-site,then it shall
be made available as soon as reasonably possible. in most instances,it is reasonable
that the SWP3 shall be made available within 24 hours of the request.
2. Operators with authorization for construction activity under this general permit must
post a TCEQ site notice at the construction site at a place readily available for viewing
by the general public,and local,state,and federal authorities.
(a) Primary and secondary operators of large construction activities must each post
a TCEQ construction site notice,respective to'their role as an operator at the
construction site,as required above and according to requirements in Part II.E.3
of this general permit.
(b) Primary and secondary operators of small construction activities must post the
TCEQ site notice as required in Part III.D.2.(a) above and for the specific type of
small construction described in Part ILE.i and 2 of the permit.
(c) If the construction project is a linear construction project,such as a pipeline or
highway,the notices must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where
construction is actively underway. Site notices for small and large construction
Page 3o
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
activities at these linear construction sites may be located,as necessary, along
the length of the project,but must still be readily available for viewing by the
general public;local, state,and federal authorities; and contain the following
information:
i. the site-specific TPDES authorization number for the project if assigned;
ii. the operator name,contact name,and contact phone number;
iii. a brief description of the project; and
iv. the location of the SWP3.
3. This permit does not provide the general public with any right to trespass on a
construction site for any reason,including inspection of a site; nor does this permit
require that permittees allow members of the general public access to a construction
site.
Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s
The permittee must revise or update the SWP3 within seven days of when any of the
following occurs:
1. a change in design,construction,operation,or maintenance that has a significant
effect on the discharge of pollutants and that has not been previously addressed in
the SWP3;
2. changing site conditions based on updated plans and specifications, new operators,
new areas of responsibility, and changes in BMPs;or
3. results of inspections or investigations by construction site personnel authorized by
the permittee,operators of a municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the
discharge, authorized TCEQ personnel,or a federal,state or local agency approving
sediment and erosion plans indicate the SWP3 is proving ineffective in eliminating or
significantly minimizing pollutants in discharges authorized under this general
permit.
Section F. Contents of SWP3
The SWP3 must be developed and implemented by primary operators of small and large
construction activities and include,at a minimum,the information described in this
section and must comply with the construction and development effluent guidelines in
Part III,Section G of the general permit.
1. A site or project description,which includes the following information:
(a) a description of the nature of the construction activity;
(b) a list of potential pollutants and their sources;
(c) a description of the intended schedule or sequence of activities that will disturb
soils for major portions of the site, including estimated start dates and duration
of activities;
(d) the total number of acres of the entire property and the total number of acres
where construction activities will occur,including areas where construction
support activities(defined in Part I.B of this general permit)occur;
(e) data describing the soil or the quality of any discharge from the site;
(f) a map showing the general location of the site(e.g. a portion of a city or county
map);
(g) a detailed site map(or maps)indicating the following:
Page 31
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
i. drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading
• activities;
ii. areas where soil disturbance will occur;
iii. locations of all controls and buffers, either planned or in place;
iv. locations where temporary or permanent stabilization practices are
expected to be used;
v. locations of construction support activities,including those located off-site;
vi. surface waters(including wetlands)either at,adjacent, or in close
proximity to the site, and also indicate whether those waters are impaired;
vii. locations where stormwater discharges from the site directly to a surface
water body or a municipal separate storm sewer system;
viii. vehicle wash areas; and
ix. designated points on the site where vehicles will exit onto paved roads (for
instance,this applies to construction transition from unstable dirt areas to
exterior paved roads).
Where the amount of information required to be included on the map would
result in a single map being difficult to read and interpret,the operator shall
develop a series of maps that collectively include the required information.
(h) the location and description of support activities authorized under the
permittee's NOI,including asphalt plants,concrete plants, and other activities
providing support to the construction site that is authorized under this general
permit;
(i) the name of receiving waters at or near the site that may be disturbed or that
may receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project;
(j) a copy of this TPDES general permit;
(k) the NOI and the acknowledgement of provisional and non-provisional
authorization for primary operators of large construction sites,and the site
notice for small construction sites and for secondary operators of large
construction sites;
(1) stormwater and allowable non-stormwater discharge locations,including storm
drain inlets on site and in the immediate vicinity of the construction site where
construction support activities will occur; and
(m) locations of all pollutant-generating activities at the construction site and where
construction support activities will occur,such as the following: Paving
operations; concrete,paint and stucco washout and water disposal;solid waste
storage and disposal; and dewatering operations.
2. A description of the BMPs that will be used to minimize pollution in runoff.
The description must identify the general timing or sequence for implementation. At
a minimum,the description must include the following components:
(a) General Requirements
i. Erosion and sediment controls must be designed to retain sediment on-site
to the extent practicable with consideration for local topography,soil type,
and rainfall.
ii. Control measures must be properly selected,installed,and maintained
according to the manufacturer's or designer's specifications.
Page 32
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRr50000
•
iii. Controls must be developed to minimize the offsite transport of litter,
construction debris, and construction materials.
(b) Erosion Control and Stabilization Practices
The SWP3 must include a description of temporary and permanent erosion
control and stabilization practices for the construction site,where small or large
construction activity will occur. The erosion control and stabilization practices
selected by the permittee must be compliant with the requirements for sediment
and erosion control,located in Part III.G of this permit. The description of the
SWP3 must also include a schedule of when the practices will be implemented.
Site plans must ensure that existing vegetation at the construction site is
preserved where it is possible.
i. Erosion control and stabilization practices may include but are not limited
to:establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation,mulching,
geotextiles,sod stabilization,vegetative buffer strips,protection of existing
trees and vegetation,slope texturing,temporary velocity dissipation
devices,flow diversion mechanisms, and other similar measures.
ii. The following records must be maintained and either attached to or
referenced in the SWP3,and made readily available upon request to the
parties listed in Part III.D.i of this general permit:
(A) the dates when major grading activities occur;
(B) the dates when construction activities temporarily or permanently
cease on a portion of the site; and
(C) the dates when stabilization measures are initiated.
iii. Erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated immediately
in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily
ceased and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days.
Stabilization measures that provide a protective cover must be initiated
immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have
permanently ceased. The term"immediately"is used to define the
deadline for initiating stabilization measures. In the context of this
requirement,"immediately" means as soon as practicable,but no later than
the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth-disturbing
activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Except as provided in
(A)through(D)below,these measures must be completed as soon as
practicable,but no more than 14 calendar days after the initiation of soil
stabilization measures:
(A) Where the immediate initiation of vegetative stabilization measures
after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased due
to frozen conditions, non-vegetative controls must be implemented
until thawing conditions (as defined in Part I.B of this general permit)
are present, and vegetative stabilization measures can be initiated as
soon as practicable.
(B) In arid areas, semi-arid areas, or drought-stricken areas,as they are
defined in Part I.B of this general permit,where the immediate
initiation of vegetative stabilization measures after construction
activity has temporarily or permanently ceased or is precluded by arid
conditions, other types of erosion control and stabilization measures
must be initiated at the site as soon as practicable. Where vegetative
controls are infeasible due to arid conditions, and within 14 calendar
days of a temporary or permanent cessation of construction activity in
any portion of the site,the operator shall immediately install non-
Page 33
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR1500o0
vegetative erosion controls in areas of the construction site where
construction activity is complete or has ceased. If non-vegetative
controls are infeasible,the operator shall install temporary sediment
controls as required in Part III.F.2.(b).iii.(C)below.
(C) In areas where non-vegetative controls are infeasible,the operator
may alternatively utilize temporary perimeter controls. The operator
must document in the SWP3 the reason why stabilization measures
are not feasible,and must demonstrate that the perimeter controls will
retain sediment on site to the extent practicable. The operator must
continue to inspect the BMPs at the frequencies established in Part
III.F.7.(c)for unstabilized sites.
(D) The requirement for permittees to initiate stabilization is triggered as
soon as it is known with reasonable certainty that construction activity
at the site or in certain areas of the site will be stopped for 14 or more
additional calendar days. If the initiation or completion of vegetative
stabilization is prevented by circumstances beyond the control of the
permittee,the permittee must employ and implement alternative
stabilization measures immediately. When conditions at the site
changes that would allow for vegetative stabilization,then the
permittee must initiate or complete vegetative stabilization as soon as
practicable.
iv. Final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit
coverage.
v. TCEQ does not expect that temporary or permanent stabilization measures
to be applied to areas that are intended to be left un-vegetated or un-
stabilized following construction(e.g.,dirt access roads,utility pole pads,
areas being used for storage of vehicles,equipment,or materials).
(c) Sediment Control Practices
The SWP3 must include a description of any sediment control practices used to
remove eroded soils from stormwater runoff,including the general timing or
sequence for implementation of controls.
i. Sites With Drainage Areas of Ten or More Acres
(A) Sedimentation Basin(s)
(1) A sedimentation basin is required,where feasible,for a common
drainage location that serves an area with ten(10)or more acres
disturbed at one time. A sedimentation basin may be temporary or
permanent, and must provide sufficient storage to contain a
calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year,24-hour storm from
each disturbed acre drained. When calculating the volume of
runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm event,it is not required to
include the flows from offsite areas and flow from onsite areas that
are either undisturbed or have already undergone permanent
stabilization, if these flows are diverted around both the disturbed
areas of the site and the sediment basin. Capacity calculations shall
be included in the SWP3.
(2) Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be
performed,the sedimentation basin must provide at least 3,600
cubic feet of storage per acre drained until final stabilization of the
site.
Page 34
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(3) If a sedimentation basin is not feasible,then the permittee shall
provide equivalent control measures until final stabilization of the
site. In determining whether installing a sediment basin is
feasible,the permittee may consider factors such as site soils,
slope,available area,public safety,precipitation patterns, site
geometry,site vegetation,infiltration capacity,geotechnical
factors,depth to groundwater, and other similar considerations.
The permittee shall document the reason that the sediment basins
are not feasible,and shall utilize equivalent-control measures,
which may include a series of smaller sediment basins.
(4) Unless infeasible,when discharging from sedimentation basins
and impoundments,the permittee shall utilize outlet structures
that withdraw water from the surface.
(B) Perimeter Controls: At a minimum,silt fences,vegetative buffer
strips, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope
boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope
boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site
conditions.
ii. Controls for Sites With Drainage Areas Less than Ten Acres:
(A) Sediment traps and sediment basins may be used to control solids in
stormwater runoff for drainage locations serving less than ten(io)
acres. At a minimum, silt fences,vegetative buffer strips, or
equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope
boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope
boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site
conditions.
(B) Alternatively,a sediment basin that provides storage for a calculated
volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from each disturbed
acre drained may be utilized. Where rainfall data is not available or a
calculation cannot be performed,a temporary or permanent sediment
basin providing 3,60o cubic feet of storage per acre drained may be
provided. If a calculation is performed,then the calculation shall be
included in the SWP3.
(C) If sedimentation basins or impoundments are used,the permittee
shall comply with the requirements in Part III.G.6 of this general
permit.
3. Description of Permanent Stormwater Controls.
A description of any stormwater control measures that will be installed during the
construction process to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that may occur
after construction operations have been completed must be included in the SWP3.
Permittees are responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater
management measures,as follows:
(a) permittees authorized under the permit for small construction activities are
responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater control measures
prior to final stabilization of the site; or
(b) permittees authorized under the permit for large construction activities are
responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater control measures
prior to final stabilization of the site and prior to submission of an NOT.
4. Other Required Controls and BMPs
Page 35
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
(a) Permittees shall minimize,to the extent practicable,the off-site vehicle tracking
of sediments and the generation of dust. The SWP3 shall include a description
of controls utilized to accomplish this requirement.
(b) The SWP3 must include a description of construction and waste materials
expected to be stored on-site and a description of controls to minimize pollutants
from these materials.
(c) The SWP3 must include a description of potential pollutant sources in
discharges of stormwater from all areas of the construction site where
construction activity,including construction support activities,will be located,
and a description of controls and measures that will be implemented at those
sites to minimize pollutant discharges.
(d) Permittees shall place velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and
along the length of any outfall channel(i.e.,runoff conveyance)to provide a non-
erosive flow velocity from the structure to a water course,so that the natural
physical and biological characteristics and functions are maintained and
protected.
(e) Permittees shall design and utilize appropriate controls to minimize the offsite
transport of suspended sediments and other pollutants if it is necessary to pump
or channel standing water from the site.
(f) Permittees shall ensure that all other required controls and BMPs comply with
all of the requirements of Part III.G of this general permit.
(g) For demolition of any structure with at least io,000 square feet of floor space
that was built or renovated before January 1,i98o,and the receiving waterbody
is impaired for polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs):
i. Implement controls to minimize the exposure of PCB-containing building
materials,including paint,caulk, and pre-1980 fluorescent lighting fixtures
to precipitation and to stormwater; and
ii. Ensure that disposal of such materials is performed in compliance with
applicable state,federal,and local laws.
5. Documentation of Compliance with Approved State and Local Plans
(a) Permittees must ensure that the SWP3 is consistent with requirements specified
in applicable sediment and erosion site plans or site permits,or stormwater
management site plans or site permits approved by federal,state,or local
officials.
(b) SWP3s must be updated as necessary to remain consistent with any changes
applicable to protecting surface water resources in sediment erosion site plans or
site permits, or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by
state or local official for which the permittee receives written notice.
(c) If the permittee is required to prepare a separate management plan,including
but not limited to a WPAP or Contributing Zone Plan in accordance with 3o TAC
Chapter 213 (related to the Edwards Aquifer),then a copy of that plan must be
either included in the SWP3 or made readily available upon request to
authorized personnel of the TCEQ. The permittee shall maintain a copy of the
approval letter for the plan in its SWP3.
6. Maintenance Requirements
(a) All protective measures identified in the SWP3 must be maintained in effective
operating condition. If,through inspections or other means, as soon as the
permittee determines that BMPs are not operating effectively,then the permittee
shall perform maintenance as necessary to maintain the continued effectiveness
Page 36
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
of stormwater controls, and prior to the next rain event if feasible. If
maintenance prior to the next anticipated storm event is impracticable,the
reason shall be documented in the SWP3 and maintenance must be scheduled
and accomplished as soon as practicable. Erosion and sediment controls that
have been intentionally disabled, run-over, removed,or otherwise rendered
ineffective must be replaced or corrected immediately upon discovery.
(b) If periodic inspections or other information indicates a control has been used
incorrectly,is performing inadequately, or is damaged,then the operator shall
replace or modify the control as soon as practicable after making the discovery.
(c) Sediment must be removed from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no
later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 5o%. For perimeter
controls such as silt fences,berms, etc.,the trapped sediment must be removed
before it reaches 5o% of the above-ground height.
(d) If sediment escapes the site, accumulations must be removed at a frequency that
minimizes off-site impacts, and prior to the next rain event, if feasible. If the
permittee does not own or operate the off-site conveyance,then the permittee
shall work with the owner or operator of the property to remove the sediment.
7. Inspections of Controls
(a) Personnel provided by the permittee must inspect disturbed areas (cleared,
graded,or excavated) of the construction site that do not meet the requirements
of final stabilization in this general permit, all locations where stabilization
measures have been implemented, areas of construction support activity covered
under this permit, stormwater controls (including pollution prevention controls)
for evidence of,or the potential for, the discharge of pollutants,areas where
stormwater typically flows within the construction site,and points of discharge
from the construction site.
i. Personnel conducting these inspections must be knowledgeable of this
general permit,the construction activities at the site,and the SWP3 for the
site.
ii. Personnel conducting these inspections are not required to have signatory
authority for inspection reports under 3o TAC§3o5.1.28.
(b) Requirements for Inspections
i. Inspect all stormwater controls(including sediment and erosion control
measures identified in the SWP3)to ensure that they are installed properly,
appear to be operational,and minimizing pollutants in discharges, as
intended.
ii. Identify locations on the construction site where new or modified
stormwater controls are necessary.
iii. Check for signs of visible erosion and sedimentation that can be attributed
to the points of discharge where discharges leave the construction site or
discharge into any surface water in the state flowing within or adjacent to
the construction site.
iv. Identify any incidents of noncompliance observed during the inspection.
v. Inspect locations where vehicles enter or exit the site for evidence of off-site
sediment tracking.
vi. If an inspection is performed when discharges from the construction site are
occurring: identify all discharge points at the site,observe and document
the visual quality of the discharge(i.e.,color,odor,floating,settled,or
Page 37
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
suspended solids,foam,oil sheen, and other such indicators of pollutants in
stormwater).
vii. Complete any necessary maintenance needed,based on the results of the
inspection and in accordance with the requirements listed in Part III.F.6
above.
(c) Inspection frequencies:
i. Inspections of construction sites must be conducted at least once every 14
calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches
or greater,unless as otherwise provided below in Part III.F.7.(c).ii—v
below.
ii. Inspection frequencies must be conducted at least once every month in
areas of the construction site that meet final stabilization or have been
temporarily stabilized.
iii. Inspection frequencies for construction sites,where runoff is unlikely due to
the occurrence of frozen conditions at the site,must be conducted at least
once every month until thawing conditions begin to occur(See definitions
for thawing conditions in Part I.B). The SWP3 must also contain a record of
the approximate beginning and ending dates of when frozen conditions
occurred at the site,which resulted in inspections being conducted monthly,
while those conditions persisted,instead of at the interval of once every 14
calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches
or greater.
iv. In arid,semi-arid,or drought-stricken areas, inspections must be conducted
at least once every month and within 24 hours after the end of a storm event
of o.5 inches or greater. The SWP3 must,also contain a record of the total
rainfall measured,as well as the approximate beginning and ending dates of
when drought conditions occurred at the site,which resulted in inspections
being conducted monthly,while those conditions persisted, instead of at the
interval of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a
storm event of o.5 inches or greater.
v. As an alternative to the inspection schedule in Part III.F.7.(c).i above,the
SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least
once every seven(7) calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed,
then the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been
a rainfall event since the previous inspection.
vi. The inspection procedures described in Part III.F.7.(c).i. —v above can be
performed at the frequencies and under the applicable conditions indicated
for each schedule option,provided that the SWP3 reflects the current
schedule and that any changes to the schedule are made in accordance with
the following provisions: the inspection frequency schedule can only be
changed a maximum of one time each month;the schedule change must be
implemented at the beginning of a calendar month; and the reason for the
schedule change documented in the SWP3 (e.g.,end of"dry"season and
beginning of"wet"season).
(d) Utility line installation,pipeline construction,and other examples of long,
narrow,linear construction activities may provide inspection personnel with
limited access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a) above.
i. Inspection of linear construction sites could require the use of vehicles that
could compromise areas of temporary orpermanent stabilization,cause
Page 38
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
additional disturbance of soils,and result in the increase the potential for
erosion. In these circumstances, controls must be inspected at least once
every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of
0.5 inches or greater,but representative inspections may be performed.
ii. For representative inspections,personnel must inspect controls along the
construction site for 0.25 mile above and below each access point where a
roadway,undisturbed right-of-way,or other similar feature intersects the
construction site and allows access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a)
above. The conditions of the controls along each inspected 0.25 mile
portion may be considered as representative of the condition of controls
along that reach extending from the end of the 0.25 mile portion to either
the end of the next 0.25 mile inspected portion,or to the end of the project,
whichever occurs first.
As an alternative to the inspection schedule described in Part III.F.7.(c).i
above,the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will
occur at least once every seven(7) calendar days. If this alternative
schedule is developed,the inspection must occur regardless of whether or
not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection.
iii. The SWP3 for a linear construction site must reflect the current inspection
schedule. Any changes to the inspection schedule must be made in
accordance with the following provisions:
(A) the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month;
(B) the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a
calendar month,and
(C) the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3
(e.g., end of"dry"season and beginning of"wet"season).
(e) In the event of flooding or other uncontrollable situations which prohibit access
to the inspection sites,inspections must be conducted as soon as access is
practicable.
(f) Inspection Reports
i. A report summarizing the scope of any inspection must be completed within
24-hours following the inspection. The report must also include the date(s)
of the inspection and major observations relating to the implementation of
the SWP3. Major observations in the report must include: the locations of
where erosion and discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site
have occurred;locations of BMPs that need to be maintained;locations of
BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a
particular location; and locations where additional BMPs are needed.
ii. Actions taken as a result of inspections must be described within, and
retained as a part of,the SWP3. Reports must identify any incidents of non-
compliance. Where a report does not identify any incidents of non-
compliance,the report must contain a certification that the facility or site is
in compliance with the SWP3 and this permit. The report must be retained
as part of the SWP3 and signed by the person and in the manner required by
3o TAC§305.128 (relating to Signatories to Reports).
iii. The names and qualifications of personnel making the inspections for the
permittee may be documented once in the SWP3 rather than being included
_ in each report.
(g) The SWP3 must be modified based on the results of inspections,as necessary,to
better control pollutants in runoff. Revisions to the SWP3 must be completed
Page 39
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
within seven(7) calendar days following the inspection. If existing BMPs are
modified or if additional BMPs are necessary,an implementation schedule
must be described in the SWP3 and wherever possible those changes
implemented before the next storm event. If implementation before the next
anticipated storm event is impracticable,these changes must be implemented
as soon as practicable.
8. The SWP3 must identify and ensure the implementation of appropriate pollution
prevention measures for all eligible non-stormwater components of the discharge, as
listed in Part II.A.3 of this permit.
9. The SWP3 must include the information required in Part III.B of this general permit.
10. The SWP3 must include pollution prevention procedures that comply with Part
III.G.4 of this general permit.
Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites
Except as provided in 4o CFR§§125.3o-125.32,any discharge regulated under this
general permit,with the exception of sites that obtained waivers based on low rainfall
erosivity,must achieve,at a minimum,the following effluent limitations representing
the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control
technology currently available(BPT).
1. Erosion and sediment controls.Design,install, and maintain effective erosion
controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a
minimum,such controls must be designed, installed,and maintained to:
(a) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion
in order to minimize pollutant discharges;
(b) Control stormwater discharges,including both peak flowrates and total
stormwater volume,to minimize channel and streambank erosion and scour in
the immediate vicinity of discharge point(s);
(c) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity;
(d) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes;
(e) Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design,installation,and
maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the
amount,frequency,intensity and duration of precipitation,the nature of
resulting stormwater runoff,and soil characteristics, including the range of soil
particle sizes expected to be present on the site;
(f) If earth disturbance activities are located in close proximity to a surface water in
the state,provide and maintain appropriate natural buffers if feasible and as
necessary,around surface water in the state,depending on site-specific
topography,sensitivity, and proximity to water bodies. Direct stormwater to
vegetated areas and maximize stormwater infiltration to reduce pollutant
discharges,unless infeasible. If providing buffers is infeasible,the permittee
shall document the reason that natural buffers are infeasible and shall •
implement additional erosion and sediment controls to reduce sediment load;
(g) Preserve native topsoil at the site,unless the intended function of a specific area
of the site dictates that the topsoil be disturbed or removed,or it is infeasible;
and
(h) Minimize soil compaction. In areas of the construction site where final
vegetative stabilization will occur or where infiltration practices will be installed,
either:
i. restrict vehicle and equipment use to avoid soil compaction; or
Page 4o
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
ii. prior to seeding or planting areas of exposed soil that have been compacted,
use techniques that condition the soils to support vegetative growth,if
necessary and feasible;
Minimizing soil compaction is not required where the intended function of a
specific area of the site dictates that it be compacted.
(i) TCEQ does not consider stormwater control features(e.g.,stormwater
conveyance channels,storm drain inlets,sediment basins)to constitute"surface
water"for the purposes of triggering the buffer requirement in Part III.G.i.(f)
above.
2. Soil stabilization. Stabilization of disturbed areas must,at a minimum,be initiated
immediately whenever any clearing,grading, excavating, or other earth disturbing
activities have permanently ceased on any portion of the site,or temporarily ceased
on any portion of the site and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar
days. In the context of this requirement, "immediately"means as soon as practicable,
but no later than the end of the next work day,following the day when the earth-
disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary
stabilization must be completed no more than 14 calendar days after initiation of soil
stabilization measures,and final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of
permit coverage. In arid, semi-arid, and drought-stricken areas where initiating
vegetative stabilization measures immediately is infeasible,alternative non-
vegetative stabilization measures must be employed as soon as practicable. Refer to
Part III.F.2.(b)for complete erosion control and stabilization practice requirements.
In limited circumstances, stabilization may not be required if the intended function
of a specific area of the site necessitates that it remain disturbed.
3. Dewatering. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from
dewatering of trenches and excavations, are prohibited,unless managed by
appropriate controls.
4. Pollution prevention measures. Design,install,implement, and maintain effective
pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants.At a
minimum,such measures must be designed,installed,implemented, and maintained
to:
(a) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing,
wheel wash water,and other wash waters.Wash waters must be treated in a
sediment basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better
treatment prior to discharge;
(b) Minimize the exposure of building materials,building products, construction
wastes,trash,landscape materials,fertilizers,pesticides,herbicides,detergents,
sanitary waste,and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to
stormwater;
(c) Minimize the exposure of waste materials by closing waste container lids at the
end of the work day.For waste containers that do not have lids,where the
container itself is not sufficiently secure enough to prevent the discharge of
pollutants absent a cover and could leak,the permittee must provide either a
cover(e.g., a tarp,plastic sheeting,temporary roof)to minimize exposure of
wastes to precipitation,or a similarly effective means designed to minimize the
discharge of pollutants(e.g.,secondary containment);and
(d) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks,and implement
chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures.
5. Prohibited discharges.The following discharges are prohibited:
Page 41 •
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
(a) Wastewater from wash out of concrete, unless managed by an appropriate
control;
(b) Wastewater from wash out and cleanout of stucco,paint,form release oils,
curing compounds and other construction materials;
(c) Fuels, oils,or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and
maintenance;
(d) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing; and
(e) Toxic or hazardous substances from a spill or other release.
6. Surface outlets.When discharging from basins and impoundments,utilize outlet
structures that withdraw water from the surface, unless infeasible.
Part IV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants
Discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants present at regulated
construction sites and operated as a construction support activity may be authorized under
the provisions of this general permit,provided that the following requirements are met for
concrete batch plant(s) authorized under this permit. Only the discharges of stormwater
runoff and non-stormwater from concrete batch plants that meet the requirements of a
construction support activity can be authorized under this permit(see the requirements for
"Non-Stormwater Discharges"in Part II.A.3 and"Discharges of Stormwater Associated with
Construction Support Activity"in Part II.A.2).
If discharges of stormwater runoff or non-stormwater from concrete batch plants are not
authorized under this general permit,then discharges must be authorized under an
alternative general permit or individual permit [see the requirement in Part II.A.2.(c)].
This permit does not authorize the discharge or land disposal of any wastewater from
concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites. Authorization for these wastes must be
obtained under an individual permit or an alternative general permit.
Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements
1. Operators of concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit shall sample
the stormwater runoff from the concrete batch plants according to the requirements
of this section of this general permit,and must conduct evaluations on the
effectiveness of the SWP3 based on the following benchmark monitoring values:
Table 1.Benchmark Parameters
Benchmark Benchmark Value Sampling Sample Type
Parameter Frequency
Oil and Grease(*1) 15 mg/L i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4)
Total Suspended 5o mg/L i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4)
Solids(*1)
pH 6.o—9.o Standard Units i/quarter(*2)(*3) Grab(*4)
Total Iron(*1) 1.3 mg/L i/quarter(*2) (*3) Grab(*4)
(*i) All analytical results for these parameters must be obtained from a laboratory
that is accredited based on rules located in 3o TAC§25.4(a) or through the
National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program(NELAP).
Analysis must be performed using sufficiently sensitive methods for analysis
that comply with the rules located in 40 CFR§136.1(c) and 4o CFR
§122.44(i)(1)(iv).
Page 42
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
(*2) When discharge occurs. Sampling is required within the first 3o minutes of
discharge. If it is not practicable to take the sample,or to complete the
sampling,within the first 30 minutes,sampling must be completed within the
first hour of discharge. If sampling is not completed within the first 3o
minutes of discharge,the reason must be documented and attached to all
required reports and records of the sampling activity.
(*3) Sampling must be conducted at least once during each of the following periods.
The first sample must be collected during the first full quarter that a
stormwater discharge occurs from a concrete batch plant authorized under this'
general permit.
January through March
April through June
July through September
October through December
For projects lasting less than one full quarter, a minimum of one sample shall
be collected,provided that a stormwater discharge occurred at least once
following submission of the NOI or following the date that automatic
authorization was obtained under Section II.E.2,and prior to terminating
coverage.
(*4) A grab sample shall be collected from the stormwater discharge resulting from
a storm event that is at least o.i inches of measured precipitation that occurs at
least 72 hours from the previously measurable storm event. The sample shall
be collected downstream of the concrete batch plant, and where the discharge
exits any BMPs utilized to handle the runoff from the batch plant,prior to
commingling with any other water authorized under this general permit.
2. The permittee must compare the results of sample analyses to the benchmark values
above,and must include this comparison in the overall assessment of the SWP3's
effectiveness. Analytical results that exceed a benchmark value are not a violation of
this permit, as these values are not numeric effluent limitations. Results of analyses
are indicators that modifications of the SWP3 should be assessed and may be
necessary to protect water quality. The operator must investigate the cause for each
exceedance and must document the results of this investigation in the SWP3 by the
end of the quarter following the sampling event.
The operator's investigation must identify the following:
(a) any additional potential sources of pollution,such as spills that might have
occurred;
(b) necessary revisions to good housekeeping measures that are part of the SWP3;
(c) additional BMPs,including a schedule to install or implement the BMPs; and
(d) other parts of the SWP3 that may require revisions in order to meet the goal of
the benchmark values.
Background concentrations of specific pollutants may also be considered during the
investigation. If the operator is able to relate the cause of the exceedance to
background concentrations,then subsequent exceedances of benchmark values for
that pollutant may be resolved by referencing earlier findings in the SWP3.
Background concentrations may be identified by laboratory analyses of samples of
stormwater run-on to the permitted facility,by laboratory analyses of samples of
stormwater run-off from adjacent non-industrial areas,or by identifying the
pollutant is a naturally occurring material in soils at the site.
Page 43
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Section B. Best Management Practices(BMPs)and SWP3 Requirements
Minimum SWP3 Requirements—The following are required in addition to other SWP3
requirements listed in this general permit,which include,but are not limited to the
applicable requirements located in Part III.F.7 of this general permit,as follows:
1. Description of Potential Pollutant Sources -The SWP3 must provide a description of
potential sources(activities and materials) that can cause,have a reasonable
potential to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or have been
found to cause,or contribute to,the loss of a designated use of surface water in the
state in stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants authorized
under this permit. The SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will
be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in
stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity and non-stormwater
discharges(described in Part II.A.3 of this general permit),in compliance with the
terms and conditions of this general permit,including the protection of water quality,
and must ensure the implementation of these practices.
The following must be developed, at a minimum, in support of developing this
description:
(a) Drainage—The site map must include the following information:
i. the location of all outfalls for stormwater discharges associated with
concrete batch plants that are authorized under this permit;
ii. a depiction of the drainage area and the direction of flow to the outfall(s);
iii. structural controls used within the drainage area(s);
iv. the locations of the following areas associated with concrete batch plants
that are exposed to precipitation:vehicle and equipment maintenance
activities(including fueling, repair, and storage areas for vehicles and
equipment scheduled for maintenance); areas used for the treatment,
storage,or disposal of wastes; liquid storage tanks; material processing and
storage areas; and loading and unloading areas; and
v. the locations of the following: any bag house or other dust control device(s);
recycle/sedimentation pond,clarifier or other device used for the treatment
of facility wastewater(including the areas that drain to the treatment
device); areas with significant materials; and areas where major spills or
leaks have occurred.
(b) Inventory of Exposed Materials—A list of materials handled at the concrete
batch plant that may be exposed to stormwater and that have a potential to
affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch
plants that are authorized under this general permit.
(c) Spills and Leaks-A list of significant spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous
pollutants that occurred in areas exposed to stormwater and that drain to
stormwater outfalls associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this
general permit must be developed, maintained, and updated as needed.
(d) Sampling Data-A summary of existing stormwater discharge sampling data
must be maintained, if available.
2. Measures and Controls -The SWP3 must include a description of management
controls to regulate pollutants identified in the SWP3's"Description of Potential
Pollutant Sources"from Part IV.B.i of this permit, and a schedule for implementation
of the measures and controls. This must include,at a minimum:
Page 44
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
(a) Good Housekeeping-Good housekeeping measures must be developed and
implemented in the area(s) associated with concrete batch plants.
i. Operators must prevent or minimize the discharge of spilled cement,
aggregate(including sand or gravel),settled dust,or other significant
materials from paved portions of the site that are exposed to stormwater.
Measures used to minimize the presence of these materials may include
regular sweeping or other equivalent practices. These practices must be
conducted at a frequency that is determined based on consideration of the
amount of industrial activity occurring in the area and frequency of
precipitation, and shall occur at least once per week when cement or
aggregate is being handled or otherwise processed in the area.
ii. Operators must prevent the exposure of fine granular solids,such as
cement,to stormwater.Where practicable,these materials must be stored
in enclosed silos,hoppers or buildings, in covered areas, or under covering.
(b) Spill Prevention and Response Procedures-Areas where potential spills that
can contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff, and the drainage areas from
these locations, must be identified in the SWP3. Where appropriate,the SWP3
must specify material handling procedures,storage requirements, and use of
equipment. Procedures for cleaning up spills must be identified in the SWP3
and made available to the appropriate personnel.
(c) Inspections-Qualified facility personnel(i.e., a person or persons with
knowledge of this general permit,the concrete batch plant, and the SWP3
related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the site)must be identified to inspect
designated equipment and areas of the facility specified in the SWP3.
Personnel conducting these inspections are not required to have signatory
authority for inspection reports under 3o TAC§3o5.128. Inspections of
facilities in operation must be performed once every seven days. Inspections of
facilities that are not in operation must be performed at a minimum of once per
month. The current inspection frequency being implemented at the facility
must be recorded in the SWP3. The inspection must,take place while the
facility is in operation and must,at a minimum,include all areas that are
exposed to stormwater at the site,including material handling areas,above
ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos,dust collection/containment systems,
truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Follow-up procedures must be
used to ensure that appropriate actions are taken in response to the inspections.
Records of inspections must be maintained and be made readily available for
inspection upon request.
(d) Employee Training-An employee training program must be developed to
educate personnel responsible for implementing any component of the SWP3,
or personnel otherwise responsible for stormwater pollution prevention,with
the provisions of the SWP3. The frequency of training must be documented in
the SWP3, and at a minimum, must consist of one training prior to the
initiation of operation of the concrete batch plant.
(e) Record Keeping and Internal Reporting Procedures-A description of spills and
similar incidents,plus additional information that is obtained regarding the
quality and quantity of stormwater discharges,must be included in the SWP3.
Inspection and maintenance activities must be documented and records of
those inspection and maintenance activities must be incorporated in the SWP3.
(f) Management of Runoff-The SWP3 shall contain a narrative consideration for
reducing the volume of runoff from concrete batch plants by diverting runoff or
otherwise managing runoff,including use of infiltration,detention ponds,
retention ponds,or reusing of runoff.
Page 45
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
3. Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation—At least once per year, one or more
qualified personnel(i.e.,a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit,
the concrete batch plant,and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s)for the
site)shall conduct a compliance evaluation of the plant. The evaluation must include
the following.
(a) Visual examination of all areas draining stormwater associated with regulated
concrete batch plants for evidence of,or the potential for,pollutants entering
the drainage system. These include,but are not limited to: cleaning areas,
material handling areas,above ground storage tanks,hoppers or silos, dust
collection/containment systems, and truck wash down and equipment cleaning
areas. Measures implemented to reduce pollutants in runoff(including
structural controls and implementation of management practices)must be
evaluated to determine if they are effective and if they are implemented in
accordance with the terms of this permit and with the permittee's SWP3. The
operator shall conduct a visual inspection of equipment needed to implement
the SWP3,such as spill response equipment.
(b) Based on the results of the evaluation,the following must be revised as
appropriate within two weeks of the evaluation: the description of potential
pollutant sources identified in the SWP3 (as required in Part W.B.i,
"Description of Potential Pollutant Sources"); and pollution prevention
measures and controls identified in the SWP3(as required in Part IV.B.2,
"Measures and Controls"). The revisions may include a schedule for
implementing the necessary changes.
(c) The permittee shall prepare and include in the SWP3 a report summarizing the
scope of the evaluation,the personnel making the evaluation,the date(s)of the
evaluation,major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3,and
actions taken in response to the findings of the evaluation. The report must
identify any incidents of noncompliance. Where the report does not identify
incidences of noncompliance,the report must contain a statement that the
evaluation did not identify any incidence(s), and the report must be signed
according to 3o TAC§305.128, relating to Signatories to Reports.
(d) The Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation may substitute for one of the
required inspections delineated in Part IV.B.2.(c)of this general permit.
Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges
Wastewater discharges associated with concrete production including wastewater
disposal by land application are not authorized under this general permit. These
wastewater discharges must be authorized under an alternative TCEQ water quality
permit or otherwise disposed of in an authorized manner. Discharges of concrete truck
wash out at construction sites may be authorized if conducted in accordance with the
requirements of Part V of this general permit.
Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements
This general permit authorizes the land disposal of wash out from concrete trucks at
construction sites regulated under this general permit,provided the following requirements
are met. Any discharge of concrete production waste water to surface water in the state must
be authorized under a separate TCEQ general permit or individual permit.
A. Discharge of concrete truck wash out water to surface water in the state,including
discharge to storm sewers,is prohibited by this general permit.
B. Concrete truck wash out water shall be disposed in areas at the construction site
where structural controls have been established to prevent discharge to surface water
Page 46
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000
in the state, or to areas that have a minimal slope that allow infiltration and filtering
of wash out water to prevent discharge to surface water in the state. Structural
controls may consist of temporary berms,temporary shallow pits,temporary storage
tanks with slow rate release,or other reasonable measures to prevent runoff from the
construction site.
C. Wash out of concrete trucks during rainfall events shall be minimized. The discharge
of concrete truck wash out water is prohibited at all times, and the operator shall
insure that its BMPs are sufficient to prevent the discharge of concrete truck wash out
as the result of rainfall or stormwater runoff.
D. The disposal of wash out water from concrete trucks,made under authorization of
this general permit must not cause or contribute to groundwater contamination.
E. If a SWP3 is required to be implemented,the SWP3 shall include concrete wash out
areas on the associated site map.
Part VI. Retention of Records
The permittee must retain the following records for a minimum period of three(3)years
from the date that a NOT is submitted as required in Part II.F.1 and 2 of this permit. For
activities in which an NOT is not required,records shall be retained for a minimum period of
three(3)years from the date that the operator terminates coverage under Section II.F.3 of
this permit. Records include:
A. A copy of the SWP3;
B. All reports and actions required by this permit,including a copy of the construction
site notice;
C. All data used to complete the NOI, if an NOI is required for coverage under this
general permit; and
D. All records of submittal of forms submitted to the operator of any MS4 receiving the
discharge and to the secondary operator of a large construction site,if applicable.
Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions
A. The permittee has a duty to comply with all permit conditions. Failure to comply
with any permit condition is a violation of the permit and statutes under which it was
issued(CWA and TWC), and is grounds for enforcement action,for terminating,
revoking and reissuance,or modification, or denying coverage under this general
permit,or for requiring a discharger to apply for and obtain an individual TPDES
permit,based on rules located in TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 40 CFR§122.41
(a).
B. Authorization under this general permit may be modified,suspended, revoked and
reissued,terminated or otherwise suspended for cause,based on rules located in
TWC§23.086,3o TAC§305.66 and 40 CFR§122.41(f). Filing a notice of planned
changes or anticipated non-compliance by the permittee does not stay any permit
condition. The permittee must furnish to the executive director,upon request and
within a reasonable time,any information necessary for the executive director to
determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing,terminating
or,otherwise suspending authorization under this permit,based on rules located in
TWC§23.086,30 TAC§305.66 and 40 CFR§122.41(h). Additionally,the permittee
must provide to the executive director,upon request, copies of all records that the
permittee is required to maintain as a condition of this general permit.
C. It is not a defense for a discharger in an enforcement action that it would have been
necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity to maintain compliance with the
permit conditions.
Page 47
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
D. Inspection and entry shall be allowed under TWC Chapters 26-28,Texas Health and
Safety Code§§361.032-361.033 and 361.037, and 40 CFR§122.41(i).The statement
in TWC§26.014 that commission entry of a facility shall occur according to an
establishment's rules and regulations concerning safety,internal security,and fire
protection is not grounds for denial or restriction of entry to any part of the facility or
site,but merely describes the commission's duty to observe appropriate rules and
regulations during an inspection.
E. The discharger is subject to administrative,civil,and criminal penalties, as
applicable, under TWC Chapter 7 for violations including but not limited to the
following:
1. negligently or knowingly violating the federal CWA§§3oi,302,306,307, 308,
318, or 405,or any condition or limitation implementing any sections in a
permit issued under CWA§402, or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment
program approved under CWA§§4o2(a)(3)or 402(b)(8);
2. knowingly making any false statement,representation,or certification in any
record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under a
permit, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or
noncompliance; and
3. knowingly violating CWA§303 and placing another person in imminent danger
of death or serious bodily injury.
F. All reports and other information requested by the executive director must be signed
by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC§305.128 (relating to
Signatories to Reports).
G. Authorization under this general permit does not convey property or water rights of
any sort and does not grant any exclusive privilege.
H. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in
violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human
health or the environment.
I. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and
systems of treatment and control(and related appurtenances)that are installed or
used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit.
Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and
appropriate quality assurance procedures.This provision requires the operation of
back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems that are installed by a permittee only
when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the
permit.
J. The permittee shall comply with the monitoring and reporting requirements in 40
CFR§122.41(j)and(1), as applicable.
K. Analysis must be performed using sufficiently sensitive methods for analysis that
comply with the rules located in 40 CFR§136.1(c)and 413 CFR§122.44(i)(1)(iv).
Part VIII. Fees
A. A fee of must be submitted along with the NOI:
1. $325 if submitting a paper NOI,or
2. $225 if submitting an NOI electronically.
B. Fees are due upon submission of the NOI. An NOI will not be declared
administratively complete unless the associated fee has been paid in full.
C. No separate annual fees will be assessed for this general permit. The Water Quality
Annual Fee has been incorporated into the NOI fees as described above.
Page 48
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o000
D. Effective September 1, 2018,applicants seeking coverage under an NOI or LREW
must submit their application using the online e-Permits system available through
the TCEQ website,or request and obtain a waiver from electronic reporting from the
TCEQ. Waivers from electronic reporting are not transferrable and expire on the
same date as the authorization to discharge.
Page 49
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Appendix A: Automatic Authorization
Periods of Low Erosion Potential by County-Eligible Date Ranges
Andrews: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Ector: Nov. 15 -Apr. 30
Archer: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Edwards: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Armstrong: Nov. 15-Apr.30 El Paso: Jan. 1-Jul. 14,or May 15 -Jul.
Bailey: Nov. 1-Apr.30,or Nov. 15-May
31,or Jun. 1-Aug. 14,or Jun. 15 -Sept. 14,
14 or Jul. 1-Oct. 14,or Jul.15-Oct.31,or
Aug. 1-Apr.30, or Aug.15-May 14,or
Baylor: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Sept. 1-May 30, or Oct. 1-Jun. 14,or
Borden: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Nov. 1-Jun.30, or Nov. 15-Jul. 14
Brewster: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Fisher: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Briscoe: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Floyd: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Brown: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Foard: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Callahan: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Gaines: Nov. 15-Apr. 30
Carson: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Garza: Nov.15-Apr.30
Castro: Nov. 15 -Apr. 3o Glasscock: Nov. -Apr. 30
Childress: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Hale: Nov. 15-Apr. 30
Cochran: Nov. 1-Apr. 30, or Nov. 15- Hall: Feb. 1-Mar.30
May 14 Hansford: Nov. 15 -Apr. 30
Coke: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Hardeman: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Coleman: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Hartley: Nov. 15-Apr. 30
Collingsworth: Jan. 1-Mar. 30, or Dec. 1- Haskell: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Feb.28 Hockley: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov. 15 -
Concho: Dec. 15=Feb. 14 Apr.30
Cottle: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Howard: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Crane: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Hudspeth: Nov. 1-May 14
Crockett: Nov. 15-Jan. 14,or Feb. 1- Hutchinson: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Mar.30
Irion: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Crosby: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Jeff Davis: Nov. 1-Apr.30 or Nov.15-
Culberson: Nov. 1-May 14 May 14
Dallam: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov. 15 -Apr. Jones: Dec.15 -Feb. 14
30 Kent: Nov. 15-Jan. 14 or Feb. 1-Mar.30
Dawson: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Kerr: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14
Deaf Smith: Nov. 15-Apr. 3o Kimble: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Dickens: Nov. 15-Jan. 14, or Feb. 1-Mar.
30 King: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Dimmit: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Kinney: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14
Donley: Jan. 1-Mar.30,or Dec. 1-Feb. Knox: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
28 Lamb: Nov. 1-Apr. 14, or Nov.15-Apr.
Eastland: Dec. -Feb. 14 30
Page 50
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Loving: Nov. 1-Apr.30,or Nov. 15-May Scurry: Nov. 15-Apr.30
14 Shackelford: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Lubbock: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Sherman: Nov. 15-Apr.3o
Lynn: Nov. -Apr. 3o Stephens: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14
Martin: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Sterling: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Mason: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Stonewall: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14
Maverick: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14 Sutton: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14
McCulloch: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Swisher: Nov. 15 -Apr.30
Menard: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Taylor: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Midland: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Terrell: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Mitchell: Nov. 15 -Apr.30
Terry: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Moore: Nov. 15-Apr. 3o Throckmorton: Dec.15-Feb. 14
Motley: Nov. 15-Jan. 14,or Feb. 1-Mar. Tom Green: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
30
Nolan: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Upton: Nov. 15-Apr.30
Oldham: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Uvalde: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Parmer: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov. 15-Apr. Val Verde: Nov. 15-Jan.14, or Feb. 1-
Mar. 30
30
Pecos: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Ward: Nov. 1-Apr. 14,or Nov. 15-Apr.
30
Potter: Nov. 15-Apr. 3o Wichita: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
Presidio: Nov. 1-Apr. 30,or Nov. 15-
Wilbarger: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
May 14
Randall: Nov. 15-Apr.30 Winkler: Nov. 1-Apr.30, or Nov. 15-
May 14
Reagan: Nov. 15-Apr.3o Yoakum: Nov. 1 -Apr.30,or Nov. 15-
Real: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 May 14
Reeves: Nov. 1-Apr.30,or Nov. 15 -May Young: Dec. 15 -Feb. 14
14 Wheeler: Jan. 1-Mar.30,or Dec. 1-Feb.
Runnels: Dec.15-Feb. 14 28
Schleicher: Dec. 15-Feb. 14 Zavala: Dec. 15-Feb. 14
•
Page 51
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Appendix B: Erosivity Index(EI)Zones in Texas
..,..a - ... .4.... i Q;P+,rrs; ***i.Ita =.:: i+M sue. ' �*.r*.,
`: :; .4• :• M 'f1kr a 4.t*. ♦•1 m * !0..00*pit *0 s , a.'.I s *ail. Of,**a.
4 '
.4 r .• y,.t ; a ♦m'4 4 0.n *'• r444
qo .i. 'ipipir a y,� ea+r °° SSA aliif*114iiii.�1.1�
• '���_ 74 '... t sa s,.��i"4 a p r M l It
-OW w
**-41 '4'4-' t ' * IDS +•i a e.1.a 4 .1110 # S.r#.40 41 .ia1 aw g.f..wr w4111111 *NW fook ONO WWII ;
aft
.11:1
•
t. It a*s
t t i� . ,* 4. 4*4. '•lea �fi It ,e4.r r 4 1 ,',;:e s .. _ �40,
_ • ' L; .g vt 4 4,i 411*w r 4. 1. b r * 'N h a'• *4 s i.�a. ..a.$40
,a :a- *i „ .„ .. :`AOsR4.*.•4...S a ;�, •**vve w. a+t• r.+ : .'r4.i ' 1.... .,rar F°!
Phi ffi ..,,*°• = Art
� . *CCw4, 6•.M ,=V M6:VW Os - 4r*r .wya . .. ._sa 'r'. O ..
F—j p 4.a w. . ,; 4'a s6 "s a a*~. , *err volt . ' ' r r, ..' ,, '4`'».ma..>•+�'
-'#f= �y�� tM' d. i i+l P�C R Y Y 9" ire, �'I�R'8'4:lam! �s �r -C. •" 4.4f - _ .,�
- ��, `, -. `' r a ��ar.4ia*4 AWbann * gray -.. **.`1.'. �1► b
_ Re°+yet u s 4t * 9 c F ,.* * !
,� �I ^? 'a.-...eat*l'I s4 i x .• a .4
10
'�».y �'rel.trr mrF,,. .'3 aSi1+.1*a!«.4 aNO a/swa as „ -rr4 .r qr 0 . k 4.
s• ' �i.. ti x.•..' R b 4 Y kft,6*,,, - *NV lb.VW OM .S14V*V 'Le �> . # ea0 11
'..�s• .. 1R 4 2c #- b4,..."..** ',$'71 A®1,@R NW®111,On , '*! Tr.' �x 11 'a
..,t .�,c-.s•. r •a•r 9.1*. .i S�{°9a SMOM Oa*lb— '• ." 4 *°Para a
a,e. r 1 •M a..*1.s tai cW*Oa '► S 0,41Y.'. 40 T
^•.• . ` r •tom. • 0,-'4, �ir*4444 . are.r •• a }Ra .
t•t •*ri`• ,t:¢ . ';»�, or !�..w �44 s.,t.4 - '•' *: .• m• ��1� to
4asb"s •.1 .,-s', .or, •!s ern****&w.*MT•w , w s ' «4 #!(R
'.44 rd1B
a riF..,j •:l* 1st 11Eg14111E MAk/w 154 }1,1n'+gyiM . • #
•
•„?v,t o�... #1 R•*1 OM 1BB10.mi. # , Z+f a`�
alp; s: ,ist atmnine as: -VW 1/11 IOW en'MB •'� *'s Z.*..'" ,
-Sa SIB` ,. ......Z ..,.,r-
�SeE � �
OM OM WM 7�e . . ., _--
e R
Adapted froin Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: "Predicting Soil Erosion by Water:A Guide to
Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of
Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service
Page 52
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150oo0
Appendix C: Isoerodent Map
...a.in in 10,
iiiirAirkilikirii611111111104011..1 op
Fillifillatatintrinr:Vililltarrilikligagw.
,.11 ifferaWaidlaithat1421111,00,,t$70r,jot., 1•40.-,....-Ak....6.
MI11111111111 JitialgAiretidara Plalltillille4
tallininnittiyA.Ithl -Apop4114Nrigamot.w 7
ititainitianstarmillarimi
a I it 1
l!l a'aI.ta�,R'II ,yikriasininrupiti11jp1 1p I44
10 , jriiiiiiiiibteiktis giiiiguik.wkoirj.,
4 iti -111rir MN MIL 0.41 itillit.4414111!„#andirrA101.,...,' 1,. -fr..1;El I
dip
— lir int- ' 1 ma iryi . faihri 1111110 ,eabilltis, ,Iiiiii wriiil V I% iiii ;taw r, IP. -*** 1'*-
36 ill puilmfritiva 044 mmorwAirlizikirooAsure;
, 0, air
404, 4.91-Mitivitilotfividi - i,. *
171 iratiii 11111,4170 46
..Ifinrksivik IA
11114111,
254411Prkagal"
Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 70,3:`Predicting Soil Erosion by Water:A Guide to
Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of
Agriculture,Agricultural Research Service
•
Page 53
Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000
Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas
Periods:
El* 1/1 1/16 1/31 2/15 3/1 3/i6 3/31 4/15 4/30 5/15 5/30 6/14 6/29 7/14 7/29 8/13 8/28 9/12 9/27 10/1210/2711/11 11/26 12/11 12/31
89 0 1 1 2 3 4 7 2 8 27 38 48 55 62 69 76 83 90 94 97 98 99 100 100 loo
90 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 21 29 37 46 54 6o 65 69 74 81 87 92 95 97 98 99 loo
91 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 loo
92 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 loo loo
93 0 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 25 40 49 56 62 67 72 76 8o 85 91 97 98 99 99 loo
94 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 21 29 38 47 53 57 61 65 7o 76 83 88 91 94 96 98 loo
95 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 14 18 27 35 41 46 51 57 62 68 73 79 84 89 93 96 98 loo
96 0 2 4 6 9 12 17 23 30 37 43 49 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82 86 90 94 97 loo
97 0 1 3 5 7 10 14 20 28 37 48 56 61 64 68 72 77 81 86 89 92 95 98 99 loo
io6 0 3 6 9 13 17 21 27 33 38 44 49 55 61 67 71 75 78 81 84 86 90 94 97 loo
Each period begins on the date listed in the table above and lasts until the day before the
following period. The final period begins on December ii and ends on December 31.
Table adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: "Predicting Soil Erosion by Water:A Guide to
Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation(RUSLE),"U.S.Department of Agriculture,
Agricultural Research Service
Page 54
TCEQ Office Use Only
Permit No:
CN:
RN:
rigi Notice of Intent (NOI) for an Authorization for
Stormwater Discharges Associated with
Construction Activity tY under
TCEQ TPDES General Permit T150000
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Please read and use the General Information and Instructions prior to filling out each
question in the NOI form.
Use the NOI Checklist to ensure all required information is completed correctly.
Incomplete applications delay approval or result in automatic denial.
Once processed your permit authorization can be viewed by entering the following link
into your Internet browser: http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm or you can
contact TCEQ Stormwater Processing Center at 512-239-3700.
ePERMITS ACT _
Effective September 1, 2018, this paper form must be submitted to TCEQ with a
completed electronic reporting waiver form (TCEQ-20754).
To submit an NOI electronically, enter the following web address into your Internet
browser and follow the instructions: https://www3.tceq.texas.gov/steers/index.cfm
APPLICATION FEE AND PAYMENT
The application fee for submitting a paper NOI is $325. The application fee for electronic
submittal of a NOI through the TCEQ ePermits system(STEERS) is $225.
Payment of the application fee can be submitted by mail or through the TCEQ ePay
system. The payment and the NOI must be mailed to separate addresses. To access the
TCEQ ePay system enter the following web address into your internet browser:
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/epay.
Provide your payment information for verification of payment:
• If payment was mailed to TCEQ provide the following:
o Check/Money Order Number: ' iS°
o Name printed on Check: , ___ d!
• If payment was made via ePay, provide the following:
o Voucher Number: _ ,h ,.
o A copy of the payment voucher is attached to this paper NOI form.
TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page i
Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXRi50000
RENEWAL(This portionof.the` TOT is riot applicable after Tune 3, 2018, J
Is this NOI for a renewal of an existing authorization? Yes Q No
If Yes, provide the authorization number here: TXR15 .m t
NOTE: If an authorization number is not provided, a new number will be assigned.
SECTION 1. OPERATOR (APPLICANT)
a) If the applicant is currently a customer with TCEQ what is the Customer Number
(CN) issued to this entity? CN
(Refer to Section 1.a) of the Instructions)
b) What is the Legal Name of the entity (applicant) applying for this permit? (The
legal name must be spelled exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State,
County, or in the legal document forming the entity.)
qq
c) What is the contact information for the Operator (Responsible Authority)?
Prefix (Mr. Ms. Miss):E ' _; 1: : 71
First and Last Name `_ emu Suffix:
Title. _ Credentials 1, :a 4,
Phone Number: - ::), ;. ; t Fax Number: .
E-mail lr "]
Mailing Address:
City, State, and Zip Code: . � . :',
Mailing Information if outside USA:
Territory: `
Country Code: x 41 Postal Code: n
d) Indicate the type of customer:
Individual Ci Federal Government
Limited Partnership Q County Government
8 General Partnership 0 State Government
Trust Q City Government
Sole Proprietorship (D.B.A.) 8 Other Government
g Corporation 01 Other: L
Estate
e) Is the applicant an independent operator? El Yes 0 No
TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 2
Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXRi50000
(If a governmental entity, a subsidiary, or part of a larger corporation, check No.)
f) Number of Employees. Select the range applicable to your company.
0 0-20 0 251-500
21-100 501 or higher
0. 101-250
g) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers: (Required for Corporations and Limited
Partnerships. Not Required for Individuals, Government, or Sole Proprietors.)
State Franchise Tax ID Number: . a ; _
Federal Tax ID
Texas Secretary of State Charter (filing) Number _ w.
DUNS Number (if known) _,.14
SECTION 2. APPLICATION CONTACT
Is the application contact the same as the applicant identified above?
Yes, go to Section 3
No, complete this section
Prefix(Mr. Ms. Miss):First and Last Name: aj Suffix: =,
Title ` r__ Credential: µ .. ...
Organization Name:
Phone Number: _I = - 0 Fax Number: '. , ' , 4
E-mail: gril:1-7,
Mailing Address:
Internal Routing (Mail Code, Etc)
City, State, and Zip Code: w w a
Mailing information if outside USA:
Territory:
Country Code: 4 2 Postal Code ,
SECTION 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE
a) If this is an existing permitted site, what is the Regulated Entity Number (RN)
issued to this site? RN _ -
(Refer to Section 3.a) of the Instructions)
TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2018) Page 3
Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000
b) Name of project or site (the name known by the community where it's located):
Fog-
c) In your own words, briefly describe the type of construction occurring at the
regulated site (residential, industrial, commercial, or other): 'a �.a �
d) County or Counties (if located in more than one) e ,g
e) Latitude: p '' :. Longitude .` # zns ,. , e ..4
f) Site Address/Location
If the site has a physical address such as 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753,
complete Section A.
If the site does not have a physical address, provide a location description in Section B.
Example: located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM
123 and Highway 1.
Section A:
Street Number and Name: ! A
City, State, and Zip Code: µaittl,6'L,:7:7:2F%71
Section B.
Location Description:
City (or city nearest to)where the site is located: , r 3:s, 4
Zip Code where the site is located:
SECTION 4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
a) Is the project or site located on Indian Country Lands?
d Yes, do not submit this form. You must obtain authorization through EPA Region
6.
No
b) Is your construction activity associated with a facility that, when completed, would be
associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal
resources?
01,Yes. Note: The construction stormwater runoff may be under jurisdiction of the
Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization through EPA
Region 6.
CI No
c) What is the Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code that best describes the
construction activity being conducted at the site?
d) What is the Secondary SIC Code(s), if applicable? , -:
e) What is the total number of acres to be disturbed? '
f) Is the project part of a larger common plan of development or sale?
TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2oi8) Page 4
Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXRiS0000
Yes
No. The total number of acres disturbed, provided in e) above, must be 5 or more.
If the total number of acres disturbed is less than 5, do not submit this form. See
the requirements in the general permit for small construction sites.
g) What is the estimated start date of the project?5174717-777:::: 274
h) What is the estimated end date of the project? IL: L � {
i) Will concrete truck washout be performed at the site? 0 Yes d No
j) What is the name of the first water body(ies) to receive the stormwater runoff or
potential runoff from the site? e
k) What is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(ies) that the discharge will
eventually reach? e`. � r
1) Is the discharge into a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4)?
Yes O No
If Yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator: ` 7 „ . it ,.= :71
Note: The general permit requires you to send a copy of this NOI form to the MS4
operator.
m) Is the discharge or potential discharge from the site within the Recharge Zone,
Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the
Edwards Aquifer, as defined in 30 TAC Chapter 213?
O Yes, complete the certification below.
as No, go to Section 5
I certify that the copy of the TCEQ-approved Plan required by the Edwards Aquifer Rule
(30 TAC Chapter 213) that is included or referenced in the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan will be implemented. 0 Yes
SECTION 5. NOI CERTIFICATION
a) I certify that I have obtained a copy and understand the terms and conditions of the
Construction General Permit (TXR150000). 0' Yes
b) I certify that the full legal name of the entity applying for this permit has been provided
and is legally authorized to do business in Texas. 0 Yes
c) I understand that a Notice of Termination (NOT) must be submitted when this
authorization is no longer needed. d Yes
d) I certify that a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan has been developed, will be
implemented prior to construction and to the best of my knowledge and belief is
compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans, as required in
the Construction General Permit (TXR150000). a Yes
Note: For multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3, the confirmation of an
operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3, provided all obligations are
confirmed by at least one operator.
TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2oi8) Page 5
Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXRi50000
SECTION 6. APPLICANT CERTIFICATION SIGNATURE
Operator Signatory Name: K
Operator Signatory Title Vr.
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under
my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified
personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of
the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for
gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for
submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations.
I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44 to sign
and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization
upon request.
Signature (use blue ink): Date:
TCEQ-2oo22(3/6/2oi8) Page 6
Notice of Intent for Construction Stormwater Discharges under TXR150000
NOTICE OF MINT CHECKLIST (TXR150000)
Did you complete everything? Use this checklist to be sure!
Are you ready to mail your form to TCEQ? Go to the General Information Section of the
Instructions for mailing addresses.
Confirm each item (or applicable item) in this form is complete. This checklist is for use by
the applicant to ensure a complete application is being submitted. Missing information
may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. (See NOI process description in
the General Information and Instructions.)
APPLICATION FFF d... ATZ . .
If paying by check:
0 Check was mailed separately to the TCEQs Cashier's Office. (See Instructions for Cashier's
address and Application address.)
0 Check number and name on check is provided in this application.
If using ePay:
0 The voucher number is provided in this application and a copy of the voucher is attached.
rRENEWAL ,2F:
0 If this application is for renewal of an existing authorization, the authorization number is
provided.
OPER.AT'OR INFORMATION £
!0 Customer Number (CN) issued by TCEQ Central Registry
0 Legal name as filed to do business in Texas. (Call TX SOS 512-463-5555 to verify.)
1 Name and title of responsible authority signing the application.
Phone number and e-mail address
0 Mailing address is complete&verifiable with USPS. www.usps.com
0 Type of operator (entity type). Is applicant an independent operator?
0 Number of employees.
For corporations or limited partnerships -Tax ID and SOS filing numbers.
Application contact and address is complete &verifiable with USPS. http://www.usps.com
REGULATED ENTITY(RE i
_� w � _) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE .,..___� �mzw__�._�,'
0 Regulated Entity Number (RN) (if site is already regulated by TCEQ)
Site/project name and construction activity description
El County
0 Latitude and longitude http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sgmaview.hunl
TCEQ-20022 Checklist(03/06/2018) Page 1
Site Address/Location. Do not use a rural route or post office box.
[GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS::' ,
0 Indian Country Lands -the facility is not on Indian Country Lands.
d, Construction activity related to facility associated to oil, gas, or geothermal resources
0,Primary SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site.
www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html
Ei Estimated starting and ending dates of the project.
0 Confirmation of concrete truck washout.
p Acres disturbed is provided and qualifies for coverage through a NOI.
PCommon plan of development or sale.
0 Receiving water body or water bodies.
Segment number or numbers.
MS4 operator.
17-1
0 Edwards Aquifer rule.
CERTIFICATION
p Certification statements have been checked indicating Yes.
Signature meets 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §305.44 and is original.
TCEQ-20022 Checklist(03/06/2018) Page 2
Instructions for Notice of Intent (NOI) for
Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction
Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR150000)
GENERAL INFORMATION
R e 8
[Where-to Send the Notice of Intent (NOI)yr _ '
By Regular Mail: By Overnight or Express Mail:
TCEQ TCEQ
Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) Stormwater Processing Center (MC228)
P.O. Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin, Texas 78711-3087 Austin, TX
lApplication Fee _
The application fee of $325 is required to be paid at the time the NOI is submitted.
Failure to submit payment at the time the application is filed will cause delays in
acknowledgment or denial of coverage under the general permit. Payment of the fee
may be made by check or money order, payable to TCEQ or through EPAY (electronic
payment through the web).
Mailed Payments:
Use the attached General Permit Payment Submittal Form. The application fee is
submitted to a different address than the NOI. Read the General Permit Payment
Submittal Form for further instructions, including the address to send the payment.
ePAY Electronic Payment: http://www.tceq.texas.gov/epay
When making the payment you must select Water Quality, and then select the fee
category "General Permit Construction Storm Water Discharge NOI Application". You
must include a copy of the payment voucher with your NOI. Your NOI will not be
considered complete without the payment voucher.
TCEQ Contact List` � _ __ x
Application status and form questions: 512-239-3700, swpermit@tceq.texas.gov
Technical questions: 512-239-4671, swgp@tceq.texas.gov
Environmental Law Division: 512-239-0600
Records Management - obtain copies of forms: 512-239-0900
Reports from databases (as available): 512-239-DATA (3282)
Cashier's office: 512-239-0357 or 512-239-0187
_
Notice of Intent-Process = _,_..
When your NOI is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows:
• Administrative Review: Each item on the form will be reviewed for a
complete response. In addition, the operator's legal name must be
verified with Texas Secretary of State as valid and active (if applicable).
The address(es) on the form must be verified with the US Postal service
as receiving regular mail delivery. Do not give an overnight/express
mailing address.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 1
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
• Notice of Deficiency: If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated
above, a notice of deficiency (NOD) will be mailed to the operator. The
operator will have 30 days to respond to the NOD. The response will be
reviewed for completeness.
• Acknowledgment of Coverage: An Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed
to the operator. This certificate acknowledges coverage under the general
permit.
or
Denial of Coverage: If the operator fails to respond to the NOD or the response
is inadequate, coverage under the general permit may be denied. If coverage is
denied, the operator will be notified.
LGenefat-Permitt(Your Permit)
For NOIs submitted electronically through ePermits, provisional coverage under the
general permit begins immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI form by
the TCEQ.
For paper NOIs, provisional coverage under the general permit begins 7 days
after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ.
You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application. You
may view and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web
site http://www.tceu.texas.gov. Search using keyword TXR150000.
An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the
regulated project or site changes, the present permittee must submit a Notice of
Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must
be submitted no later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status.
ITCEQCentratAegist y Core Data Torin , .
The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a Core Data Form
to TCEQ. After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit, the program
will assign a Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number, if one has not already been
assigned to this customer or site.
For existing customers and sites, you can find the Customer Number and Regulated Entity
Number by entering the following web address into your internet browser:
http://wwwl5.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ or you can contact the TCEQ Stormwater Processing
Center at 512-239-3700 for assistance. On the website, you can search by your permit
number, the Regulated Entity (RN) number, or the Customer Number (CN). If you do not
know these numbers, you can select "Advanced Search" to search by permittee name, site
address, etc.
The Customer (Permittee) is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ
and for updating all CN and RN data for all authorizations as changes occur.For this permit,
a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 2
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOT FORM
Renewal of General Permit. Dischargers holding active authorizations under the expired
General Permit are required to submit a NOI to continue coverage. The existing permit
number is required. If the permit number is not provided or has been terminated, expired,
or denied, a new permit number will be issued.
Section OPERATOR(APPLICANT) 'rti r
a) Customer Number (CN)
TCEQ's Central Registry will assign each customer a number that begins with CN,
followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license
number.
If the applicant is an existing TCEQ customer, the Customer Number is available at
the following website: http://wwwl 5.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/. If the applicant is not an
existing TCEQ customer, leave the space for CN blank.
b) Legal Name of Applicant
Provide the current legal name of the applicant. The name must be provided exactly as
filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal documents forming the
entity, as filed in the county. You may contact the SOS at 512-463-5555, for more
information related to filing in Texas. If filed in the county, provide a copy of the legal
documents showing the legal name.
c) Contact Information for the Applicant (Responsible Authority)
Provide information for the person signing the application in the Certification section.
This person is also referred to as the Responsible Authority.
Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ. The mailing
address must be recognized by the US Postal Service. You may verify the address on
the following website: https://tools.usps.com/go/ZipLookupAction!input.action.
The phone number should provide contact to the applicant.
The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the
applicant.
d) Type of Customer (Entity Type)
Check only one box that identifies the type of entity. Use the descriptions below to
identify the appropriate entity type. Note that the selected entity type also indicates
the name that must be provided as an applicant for an authorization.
Individual
An individual is a customer who has not established a business, but conducts an
activity that needs to be regulated by the TCEQ.
Partnership
A customer that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary
of State Office (TX SOS). If the customer is a `General Partnership' or `Joint Venture'
filed in the county (not filed with TX SOS), the legal name of each partner forming
the `General Partnership' or `Joint Venture' must be provided. Each `legal entity'
must apply as a co-applicant.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 3
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Trust or Estate
A trust and an estate are fiduciary relationships governing the trustee/executor
with respect to the trust/estate property.
Sole Proprietorship (DBA)
A sole proprietorship is a customer that is owned by only one person and has not
been incorporated. This business may:
1. be under the person's name
2. have its own name (doing business as or DBA)
3. have any number of employees.
If the customer is a Sole Proprietorship or DBA, the `legal name' of the individual
business `owner' must be provided. The DBA name is not recognized as the `legal
name' of the entity. The DBA name may be used for the site name (regulated
entity).
Corporation
A customer that meets all of these conditions:
1. is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country
2. is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State
3. has proper operating authority to operate in Texas
The corporation's `legal name' as filed with the Texas Secretary of State must be
provided as applicant. An `assumed' name of a corporation is not recognized as the
`legal name' of the entity.
Government
Federal, state, county, or city government (as appropriate)
The customer is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the
governmental body itself. The government agency's `legal name' must be provided
as the applicant. A department name or other description of the organization is not
recognized as the `legal name'.
Other
This may include a utility district, water district, tribal government, college district,
council of governments, or river authority. Provide the specific type of government.
e) Independent Entity
Check No if this customer is a subsidiary, part of a larger company, or is a
governmental entity. Otherwise, check Yes.
f) Number of Employees
Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer's entire
company, at all locations. This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site
named in the application.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 4
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
g) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers
These are required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. These are not required
for Individuals, Government, and Sole Proprietors.
State Franchise Tax ID Number
Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a
franchise tax identification number. If this customer is a corporation or limited
liability company, enter the Tax ID number.
Federal Tax ID
All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors, individuals, or general
partnerships should have a federal taxpayer identification number (TIN). Enter this
number here. Use no prefixes, dashes, or hyphens. Sole proprietors, individuals, or
general partnerships do not need to provide a federal tax ID.
TX SOS Charter (filing) Number
Corporations and Limited Partnerships required to register with the Texas Secretary of
State are issued a charter or filing number. You may obtain further information by
calling SOS at 512-463-5555.
DUNS Number
Most businesses have a DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System)number issued by
Dun and Bradstreet Corp. If this customer has one, enter it here.
L Sections APPLICATION CONTACT
Provide the name and contact information for the person that TCEQ can contact for
additional information regarding this application.
'Section 3 REGULATED ENTITY(RE)INFORMATION ON PROJECT YOR SITEm`.�n_�
a) Regulated Entity Number (RN)
The RN is issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites where an activity is regulated by
TCEQ. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. Search
TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the site has an assigned RN at
http://wwwl5.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/. If this regulated entity has not been assigned an
RN, leave this space blank.
If the site of your business is part of a larger business site, an RN may already be
assigned for the larger site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site.
If the site is found, provide the assigned RN and provide the information for the site
to be authorized through this application. The site information for this authorization
may vary from the larger site information.
An example is a chemical plant where a unit is owned or operated by a separate
corporation that is accessible by the same physical address of your unit or facility.
Other examples include industrial parks identified by one common address but
different corporations have control of defined areas within the site. In both cases, an
RN would be assigned for the physical address location and the permitted sites would
be identified separately under the same RN.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 5
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
b) Name of the Project or Site
Provide the name of the site or project as known by the public in the area where the
site is located. The name you provide on this application will be used in the TCEQ
Central Registry as the Regulated Entity name.
c) Description of Activity Regulated
In your own words, briefly describe the primary business that you are doing that
requires this authorization. Do not repeat the SIC Code description.
d) County
Provide the name of the county where the site or project is located. If the site or project
is located in more than one county, provide the county names as secondary.
e) Latitude and Longitude
Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees, minutes, and seconds or
decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to:
http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sgmaview.html.
f) Site Address/Location
If a site has an address that includes a street number and street name, enter the
complete address for the site in Section A. If the physical address is not recognized as
a USPS delivery address, you may need to validate the address with your local police
(911 service) or through an online map site used to locate a site. Please confirm this to
be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site
location.
If a site does not have an address that includes a street number and street name,
provide a complete written location description in Section B. For example: "The site
is located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123
and Highway 1."
Provide the city(or nearest city) and zip code of the site location.
Section 4 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS._
a) Indian Country Lands
If your site is located on Indian Country Lands, the TCEQ does not have authority to
process your application. You must obtain authorization through EPA Region 6,
Dallas. Do not submit this form to TCEQ. •
b) Construction activity associated with facility associated with exploration, development,
or production of oil, gas, or geothermal resources
If your activity is associated with oil and gas exploration, development, or production,
you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas (RRC) and may
need to obtain authorization from EPA Region 6.
Construction activities associated with a'facility related to oil, gas or geothermal
resources may include the construction of a well site; treatment or storage facility;
underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas
processing facility; compressor station; terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior
to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 6
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
carbon dioxide geologic storage facility; and a gathering, transmission, or distribution
pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas, including natural gas liquids, prior
to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as
a residential or industrial fuel.
Where required by federal law, discharges of stormwater associated with construction
activities under the RRC's jurisdiction must be authorized by the EPA and the RRC, as
applicable. Activities under RRC jurisdiction include construction of a facility that,
when completed, would be associated with the exploration, development, or
production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, such as a well site; treatment or
storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation
plant; gas processing facility; compressor station; terminal facility where crude oil is
stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the
facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility under the jurisdiction of the RRC;
and a gathering, transmission, or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or
natural gas, including natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the
natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. The RRC
also has jurisdiction over stormwater from land disturbance associated with a site
survey that is conducted prior to construction of a facility that would be regulated by
the RRC. Under 33 U.S.C. §1342(1)(2) and §1362(24), EPA cannot require a permit for
discharges of stormwater from field activities or operations associated with{oil and
gas} exploration, production, processing, or treatment operations, or transmission
facilities, including activities necessary to prepare a site for drilling and for the
movement and placement of drilling equipment, whether or not such field activities or
operations may be considered to be construction activities unless the discharge is
contaminated by contact with any overburden, raw material, intermediate product,
finished product, byproduct, or waste product located on the site of the facility. Under
§3.8 of this title (relating to Water Protection), the RRC prohibits operators from
causing or allowing pollution of surface or subsurface water. Operators are encouraged
to implement and maintain best management practices (BMPs) to minimize discharges
of pollutants, including sediment, in stormwater during construction activities to help
ensure protection of surface water quality during storm events.
For more information about the jurisdictions of the RRC and the TCEQ, read the
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)between the RRC and TCEQ at 16.Texas
Administrative Code, Part 1, Chapter 3, Rule 3.30, by entering the following link into
an internet browser:
http://texreg.sos.state.tx.us/public/readtac$ext.TacPage?s1=R&app=9&p_dir=&p_rloc=
&p_tloc=&p_ploc=&pg=1&p_tac=&ti=16&pt=1&ch=3&r1=30 or contact the TCEQ
Stormwater Team at 512-239-4671 for additional information.
c) Primary Standard Industrial Classification(SIC) Code
Provide the SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at
this site.
Common SIC Codes related to construction activities include:
• 1521 - Construction of Single Family Homes
• 1522 - Construction of Residential Buildings Other than Single Family Homes
• 1541 - Construction of Industrial Buildings and Warehouses
TCEQ 20022.(3/6/2018) Page 7
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
• 1542 - Construction of Non-residential Buildings, other than Industrial Buildings
and Warehouses
• 1611 - Highway and Street Construction, except Highway Construction
• 1622 - Bridge, Tunnel, and Elevated Highway Construction
• 1623 -Water, Sewer, Pipeline and Conmiunications, and Power Line Construction
For help with SIC Codes, enter the following link into your internet browser:
http://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/sicsearch.html or you can contact the TCEQ Small
Business and Local Government Assistance Section at 800-447-2827 for assistance.
d) Secondary SIC Code
Secondary SIC Code(s) may be provided. Leave this blank if not applicable. For help
with SIC Codes, enter the following link into your internet browser:
http://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/sicsearch.html or you can contact the TCEQ Small
Business and Environmental Assistance Section at 800-447-2827 for assistance.
e) Total Number of Acres Disturbed
Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb.
Construction activities that disturb less than one acre, unless they are part of a
larger common plan that disturbs more than one acre, do not require permit
coverage. Construction activities that disturb between one and five acres, unless
they are part of a common plan that disturbs more than five acres, do not require
submission of an NOI. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be
less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five
or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar
activities.
If you have any questions about this item, please contact the stormwater technical
staff by phone at 512-239-4671 or by email at swgp@tceq.texas.gov.
f) Common Plan of Development
Construction activities that disturb less than five acres do not require submission of
an NOI unless they are part of a common plan of development or for sale where the
area disturbed is five or more acres. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed
should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that
disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or
other similar activities.
For more information on what a common plan of development is, refer to the
definition of"Common Plan of Development" in the Definitions section of the general
permit or enter the following link into your internet browser:
www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/common_plan_of_development_steps.html
For further information, go to the TCEQ stormwater construction webpage enter the
following link into your internet browser: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction and
search for "Additional Guidance and Quick Links If you have any further questions
about the Common Plan of Development you can contact the TCEQ Stormwater Team
at 512-239-4671 or the TCEQ Small Business and Environmental Assistance at 800-447-
2827.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 8
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
g) Estimated Start Date of the Project
This is the date that any construction activity or construction support activity is
initiated at the site. If renewing the permit provide the original start date of when
construction activity for this project began.
h) Estimated End Date of the Project
This is the date that any construction activity or construction support activity will
end and final stabilization will be achieved at the site.
i) Will concrete truck washout be performed at the site?
Indicate if you expect that operators of concrete trucks will washout concrete trucks
at the construction site.
j) Identify the water body(s) receiving stormwater runoff
The stormwater may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or through a MS4
from your site. It eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or
lake, possibly via a drainage ditch. You must provide the name of the water body that
receives the discharge from the site (a local stream or lake).
If your site has more than one outfall you need to include the name of the first water
body for each outfall, if they are different.
k) Identify the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s)
Identify the classified segment number(s) receiving a discharge directly or indirectly.
Enter the following link into your internet browser to find the segment number of the
classified water body where stormwater will flow from the site:
www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquality/monitoring/viewer.html or by contacting the TCEQ
Water Quality Division at (512) 239-4671 for assistance.
You may also find the segment number in TCEQ publication GI-316 by entering the
following link into your internet browser: www.tceq.texas.gov/publications/gi/gi-316
or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality Division at (512) 239-4671 for assistance.
If the discharge is into an unclassified receiving water and then crosses state lines
prior to entering a classified segment, select the appropriate watershed:
• 0100 (Canadian River Basin)
• 0200 (Red River Basin)
• 0300 (Sulfur River Basin)
• 0400 (Cypress Creek Basin)
• 0500 (Sabine River Basin)
Call the Water Quality Assessments section at 512-239-4671 for further assistance.
1) Discharge into MS4 - Identify the MS4 Operator
The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system(MS4). If
the stormwater discharge is into an MS4, provide the name of the entity that operates
the MS4 where the stormwater discharges. An MS4 operator is often a city, town,
county, or utility district, but possibly can be another form of government. Please note
that the Construction General Permit requires the Operator to supply the MS4 with a
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 9
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
copy of the NOI submitted to TCEQ. For assistance, you may call the technical staff at
512-239-4671.
m) Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone and Certification
The general permit requires the approved Contributing Zone Plan or Water Pollution
Abatement Plan to be included or referenced as a part of the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan.
See maps on the TCEQwebsite to determine if the site is located within the Recharge
Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the
Edwards Aquifer by entering the following link into an Internet browser:
www.tceq.texas.gov/field/eapp/viewer.htinl or by contacting the TCEQ Water Quality
Division at 512-239-4671 for assistance.
If the discharge or potential discharge is within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone,
or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, a site-specific
authorization approved by the Executive Director under the Edwards Aquifer
Protection Program (30 TAC Chapter 213)is required before construction can begin.
For questions regarding the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program, contact the
appropriate TCEQ Regional Office. For projects in Hays, Travis and Williamson
Counties: Austin Regional Office, 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753, 512-339-
2929. For Projects in Bexar, Comal, Kinney, Medina and Uvalde Counties: TCEQ San
Antonio Regional Office, 14250 Judson Rd., San Antonio, TX 78233-4480, 210-490-
3096.
S ce on Sr NOI CERTIFICATION
Note: Failure to indicate Yes to all of the certification items may result in denial of
coverage under the general permit.
a) Certification of Understanding the Terms and Conditions of Construction General
Permit (TXR150000)
Provisional coverage under the Construction General Permit (TXR150000)begins 7
days after the completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. Electronic
applications submitted through ePermits have immediate provisional coverage. You
must obtain a copy and read the Construction General Permit before submitting your
application. You may view and print the Construction General Permit for which you are
seeking coverage at the TCEQ web site by entering the following link into an Internet
browser: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction or you may contact the TCEQ
Stormwater processing Center at 512-239-3700 for assistance.
b) Certification of Legal Name
The full legal name of the applicant as authorized to do business in Texas is required.
The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or
on other legal documents forming the entity, that is filed in the county where doing
business. You may contact the SOS at 512-463 5555, for more information related to
filing in Texas.
c) Understanding of Notice of Termination
A permittee shall terminate coverage under the Construction General Permit through
the submittal of a NOT when the operator of the facility changes, final stabilization has
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 10
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
been reached, the discharge becomes authorized under an individual permit, or the
construction activity never began at this site.
d) Certification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
The SWP3 identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at
your site and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For
example, in describing your mitigation measures, your site's plan might identify the
devices that collect and filter stormwater, tell how those devices are to be maintained,
and tell how frequently that maintenance is to be carried out. You must develop this
plan in accordance with the TCEQ general permit requirements. This plan must be
developed and implemented before you complete this NOI. The SWP3 must be
available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request.
Secti6i6#APPLICANT CERTIFICATION SIGNATURE
The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory
requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §305.44.
If you are a corporation:
The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas
Administrative Code §305.44(a)(1) (see below). According to this code provision, any
corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign
such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate
procedures. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that such authority has
been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority.
If you are a municipality or other government entity:
The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas
Administrative Code §305.44(a)(3) (see below). According to this code provision, only a
ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form.
Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking
elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government
entity, it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances, or the
Texas statute(s)under which your government entity was formed. An NOI or similar
document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or
principal executive officer does not conform to §305.44(a)(3). The signatory requirement
may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the
regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are either a
ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative
code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or
principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ.
If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory
requirements discussed above, please contact the TCEQ's Environmental Law Division at
512-239-0600.
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 11
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
30 Texa's_Admimstratiye�Code
§305.44. Signatories to Applications
(a)All applications shall be signed as follows.
(1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible
corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means
a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a
principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-
making functions for the
corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating
facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures
exceeding $25 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents
has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures.
Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order
applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions
rather,than to specific individuals.
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed
by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively.
(3)For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application
shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For
purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the
chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility
for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g., regional
administrator of the EPA).
TCEQ 20022 (3/6/2018) Page 12
Instructions for Notice of Intent for TPDES General Permit TXR150000
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
General Permit Payment Submittal Form
Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment.
EInstructions
• Complete items 1 through 5 below:
• Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document.
• Do not mail this form with your NOI form.
• Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI.
=Mail. thisn form and your check to either of the following -; 7
By Regular U.S.Mail By Overnight or Express Mail
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division
Cashier's Office, MC-214 Cashier's Office, MC-214
P.O. Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin, TX 78711-3088 Austin, TX 78753
Fee Code: ' GPA General Permit TXR15000 N s k �__ „_
1. Check or Money Order No
2. Amount of Check/Money Order: r1
3. Date of Check or Money Order: t -t 7 _}t
4. Name on Check or Money Order: 1iLw.4
5. NOI Information:
If the check is for more than one NOI, list each Project or Site (RE) Name and Physical
Address exactly as provided on the NOI. Do not submit a copy of the NOI with this
form, as it could cause duplicate permit application entries!
If there is not enough space on the form to list all of the projects or sites the authorization
will cover, then attach a list of the additional sites.
Project/Site (RE) Name:
Project/Site (RE) Physical Address: a
Staple the check or money order to this form in this space.
TCEQ-20134 (03/06/2018) Page 1
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
General Permit Payment Submittal Form
Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment.
• Complete items 1 through 5 below:
• Staple your check in the space provided at the bottom of this document.
• Do not mail this form with your NOI form.
• Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI.
Mail this form and your check to:
BY REGULAR U.S.MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL
Texas Commission on Environmental Texas Commission on Environmental
Quality Quality
Financial Administration Division Financial Administration Division
Cashier's Office,MC-214 Cashier's Office,MC-214
P.O. Box 13088 12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin,TX 78711-3088 Austin,TX 78753
Fee Code: GPA General Permit: TXG920000
1. Check/ Money Order No: YY
2. Amount of Check/Money Order:
3. Date of Check or Money Order:
4. Name on Check or Money Order:
5. NOI INFORMATION
If the check is for more than one NOI,list each.Project/Site(RE)Name and Physical
Address exactly as provided on the NOI. DO NOT SUBMIT A COPY OF THE NOI WITH
THIS FORM AS IT COULD CAUSE DUPLICATE PERMIT ENTRIES.
See Attached List of Sites(If more space is needed,you may attach a list.)
Project/Site(RE)Name:
Project/Site(RE) Physical Address:
yyuy
Stale Check in This S act
TCEQ-20134(04/13/2oo6) Page 1
TCEQ Office Use Only
Permit No:
N:
RN:
C = Region:
Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations under
TCEQ TPDES General Permit TXR150000
IMPORTANT INFORMATION:
Please read and use the General Information and Instructions prior to filling out each
question in the form.
Effective September 1, 2018, this paper form must be submitted to TCEQ with a completed
electronic reporting waiver form(TCEQ 20754).
ePermits:This form is available on our online permitting system.
Sign up for online permitting at: https://www3.tceq.texas.gov/steers/
What is the permit number to be terminated?
TXR15 TXRCW 7
Section 1. OPERATOR (Permittee)
a) What is the Customer Number(CN)issued to this entity?
CN - 3- 7
b) What is the Legal Name of the current permittee?
c) Provide the contact information for the Operator(Responsible Authority).
Prefix(Mr. Ms. or Miss):F I A
First and Last Name: tea.`' __.. � r,. ' Suffix .__,..
Title: . Credentials: .mm
Phone Number: C Fax Number: ; -` ,
Email:
Mailing Address:rgiV,,VAt-
City, State, and Zip Code: "" p,r
Country Mailing Information, if outside USA: .
Section 2. APPLICATION CONTACT
This is the person TCEQ will contact if additional information is needed regarding this
application.
Is the application contact the same as the permittee identified above?
Cli Yes, go to Section 3.
Lf No, complete section below
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 1
Notice of Termination for TXR150000
Prefix (Mr. Ms. or Miss)
First and Last Name k g �.... 74 Suffix
Title: P Credentials: br
Phone Number: Fax Number: r3g,- i.232,, 116'
Email ,
Mailing Address:(. ` _ v ,, & . .0
City, State, and Zip Code:
Country Mailing Information, if outside USA: F �. .,..
Section 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE)INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE
a) TCEQ issued RE Reference Number(RN): RN � fl 'e,
b) Name of project or site as known by the local community:
c) County,or counties if more than 1: 0 �.
2 g•
d) .
Latitude: � ' ` � �_. � Longitude:tude A
e) Site Address/Location:
If the site has a physical address such as 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753,
complete Section 3A.
If the site does not have a physical address, provide a location description in Section 3B.
Example: located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123
and Highway 1.
Section 3A:Physical Address of Project or Site:
Street Number and Name: LL i
City, State, and Zip Code: ,.a_; 4.. , 4
Section 3B: Site Location Description:
Location description ...., _._.. ._.. .._. kLL
City where the site is located or,if not in a city,what is the nearest city: ,j,
Zip Code where the site is located: a
Section 4. REASON FOR TERMINATION
Check the reason for termination:
rd Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility
of the Operator and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have been
removed, or scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3.
Another permitted Operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not
been finally stabilized, and temporary erosion controls that have been identified in the
SWP3 have been transferred to the new Operator.
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 2
Notice of Termination for TXR150000
'O The discharge is now authorized under an alternate TPDES permit.
The activity never began at this site that is regulated under the general permit.
Section 5. CERTIFICATION
Signatory Name
Signatory Title y" t* `
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my
direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel
properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or
persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the
information,the information submitted is,to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate,
and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information,
including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.
I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44 to sign and
submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon
request.
Signature (use blue ink): Date:
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 3
Notice of Termination for TXR150000
Instructions for Notice of Termination (NOT) for Authorizations
under TPDES General Permit TXR150000
GENERAL INFORMATION
Where to Send the Notice of Termination(NOT):
BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL: BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL:
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Stormwater Processing Center (MC-228) Stormwater Processing Center (MC-228)
P.O.Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle
Austin,Texas 78711-3087 Austin,TX 78753
TCEQ Contact List:
Application status and form questions: 512-239-3700, swpermit@tceq.texas.gov
Technical questions: 512-239-4671, swgp@tceq.texas.gov
Environmental Law Division: 512-239-0600
Records Management- obtain copies of forms: 512-239-0900
Reports from databases(as available): 512-239-DATA(3282)
Cashier's office: 512-239-0357 or 512-239-0187
Notice of Termination Process:
A Notice of Termination is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ.
When your NOT is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows:
1) Administrative Review: The form will be reviewed to confirm the following:
• the permit number is provided;
• the permit is active and has been approved;
• the entity terminating the permit is the current permittee;
• the site information matches the original permit record; and
• the form has the required original signature with title and date.
2) Notice of Deficiency: If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a phone
call will be made to the applicant to clear the deficiency. A letter will not be sent to the
permittee if unable to process the form.
3) Confirmation of Termination: A Notice of Termination Confirmation letter will be mailed to
the operator.
Change in O s erator:
An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated
entity changes,the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator
must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted not later than 10 days
prior to the change in Operator status.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM
The majority of permit information related to the current operator and regulated entity are
available at the following website: http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm.
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 1
Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000
Section 1. O Derator (Current Permittee):
a) Customer Number(CN)
TCEQ's Central Registry assigns each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by
nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. The
Customer Number, for the current permittee, is available at the following website:
http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wu_dna/index.cfm.
b) Legal Name of Operator
The operator must be the same entity as previously submitted on the original Notice of
Intent for the permit number provided.The current operator name, as provided on the
current authorization, is available at the following website:
http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm.
c) Contact Information for the Operator (Responsible Authority)
Provide information for person signing the NOT application in the Certification section.
This person is also referred to as the Responsible Authority.
Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ. Update the address
if different than previously submitted for the Notice of Intent or Notice of Change. The
mailing address must be recognized by the US Postal Service. You may verify the address
on the following website: https://tools.usps.com/go/ZipLookupAction!input.action.
The phone number should provide contact to the operator.
The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the
operator.
Section 2. As slication Contact:
Provide the name, title and contact information of the person that TCEQ can contact for
additional information regarding this application.
Section 3. Regulated Entit (RE) Information on Project or Site:
a) Regulated Entity Reference Number(RN)
A number issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites where an activity regulated by TCEQ.
This is not a permit number,registration number, or license number. The Regulated Entity
Reference Number is available at the following website:
http://www2.tcmtexas.gov/wq_dna/index.cfm.
b) Name of the Project or Site •
Provide the name of the site as known by the public in the area where the site is located.
c) County
Identify the county or counties in which the regulated entity is located.
d) Latitude and Longitude
Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees,minutes, and seconds or decimal
form. The latitude and longitude as provided on the current authorization is available at the
following website: httn://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm.
e) Site/Project(RE)Physical Address/Location Information
The physical address/location information, as provided on the current authorization, is
available at the following website: http://www2.tceq.texas.gov/wq_dpa/index.cfm.
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 2
Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000
•
Section 3A. If a site has an address that includes a street number and street name, enter the
complete address for the site. If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS
delivery address,you may need to validate the address with your local police(911
service) or through an online map site used to locate the site. Please confirm this
to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for
a site location.
Section 3B. If a site does not have an address that includes a street number and street
name, provide a complete written location description.For example: "The site is
located on the north side of FM 123, 2 miles west of the intersection of FM 123
and Highway 1."
Provide the city(or nearest city) and Zip Code of the facility location.
Section 4. Reason for Termination:
The Notice of Termination form is only for use to terminate the authorization(permit). The
Permittee must indicate the specific reason for terminating by checking one of the options. If
the reason is not listed then provide an attachment that explains the reason for termination.
Please read your general permit carefully to determine when to terminate your permit. Permits
will not be reactivated after submitting a termination form. The termination is effective on the
date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ.
Section 5. Certification:
The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements
specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44.
IF YOUAREA CORPORATION:
The regulation that controls who may sign an application form is 30 Texas Administrative
Code §305.44(a), which is provided below. According to this code provision, any corporate
representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document
has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures. By signing the NOI or
similar form, you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may
request documentation evidencing such authority.
IF YOUAREA MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY
The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative
Code §305.44(a), which is provided below. According to this code provision, only a ranking
elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as
the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to
identify the principal executive officer of your government entity,it may be beneficial to consult
your city charter,county or city ordinances,or the Texas statutes under which your government
entity was formed.An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is
not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305.44(a)(3).
The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than
those identified in the regulation.By signing the NOI or similar form,you are certifying that you
are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the
administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or
principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ.
If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements
discussed above,please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental
Law Division at 512-239-0600.
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 3
Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000
30 Texas Administrative Code S305.44. Signatories to Applications
(a) All applications shall be signed as follows.
(1) For a corporation,the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate
officer. For purposes of this paragraph,a responsible corporate officer means a president,
secretary,treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business
function,or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for
the corporation;or the manager of one or more manufacturing,production,or operating
facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures
exceeding $25 million(in second-quarter 1980 dollars),if authority to sign documents has
been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures.
Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post-closure order applications
may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to
specific individuals.
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship,the application shall be signed by a
general partner or the proprietor,respectively.
(3) For a municipality,state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall
be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of
this paragraph,a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive
officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall
operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency(e.g.,regional administrator of the EPA).
•
TCEQ-20023 (03/09/2018) Page 4
Instructions for Notice of Termination for TXR150000
NIMONE
MSS
MOP ANN
LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
"PRIMARY OPERATOR"NOTICE
This notice applies to construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the TPDES General Permit
Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater
than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is
required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ
stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.html .
Site-Specific TPDES Authorization Number:
Operator Name:
Contact Name and Phone Number:
Project Description: Physical address or description of the
site's location, and estimated start date and projected end
date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized.
Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan:
POW
LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
"SECONDARY OPERATOR "NOTICE
This notice applies to secondary operators of construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the
TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction
sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The
information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information
regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at:
hftp://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq_construction.html
te-Specific TPDES Authorization Number:
Operator Name:
Contact Name and Phone Number:
Project Description: Physical address or description of the
site's location, and estimated start date and projected end
date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized.
Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan(SWP3):
For Large Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.3. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge)
the following certification must be completed:
I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under
penalty of law.that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.3. of
TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention
plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this
signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for
providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations.
Signature and Title Date
Date Notice Removed
MS4 operator notified per Part ILF.3.
M
MIN
Wit
SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE
FOR THE
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Stormwater Program
TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000
The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.2. of the TCEQ General Permit
Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites. Additional
information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the interne at:
http://www.tceq.state.tx.usinav/permits/wq_construction.html
Operator Name:
Contact Name and Phone Number:
Project Description: Physical address or
description of the site's location, estimated start
date and projected end date, or date that disturbed
soils will be.stabilized
Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan:
For Small Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II.E.2. (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge)
the following certification must be completed:
I (Typed or.Printed Name Person Completing This Certification)certify under
penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.2. of
TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention
plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this.
signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are.significant penalties for
providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for
knowing violations.
Signature and Title Date
Date Notice Removed
MS4 operator notified per PartILF.3.
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
Section 01566
SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR
150000, which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize
pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and
sediments at their source.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01550—Stabilized Construction Exit
2. Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal
•
3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls
C Definitions:
1. Potential Water Pollutant- any substance that could potentially alter the
physical, thermal, chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the
State,rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans,
animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or
impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or
reasonable purpose.
1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this
Technical Specification.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C The Contractor shall install, maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control
measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this
or other Technical Specifications.
07/2006 01566- 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on
areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights-of-way and easements.
Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall
be repaired immediately by the Contractor.
E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of
spoil, silt, waste materials, and contaminated material resulting from erosion and
sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in
compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations.
3.02 EXPOSED SOIL
A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing,grading,excavating,stockpiling,or other
soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively
control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site.
B Control measures may include the following practices:
1. Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible.
2. Construct drainage swales,berms, or sediment basins.
3. Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas
and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the
ground.
4. Install filter fabric fences or barriers, sediment traps, seepage basins,
gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices.
5. Utilize vegetative buffer strips, mulching, or riprap
C When the placement of topsoil,bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an
area has been brought to grade and immediately prior to placement, loosen the
subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to
the subsoil.
D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial
vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or
otherwise permanently stabilized.
3.03 DUST CONTROL
A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction
sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or
storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on-site and off-site damage, to prevent
health hazards, and to improve traffic safety.
B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures:
1. Mulches bound with chemical binders.
2. Temporary vegetative cover.
3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface.
4. Irrigation by water sprinkling.
07/2006 01566-2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
5. Barriers using solid board fences,burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or
similar materials.
C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing
on the Project Site.
3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS
A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant
concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods
described in this Section,3.03"Dust Control",to limit transport of airborne pollutants.
However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or
potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed
to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate
use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of
these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and
federal health and safety regulations.
3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING
A Minimize off-site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction
vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing
one or more of the following control measures:
1. Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits.
2. Stabilize areas used for staging, parking, storage or disposal.
3. Stabilize on-site vehicle transportation routes.
4. Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary,from vehicles prior to
entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site.
5. Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site.
B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 —
Stabilized Construction Exists.
C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent
necessary to keep the street clean. Water-hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of
the street into adjacent areas is not allowed.
3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils,gasoline,grease,solvents,and
other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or
storm water conveyance systems.
B Control measures may include the following practices:
1. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment
to areas specifically designated for that purpose.
2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as
well as solid waste.
07/2006 0:1566-3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
3. Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily.
4. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate.
5. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area.
6. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to
prevent contamination of soil in the area.
7. Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper
removal and disposal.
C Where effective control measures are not feasible,equipment shall be taken off-site for
maintenance and repair.
3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562—Waste
Material Disposal and utilize such control measures,described in this Section,as may
be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water
pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal.
B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible.
Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day.
Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated
storm water runoff.
3.08 WASHING AREAS
A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction
equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a
watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include
the following practices:
1. Designate special areas for washing vehicles.
2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or
infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a
temporary holding or seepage basin.
3. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud
production.
B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized
Construction Exists.
3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS
A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides,fertilizers,distillate fuels,
lubricants, solvents, cements, paints, acids, caustics, and other toxic substances in
accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with
local, state, and federal regulations.
07/2006 0:1566-4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored, opened or used such that
they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures
may include the following practices:
1. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate.
2. Store containers on raised platforms.
3. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to
prevent contamination of soil in the area.
4. Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure.
5. Minimize accidental spillage.
6. Keep containers tightly closed.
7. Periodically inspect containers for leakage.
8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area.
9. Provide berms, filter fabric fences or barriers, or sediment basins.
10. Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in
contact with potential water pollutants.
C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce
contaminated runoff.
3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES
A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with
Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls,and applicable health regulations.
B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not
be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using
one or more of the following measures.
1. Inspect the facilities daily.
2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and
prevent overflows.
3. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate
4. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01566-5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
Section 01570
•
TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations.
B. Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and
embankment which fall under provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety
laws.
C. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
D. Referenced Standards:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
E. Definitions:
1. Trench. A narrow excavation(in relation to its depth) made below the
surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the
width of a trench(measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet.
2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the
erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the
excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as
defined.
3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems
but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide
rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing,bracing, shoring, dewatering or
diversion of water to provide adequate drainage.
5/2013 01570- 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
a. Protective System: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins,
from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an
excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure.
b. Shoring System: A structure, which supports the sides of an
excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to
prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or
improvements.
c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring
Requirements for locations identified on the Plans.
4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and
predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are
unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot
basis, measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems
includes payment for manholes and other line structures.
B. Unless indicated in as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for shoring systems
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems.
C. If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as a separate Bid
Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench
excavation is on a square foot basis,measured and completed in place.
D. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety
systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety
system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation.
E. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety
systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in
applicable Sections.
F. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement &Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation
of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of
5/2013 01570-2of5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in
accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of
individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any
Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan,
submittal of the-contact-information for the Competent Person.
C. Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a
Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the
Contractor.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of
Excavations,Trenching,and Shoring,OSHA Standards-29 CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P,
as amended,including Final Rule,published in the Federal Register Vol.54,No.209 on
Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical
Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650—652.
B. A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P —
"Excavations"from the Federal Register Vol. 54,No.209 is available upon request to
Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the
accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this
section of the Federal Register.
C. Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the
standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause,Section 5.(a)(1),of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1970—20 USC 654 which states,"Employers must shore or
otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from
possible collapse."
D. Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety
Systems is hereby incorporated,by reference, into these specifications. Under Texas
Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C.
TRENCH SAFETY.
E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work,will be issued by the Engineer along
with the Bid Documents, including the following:
1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety
system.
2. Special Shoring Requirements.
1.05 INDEMNIFICATION
A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents,
from any and all damages, costs (including,without limitation, legal fees, court costs,
and the cost of investigation),judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of
5/2013 01570-3 of
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this
•
Contract.
B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity
for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for
trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews,
inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor.
C. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with
the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve
Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA
Standards—29 CFR.
B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the
Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions
identified in the program.
C. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans.
D. Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified
in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre-
manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions.
3.02 INSPECTION
A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained
consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and
operations meet OSHA Standards—29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations
requirements.
B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the
trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have.been taken
to safeguard personnel.
C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections.
5/2013 01570-4of5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems
to each field condition encountered on the Work.
END OF SECTION
5/2013 01570-5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
Section 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Project identification sign description.
B. Installation.
C. Maintenance and removal.
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and
maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work
performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 -Mobilization.
B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep
them current, payment will be made by change order.
C. Skid-mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no
additional cost to the City. Post-mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed
in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post-mounted
sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer,
payment will be made by change order.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new
materials and painted new for the project. Construct post-mounted signs as shown
on Construction Sign Details.
B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and
neat look throughout the project duration.
C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company.
D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The
City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre-construction
Meeting.
1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm
drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A
10/2014 01580-1
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the
construction site.
2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification
sign.
3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site.
4. Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary
to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as
directed in writing by the City Engineer.
E. Alternate Skid-mounted Sign Construction: Post-mounted signs are preferred, but
skid-mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous
locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure
shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load
directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of
the use of skid-mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility
of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make
the City responsible for the security of such signs.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and
lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGN MATERIALS
A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new.
1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix
top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND.
2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing
material.
3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material.
4. Fasteners:
a. Use galvanized steel fasteners.
b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts.
Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign
Manufacturer.
c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background
B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum
1/2-inch thick: Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for
header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face.
C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall
be an industrial grade, fast-drying,oil-based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural
10/2014 01580-2
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign
and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint all
sign surfaces with this weather-protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or
adhesive applications.
D. Colors:
Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of
Commencement.
B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre-construction Meeting
or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as
to be fully visible and readable to the general public.
C. Erect sign level and plumb.
D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch
diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral
motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of
the sign and header.
E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing
grade.
3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL
A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage.
B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon
completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before
construction.
END OF SECTION
10/2014 01580-3
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN
EXHIBIT
First
- Impression
p; PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE ,24 P.Am 71384
A
t PROJECT NO. 12345678 Capital Improvement
CITY OF:PEARLAND:, Stgnage Layout
CAPff „PRO „_; PROJECT SCHEDULE:MONTH/YEAR ^')°vario;u
us
- d4AymbioAREtD BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT PS, E:
QOUNOLPORTION1,1ONY cps°tt€ ' Pearland,Texas
CODNcurosmo 2x SCOTT Hitt ENGINEER/ARCHITECT: DAM: October2014
coUNO€ s m� 0455MOORc NAME GOES HERE 1 COMM
,.,MAYOR PA07€M,xm!0A0€N[Aux I capital Improvement I
QUN01POSl N, OINGHit j. CONTRACTOR: ` 4oxOoblankteer plate O I
,� ,tlTTMANAi3€r CAYPUOSON CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE ' -- - '
DCPuiY€flYtditNA6 AS 10NttRANSON i f ,e. azezas•I nc I
p..,51Q€y MANIIo€71r 7u€NSIFP€ItSON ; pearlandtx.gov/departmentslengineering-capital•projectslprojects , „ , D,,,
......... .... _..:..... _: .. ...:.... .._....... ....... ...! spaSEirEImuswsutE'.LaacsrrSptDe;
vrrEs'ASPIESSZISIKEIWIIarce a
SPECIAL NOTE:CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES 20 fASii €ESS7irsSdtESGtnCs
SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE �& To a E/Ara, :'
COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS ors ESP°E
INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4"TREATED POSTS,MIN.DEPTH IS 24",OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REO'D., CLIENT APPROVAL'
1
J
.
10/2014 01580-4
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
Section 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and
equipment.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component.
1.03 PRODUCTS
A Products: Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include
machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of
the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for
reuse.
B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified
by the Contract Documents.
C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is
practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum
interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or
application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION
A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and
materials required for timely completion of the Work.
B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions.
C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project,
street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor.
1.05 DELIVERY
A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in
ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause
lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space.
07/2006 01600- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site
and to accommodate the following:
1. Work of other contractors or the Owner.
2. Limitations of storage space.
3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products.
4. Owner's use of premises.
C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened,
labeled containers.
D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Quantities are correct.
3. Containers and packages are intact;labels are legible.
4. Products are properly protected and undamaged.
1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If
necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor
shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.
B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those
provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging.
C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking
scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas.
D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing.
E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.
F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations.
G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable
materials handling equipment.
1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL
A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water
pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion &
Sedimentation.
B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose
soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any
part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all
parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the
Work.
07/2006 01600-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause
a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for
inspection.
D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground
level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and
equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager.
F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.
G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without
written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such
premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired
or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage.
I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers.
J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet
to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open.
K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at
any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project
Manager.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
•
07/2006 01600-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Options for making product or process selections.
B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre-
approved, and approved products or processes
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350—Submittals.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A Product: Means,materials,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product
does not include machinery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying,
and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components
designated for re-use.
B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting
in an integral,functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product
includes Processes.
1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS
A Pre-approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated
in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved". Products of other manufacturers or
suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under
the submittal process for approving alternate products.
B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the
Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal". Approval of
alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through
provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval
of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products.
C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of
the same type or function from a single manufacturer,make, or source. Where more
than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is
compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner.
07/2006 01630- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the
alternate product.
B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to
establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a
judgment.
C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in
the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products.
1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The
Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final.
B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be
equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner.
C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner,
and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner.
1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in
determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified.
B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along
with the product information within fourteen(14)days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be
considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions
beyond the Contractor's control.
D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following
information:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents.
2. For products:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and
test data, and reference standards.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and
date of installation. Include the name of the Owner,
Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor.
07/2006 01630-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
3. For construction methods:
a. Detailed description of proposed method.
b. , Shop Drawings illustrating methods.
4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method
specified.
5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule
6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any.
7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or
method specified.
8. Other information requested by the Engineer.
E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified
product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01630-3 of 3
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 01720
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 01720—FIELD SURVEYING
1. Section 01720, Field Surveying, Add Item C to 1.05 Project Record Documents with the
following:
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
C. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining As-Built drawings complete with a
kinematic GPS survey to include(x,y,z)coordinates for all valves,hydrants,directional
fittings, manholes, inlets, etc. associated with utility and roadway projects. The
Contractor will be required to submit final electronic As-Built drawings and information
to the City of Pearland following final substantial completion of the project. The As-
Built drawings shall be provided in electronic format and compatible with CAD or GIS
in AUTOCAD or ERSI format on a portable storage device such as a DVD or USB
memory drive. The purpose of this information will be for the City to overlay this data
on their GIS maps. Prior to commencing Construction, the Contractor shall meet with
City staff to confirm the format of the GPS data to be provided to the City.
END OF SECTION
SPECIAL PROVISION TO 01720-1
CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING
Section 01720
FIELD SURVEYING
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for surveyors and surveys.
B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL
A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a
land surveyor acceptable to Engineer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before
starting survey work.
C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents.
1.06 EXAMINATION
A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work.
B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered.
07/2006 01720- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING
1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner-provided survey and indicated
on Plans.
B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners,prior to starting
site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction.
C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged;
control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control
point(s).
D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to
changes in grades or other reasons.
E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point.
F Any re-staking of control points lost,disturbed,or damaged by Contractor's operations
will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense.
G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing,disturbed,or damaged
monumentation.
1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to
established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on
Project Record Documents.
C Establish and record in survey notes elevations,lines and levels to provide quantities
required for Measurement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the
Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil
placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.
2. Grid or axis for structures.
3. Mounumented Baseline.
D Verify periodically layouts by same means.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006 0:1720-2 of 2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
SECTION 01730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittal requirements for manufacturers' operation and maintenance (O&M) data.
B. Submittal requirements for O&M data notebooks.
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. The value and payment of approved equipment operation and maintenance manuals is
incidental to the amount bid for equipment and installation. Project retainage will not
be released until O&M manuals have been delivered and accepted by Owner.
1.03 REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish manufacturers' operation and maintenance data notebooks for equipment and
components as required by the individual technical specifications in accordance with
all sections and provisions of these specifications.
B. Furnish O&M data notebooks in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit O&M data for manufacturers' equipment and components, as required.
B. For projects which include multiple facilities, provide separate O&M data submittals
noted accordingly.
C. Manufacturers' O&M data submittals shall have been reviewed and accepted by the
Owner's Representative prior to requesting operational testing.
D. Submit three (3) copies of complete O&M data notebooks and electronic copies on
disks meeting the requirements of this Section to the Owner's Representative 14 days
prior to the scheduled demonstration testing and facility start-up.
E. Compile the O&M data notebook of all approved manufacturer O&M data submittals
previously reviewed and accepted by the Owner's Representative and organize in
accordance with the requirements of this Section.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 01730-1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
F. Incorporate revisions or additional data required for the O&M data notebook, due to
system start-up and demonstration testing, and resubmit as a condition of final
payment.
1.05 O&M DATA
A. For each product or system list names, addresses, e-mail addresses and telephone
numbers of suppliers and service representatives, including local source of supplies
and replacement parts.
B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component
parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of
equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams.
D. Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of
instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
•
E. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: Bind in a copy of each.
1.06 O&M REQUIREMENTS
A. For each item of equipment and each system include a description of unit or system
and component parts. Identify function, nonnal operating characteristics, and
limiting conditions. Include function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting
conditions. Include performance curves where applicable, with engineering data and
tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
B. Data submitted on equipment shall include complete maintenance instructions
(including preventive and corrective maintenance) and parts lists in sufficient detail to
facilitate ordering replacements.
C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, and normal operating instructions and
sequence. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency
instructions.
D. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. Cross-
reference lubricants to products offered by at least three major lubricant suppliers.
Note lubrication points on Drawings.
E. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
F. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 01730-2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
G. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and
diagrams, and_diagrams_required for maintenance.
H. Troubleshooting guides.
I. Complete spare parts list with predicted life of parts subject to wear, list of spare parts
recommended on hand for both initial start-up and for normal operating inventory,
and local or nearest source of spare parts availability.
1.07 O&M DATA NOTEBOOKS
A. The Contractor shall compile O&M data notebooks for each facility consisting of the
assembled manufacturer's O&M data submittals which were previously reviewed and
accepted by the. Owner's Representative The O&M data notebooks are required
before demonstration testing or start-up activities.
B. Submit O&M data notebooks, bound in 8'h x 11 inch text pages, 3-ring/D binder
notebooks with durable plastic covers as well as electronic media containing the
O&M manuals in acceptable electronic format.
C. Provide binder covers and spines with computer printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE DATA", title of project, facility name and address.
D. For projects with multiple facilities,provide separate O&M data notebooks specific to
each facility.
E. Provide separate binder notebooks based on category of equipment or components
submitted. Note as either "Mechanical", "Electrical", or "Instrumentation" on the
cover and spine. DO NOT combine these into one binder.
F. All binder notebooks shall be provided with labeled, tabbed, dividers logically
arranged, and shall include a Table of Contents noting all sections, drawings,
diagrams, vendor data, and other documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOTUSED
PART3 EXECUTION - NOTUSED
END OF SECTION
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 01730-3
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 01760
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 01760—PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
1. Section 01760, Project Record Documents, Add Item 1.06 GPS Data, that includes the
following:
1.06 GPS DATA
A. Contractor shall submit a kinematic GPS.survey to include (x,y,z) coordinates for all
installed valves, hydrants, directional fittings, manholes, inlets, and other special
drainage features.
B. The As-Built GPS point data shall be provided in electronic format, compatible with
AutoCAD or GIS software, and stored on a portable storage device such as a DVD or
USB memory drive.
C. Horizontal and vertical control shall be based on the City of Pearland GPS Control
Network.
D. Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall meet with City staff to
confirm the format of the GPS data to be provided to the City.
END OF SECTION
SPECIAL PROVISION TO 01760-1
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Section 01760
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350—Submittals.
1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section
00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications
Accessible".
B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by
Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage
for Record Documents and Samples.
C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large,printed letters.
D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dry,and legible condition. Do not use Record
Documents for construction purposes.
E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer.
1.05 RECORDING
A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work
until required information is recorded.
B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all
actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including:
1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and
appurtenances,referenced to permanent surface improvements.
07/2006 0:1760- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for
the Work.
3. Field changes of dimension and detail.
4. Changes made by modifications.
5. Details not on original Plans.
6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications.
C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the
Record Document Set, provided by Engineer.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770—
Contract Closeout.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01760-2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Section 01770
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance
data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final
Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final
inspection.
B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents.
C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will
be addressed during warranty period.
D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700—General
Conditions of Agreement.
E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance.
1.05 FINAL CLEANING
A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B Clean debris from drainage systems.
C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
09/2009 01770- 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities
from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work.
1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.07 WARRANTIES
A Provide one original of each warranty, from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
Manufacturers.
B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable
plastic cover.
C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment.
1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section
00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed".
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and
activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections
of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work,the
work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of
Final Completion and Acceptance of the work.
END OF SECTION
09/2009 01770-2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 2
SITE WORK
07/2006
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
Section 02200
SITE PREPARATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing.
B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash.
C Removal of obstructions.
D Excavation and fill.
E Salvaging of designated item.
F References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services
4. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls
5. Section 02255 —Bedding,Backfill and Embankment Material
6. Section 02330—Embankment
7. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
G Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units
shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 —
Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance
this Section.
1/2018 02200- 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding,
Backfill and Embankment Material.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
A Clear Project Site of trees,shrubs,and other vegetation,except for those designated by
Owner to be left standing.
B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain.
C Completely remove stumps,roots,and other debris protruding through ground surface.
1. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove
stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower
elevation of excavation.
2. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs,
stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface
3. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on
areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment
D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
material,unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth,and
thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground.
E Complete operations by bulldozing,blading,and grading so that prepared area is free
of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and
preserve drainage of area.
1. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except
in areas to be immediately excavated
1/2018 02200-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING
A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling.
B Excavate topsoil_for_esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to
be further excavated.
C Topsoil Stripping:
1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping.
2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches.
3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered.
4. Perform stripping in a manner to prevent intermingling of topsoil with
underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay
lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter,weeds, roots, leaves, and debris.
5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing,stop topsoil stripping
at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system.
D Topsoil Stockpiling:
1. Stockpile in areas designated on Plans.
2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water.
3. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust.
4. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to
prevent erosion.
3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for
subsequent construction.
B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site
excavation or as indicated on Plans.
3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL
A Construction surveying shall be performed by qualified personnel under the direction
of the contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and correctness of
this work. In the event that the work consists of significant alteration of the
topographic features of natural grade, contractor shall perform enough topographic
survey to substantiate existing pre-construction elevations. No claim shall be made for
additional excavation or grade adjustment in excess of quantities contained in the
contract documents without demonstrable evidence that such conditions existed prior
to start of the work
B Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as
practicable.
1/2018 02200-3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
C When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade
elevations under roadways with"Structural Fill"and open areas not under structures or
roadways with"General Fill", or as indicated on Plans.
D Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330—Embankment.
3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL
A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed,so as to cause
no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yard.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises.
END OF SECTION
1/2018 02200-4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
Section 02252
CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding.
' B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350— Submittals
2. Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit
Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures"
b. ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement
Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory"
c. ASTM D 1633, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders"
d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement"
e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates"
f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)"
g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles in Aggregates"
h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in
Aggregate"
i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggregates for Concrete"
j. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
k. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete"
1. ASTM C 31,"Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Field"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement
stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or
structure installation.
B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and
indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a
per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits
and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard.
02/2009 02252- 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include:
1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed
source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01
"Materials".
2. Three moisture-density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified
by the tests in this Section, 1.03B 1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed
concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design
mix testing.
3. Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design
Requirements". The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after
48-hours and 7 days curing.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A Design sand-cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength
of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent
in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632,
and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2
sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side
of optimum.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150.
B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of
ASTM C 33 and the following requirements:
1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of
ASTM D 2487.
2. Deleterious material content:
a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142.
b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C
123.
c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard
color by ASTM C 40 ASTM.
3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318.
C Fine aggregate,manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements
for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment
Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The
• blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined
in the mix design report.
02/2009 02252-2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
D Water shall be potable,free of oils,acids,alkalies,organic matter,or other deleterious
substances,meeting requirements of ASTM C 94.
2.02 MIXING MATERIALS
A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a
pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to
ensure correct mix proportions.
B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not
placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A Place sand-cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of
95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture
content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for
hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand-cement mixture within 4 hours
after addition of water to mix at the plant.
B Do not place or compact sand-cement mixture in standing or free water.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory
Services.
B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be
obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 "Materials", if there is
evidence of change in material characteristic.
C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material
placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples
of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in
accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to
15 lb each from the first,middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into
one sample for test purpose.
D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with
ASTM D558,Method A,without adjusting moisture content. Samples will be molded
at approximately same time material is being used,but no later than 4 hours after water
is added to mix.
E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with
ASTM D 1632.
02/2009 02252-3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633,
Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two
specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours.
G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same
sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of
strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age.
H Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in
ASTM D 1633 Section 9.
I Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following information:
1. Supplier and plant number
2. Time material was batched
3. Time material was sampled
4. Test age (exact hours)
5. Average 48-hour strength
6. Average 7-day strength
7. Specification section number
8. Indication of compliance/non-compliance
9. Mixture identification
10. Truck and ticket numbers
11. The time of molding
12. Moisture content at time of molding
13. Required strength
14. Test method designations
15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633
16. Supplier mixture identification
17. Specimen diameter and height, in.
18. Specimen cross-sectional area, sq. in.
J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there
are apparent changes in the mix properties.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if:
1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual
strength test below 70 psi.
2. All 7-day individual strength tests(average of two specimens)are greater than
or equal to 100 psi.
B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test(average of
two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04
Adjustment for Deficient Strength.
C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement
at Contractors expense when individual strength test(average of two specimens)has
7-day strength less than 70 psi
02/2009 02252-4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi,discontinue
shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material,which exceeds 100 psi
at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no
individual strength tests less than 100 psi.
E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor,Project Manager,and material supplier by
facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements
within 24 hours.
F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength,
Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in
question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases,three(3) cores shall be taken
for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A.
G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered
satisfactory if the average of three(3)cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single
core is less that 70 psi.Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented
by erratic core strength results will be permitted.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH
A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi,
then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full.
B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than
or equal to 70 psi,material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute
credit by the following formula:
Credit per Cubic Yard=$30.00 x 2 (100 psi -Actual psi)
100
C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square
inch, then remove and replace cement-sand mixture and paving and other necessary
work at no cost to City.
END OF SECTION
02/2009 02252-5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
Section 02255
BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and
embankment,specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications,and their associated
material qualification testing requirements.
B Source qualifications and handling of these materials.
C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical
Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product
Description.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete
2. Section 02910—Topsoil
3. Section 02252—Cement Stabilized Sand
E Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)"
b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles in Aggregates"
c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in
Aggregate"
d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggregates for Concrete"
e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
f. ASTM D 1140, "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in
Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-urn) Sieve"
g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates"
h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and
Coarse Aggregates"
i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation
of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los
Angeles Machine"
07/2007 02255- 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487.
1. Class I: Well-graded gravels and sands, gravel-sand mixtures, crushed well-
graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW):
a. Plasticity index: non-plastic.
b. Gradation: D60/D10 - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200
sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent.
2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to
moderate fines:
a. Plasticity index: non-plastic to 4.
b. Gradations:
Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5
percent.
Gradation(GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve-between 12
percent and 50 percent.
c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications(e.g., SP-SM): amount
passing No. 200 sieve- between 5 percent and 12 percent.
3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand,
silt, and clay(GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC):
a. Plasticity index: greater than 7.
b. Gradation: amount passing No.200 sieve-between 12 percent and 50
percent.
4. Class WA: Lean clays (CL).
a. Plasticity Indexes:
Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line.
Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI
between 4 and 7.
b. Liquid limit: less than 50.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH)
a. Plasticity index: above A line.
b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve- greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not
defined above, according to the more restrictive class.
2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following:
07/2007 02255-2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1. Materials that are classified as ML,CL-ML,MH,PT,OH and OL according to
ASTM D 2487.
2.. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either
gradation,plasticity, or moisture content.
3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in
any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials.
4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical
contaminants.
B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils
meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with,for example,
lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated.
C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches,free of roots,waste,
debris,trash,organic material,unstable material,non-soil matter,hydrocarbon or other
contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials:
1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for
Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142.
2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 123.
3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 40.
D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III,IV, or fat clay(CH),
sand,gravel,or a combination,from excavation or borrow,which can be compacted to
form stable embankments, and conforming to:
1. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum,ASTM- D4318.
2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM -D4318.
3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen, corrosive or perishable material.
4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I,II,III,or IV,sand,gravel,or
a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable
embankments and fills conforming to:
1. Liquid Limit: 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen, corrosive or perishable material.
4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with
lime or cement, and conforming to:
07/2007 02255-3 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1. Plasticity Index: 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen, corrosive or perishable material.
3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section
03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 -Topsoil.
Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil
Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements:
1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance
with ASTM D 1140. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2
percent.
2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318:
a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent.
b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7.
J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement
Stabilized Sand.
K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and
manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within
the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE PERCENT PASSING
3/8" 100
No. 4 95 to 100
No. 8 80 to 100
No. 16 50 to 85
No. 30 25 to 60
No. 50 10 to 30
No. 100 2 to 10
L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates
specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE PERCENT PASSING
3/8" 95 to 100
No. 4 60 to 80
No. 8 15 to 40
07/2007 02255-4 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small,smooth,rounded stones or pebbles
and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE PERCENT PASSING
1/2" 100
3/8" 85 to 100
No. 4 _ 10 to 30
No. 8 0 to 10
No. 16 0 to 5
N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an
approved source and meeting the following requirements:
1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a
single source.
2. Non-plastic fines.
3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 131.
4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained
on the No.4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex-
• 460-A, Part I.
5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel,sized
by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring
single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment
where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing
details.
6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed
stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the
same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal
weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and
cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel
fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris.
7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E.
PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE
SIEVE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES
>15" 15" - 8" <8"
1" 95 - 100 100 -
3/4" 60- 90 90— 100 100
1/2" 25 - 60 - 90— 100
3/8" - 20—55 40 - 70
No. 4 0 - 5 0— 10 0 - 15
No. 8 - 0 - 5 0 - 5
07/2007 02255-5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL
A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable
requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable,provide from other
approved source.
B Identify off-site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the
Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing.
C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If
sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products,furnish
materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or
additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the
requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval,has become
unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by
contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is
required to change to a different material.
D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation; may be
obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities
of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off-site
sources.
E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work
will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material.
3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING
A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit,
open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and
selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical
cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product.
B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control,and
verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval
from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property.
C When stockpiling material near the Project Site,use appropriate methods to eliminate
blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from
entering the drainage system.
D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to
prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public
streets.
07/2007 02255-6 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material
by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile.
END OF SECTION
07/2007 02255-7 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
Section 02318
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavation,trenching,foundation,embedment,and backfill for installation of utilities,
storm sewers including manholes, pipeline structures and other associated
appurtenances.
B. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350— Submittals
3. Section 01570—Trench Safety System
4. Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
5. Section 01760—Project Record Documents
6. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services
7. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls
8. Section 02255—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
9. Section 02370—Geotextile
10. Section 02220—Site Demolition
11. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
C. Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications"
b. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort"
c. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit
Weight)Relations of Soil-Cement Mixtures"
d. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
e. ASTM D 1556,"Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of
Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method"
f. ASTM D 2922, "Standard Test.Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
g. ASTM D 3017,"Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and
Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
5/2013 02318- 1 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
2. Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT)
a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing
b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils
D. Definitions:
1. Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth
surface, formed by removal of material.
a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations
designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items.
b. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations
designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items.
c. Special Excavation-excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes,
ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with
installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or
augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such
underground obstructions,sufficiently in advance of trench excavation
or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions.
2. Pipe Foundation-suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench
subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the
Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over-
excavations.
3. Pipe Bedding-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of
foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one
trench sidewall to opposite sidewall.
4. Haunching-the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up
to spring-line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite
sidewall.
5. Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from
spring-line of pipe(top of haunching)up to a level line 12 inches above top of
pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall.
6. Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding,
haunching, and initial backfill.
7. Trench Zone-the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of
pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not
beneath pavement.
5/2013 02318-2 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
8. Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench
walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for
effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or
against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill,except where structural trench
support is necessary.
a. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist
in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by
ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches
extending below ground water level.
b. Stable.Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water
seepage is controlled by excavation drainage.
1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation
drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground
water control systems to control seepage and provide stable
trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to
bedding placement.
2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is
provided in the embedment zone in combination with
ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils.
c. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe
embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes
soil disturbances,such as sloughing,sliding,boiling,heaving or loss of
density.
9. Sub-trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub-trench excavation
below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement
and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against
undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub-trench depends upon trench stability and
safety as determined by the Contractor.
10. Trench Dam - a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment.
zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench.
11. Over-Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with
unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials
below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation
backfill material.
12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of
controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control
5/2013 02318-3 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and
compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation
backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs.
13. Trench Shield(Trench Box)-a portable worker safety structure moved along
the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to
withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within
the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series
depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench
excavation,embedment,and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for
all excavation and backfill associated with the placement and construction of:
underground piping,boxes,manholes and associated appurtenances including conduit,
or duct work.
B. If Special Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in
Section 00300 Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard
basis, measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes,
ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item.
1. Payment for Special Excavation shall include:
a. Dewatering and surface water control.
b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including
bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support.
c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special
excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is
authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes,ducts,or
structure.
d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume
water pipes,to allow machine excavation or augering,when approved
by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to
specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed.
e. Placement of material from Special Excavation.
f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the
placement of material from Special Excavation.
g. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of
Special Excavation.
h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or
backfill, or not required for the Work.
2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation.
Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component:
5/2013 02318-4of15
CITY OF PEA.RLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring.
b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item.
c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and
sidewalks.
C. If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed,based on the Engineer's direction,and indicated
in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a cubic yard
basis, measured in place.
•
1. Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include:
a. Dewatering and surface water control.
b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or
backfill, or not required for the Work.
c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation.
d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of
Extra Hand Excavation.
2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation.
Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component:
a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring.
b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and
sidewalks.
D. If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and
indicated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal as an Extra Item,measurement will be on a
cubic yard basis, measured in place.
1. Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include:
a. Dewatering and surface water control.
b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or
backfill, or not required for the Work.
c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation.
d. Re-sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of
Extra Machine Excavation.
2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation.
Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component:
a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring.
b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and
sidewalks.
5/2013 02318-5 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
E. Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be
made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. -
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of
excavation,backfill placement and compaction, including:
1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities.
2. Selected trench widths.
3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction.
4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre-manufactured systems while
assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil.
5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the
Plans.
C. Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
D. Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed, referenced to
survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760.— Project Record
Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted.
Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients.
1.04 TESTING
A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
5/2013 02318-6of15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570—Trench Safety System,
designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas,At Contractor's
expense.
B. Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations,
including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent
ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures,
pavements and utilities.
C. Special Shoring may be a pre-manufactured system or a field fabricated system that
meets the requirements of the Work.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back-dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding,
Backfill and Embankment Material.
B. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete,may be substituted for natural soil
or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the
Engineer,provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory
by testing.
C. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370—Geotextile.
D. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete.
E. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for
achieving the requirements of this Section.
B. Use only hand-operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is
obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment
until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts.
C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed
and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against
undisturbed native soil.
5/2013 02318-7 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting,
braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the
Special Shoring design requirements.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety
Systems.
B. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures conform
to Section 01564—Control of Ground Water and Surface Water.
C. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to
conform with requirements of Section 02220—Site Demolition, as applicable.
D. Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site
Preparation prior to excavation.
E. Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200—Site Preparation
F. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that
acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section ofpipe installation,manhole,
or other structures.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in
open cut trenches with vertical sides.
B. Perform excavation work so that pipe,conduit,and ducts can be installed to depths and
alignments shown on the Plans. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing
facilities and improvements.
C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe
outside diameter(O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width
plus 24 inches.
NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH
PIPE SIZE,INCHES WIDTH,INCHES
Lessthan18 O.D. + 18
18to30 O.D. +24
Greater than 30 O.D. +36
5/2013 02318-8 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of
well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it
uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient
space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of
forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials.
E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for
removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the
Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding.
F. Shoring of Trench Walls.
1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with
the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench
excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times.
2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone
throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to
prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support.
3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,leave sheeting driven into or below
the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation
and embedment materials. Leave rangers,walers, and braces in place as long
as required to support sheeting,which has been cut off, and the trench wall in
the vicinity of the pipe zone.
4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or
foundation material. Before moving supports,place and compact embedment
to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls.
As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment.
5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone,do
not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal.
Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone
1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material.
G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield(trench box) is used as a worker safety
device, the following requirements apply:
1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or
pulled freely,without damage to the trench sidewalls.
2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and
compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction
reduced.
5/2013 02318-9of15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding
materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as
backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against
undisturbed trench walls and foundation.
4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be
performed in a safe manner.
3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION
A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and
satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials.
B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between
manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional
dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench
dams closer than 5 feet from manholes.
3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials,the bottoms and sidewalls of
trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil.
B. Place Geotextile,if specified,to prevent particle migration from the in-situ into open-
graded(Class I)embedment materials or drainage layers.
C. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet
requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement stabilized sand
bedding and-backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement,or
one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement.
D. For pipe installation,manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide
uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free-fall
from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and
compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against
sheeting which is to remain in place.
E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless
means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If
moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to
allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil.
F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting
operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or
other sharp, angular aggregates.
5/2013 02318- 10 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
G. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform
bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small-diameter or lightweight pipe in
place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags
or other suitable means.
H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding.
Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in
restricted spaces,and vibratory-plate compactors or engine-powered jumping jacks in
unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next
lift.
1. Class I embedment materials.
a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness.
b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment.
Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe
to meet the deflection test criteria.
c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction
without softening the soil of trench bottom,foundation or trench walls.
2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand.
a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness.
b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a
minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined
according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to
ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials.
c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as
determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement
stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to
ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration.
J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet
between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install
additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place
trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes.
3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave
only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction_ Backfill
placement and compaction shall apply to all soils excavated for the trench especially
including any areas that were "benched" or over-excavated in place of trenched
shoring. All disturbed soils generated during excavation,whether inside the trench or
associated with it, shall be considered to fall under this requirement.
5/2013 02318- l 1 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal
of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the
crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface.
C. For sewer pipes,use backfill materials describedhere as determined by trench limits.
As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and
pavements,use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches,or
Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the
Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the
paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for
rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete,use flexible base material within one foot below
pavement subgrade.
D. For water lines,backfill in trench zone, including auger pits,with Bank Sand, Select
Fill, or Random Fill material as specified in this Section.
E. For trench excavations under pavement,place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact
by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift.
1. Bank Sand.
a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness.
b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the
maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698.
c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to
ASTM D 698
2. Cement Stabilized Sand.
a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform
placement and required compaction,but not exceeding 24 inches.
b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the
maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558.
c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to
ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration.
3. Select Fill.
a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness.
b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a
minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined
according to ASTM D 698.
c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to
ASTM D 698.
F. For trench excavations outside pavements,a Random Fill of suitable material may be
used in the trench zone.
5/2013 02318- 12 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
1. Fat clays (CH)may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the
Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved,the Contractor,at
his option and at no additional cost to the Owner,may use lime stabilization to
achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material.
2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12-
inch lift thickness for granular soils.
3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined
according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils.
4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density.
3.06 MANHOLES,JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES
A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline
structures, as shown on the Plans.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Control
1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at:
a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's
designated off-site stockpiles.
b. On-site stockpiles.
c. Materials placed in the Work.
2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if
changes in characteristics are apparent.
B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide
verification testing on backfill materials,as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be
taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable.
C. Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for
testing and retesting during construction.
D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type
for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation
characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional
classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material
gradation or plasticity.
5/2013 02318- 13of15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
E. At least three tests for moisture-density relationships will be performed initially for
backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement stabilized sand in
accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture-density relationship-tests will-be
performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity.
F. In-place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone
backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or'ASTM D
2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions.
1. A minimum of one test for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for
compacted embedment and for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for
compacted trench zone backfill material. Testing shall be performed for each
lift thickness for different backfill material specified in Item 3.05.
2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is
placed.
3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas
are: foundation,bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone.
4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or
moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not
considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified:
5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit
excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to
acceptance/rejection.
6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in-place tests showing
density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless
both verification tests show acceptable results.
7. Re-compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test
series, including verification tests.
G. Recondition,re-compact,and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does
not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with
nonconforming density,core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense.
H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection.
3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises.
5/2013 02318 - 14 of 15
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR UTILITIES
3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and
re-compact slides,-washouts,settlements,or areas with loss of density at no cost to the
Owner
B. Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations.
C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas,where practical,to aid in
obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content
from wheel loads that cause rutting.
D. Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of existing utilities with utility representative.
Excavate by hand to locate existing utility, support utility with methods agreed upon
by utility representative. All work shall be subsidiary to bid items in Section 00300
Bid Proposal. No additional cost to City.
END OF SECTION
5/2013 02318- 15of15
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 02510
SPECIAL PROVISION TO
SECTION 02510—WATER MAINS
1. Section 02510, Water Mains, Add Item 17 to 3.03 C with the following:
3.03 INSTALLATION
C. Installation:
17. For all water line pipe,install tracer wire continuously from valve to valve along
the top of pipe.
END OF SECTION
SPECIAL PROVISION TO 02510-1
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
Section 02510
WATER MAINS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Installation of water mains, including valves, fire hydrants, wet connections, cut and
plug of mains, disinfection, and hydrostatic testing for pipelines.
B. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 - Submittals
3. Section 02514 -Fire Hydrant Assembly
4. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete
5. Section 02512 -Polyethylene Wrap
6. Section 02417 -Augering Pipe for Water Lines
7. Section 02515 - Water Tap and Service Line Installation
8. Section 02318 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
9. Section 02980 - Pavement Repair
10. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services
11. Section 02634 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
C. Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)
2. American Water Works Association(AWWA)
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for water mains open cut or augered, with or without casing, is on a
linear foot basis for each size of pipe installed.
Mains: Measure along axis of pipe and include fittings and valves.
Branch Pipe: Measure from axis of main to end of branch.
B. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Pipe shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories(UL)or Factory Mutual(FM)label.
6/2014 02510- 1 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
2. Pipe material acceptable without penalty to State's community fire insurance
rating agency.
3. System acceptable to City and TCEQ.
4. Bacteriological disinfection acceptable to local health officials and Texas
Department of Health, and TCEQ.
5. Water taps and draw off lines in compliance with local municipal
specifications and regulations.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Product Data:
1. Obtain from pipe manufacturer installation instructions,manuals,and printed
recommendations, except for Owner furnished pipe.
2. Retain product data on job site for reference.
3. Submit certified record of tests of pipe, fittings, or valves upon request of
Engineer.
4. Submit hydrant manufacturer flow and friction loss curve.
C. Samples:
1. Notify City when system is pressure tested and disinfected. City will take all
samples for bacteriological testing as required by TCEQ.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver pipe to trench in sound, undamaged condition.
B. Cut pipe neatly avoiding sharp, ragged, or unbeveled,plain ends and do not damage
lining by cutting.
C. Remove damaged or rejected materials from project site.
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not lay pipe when it is raining or when trench is muddy, soft, or contains standing
water.
B.
6/2014 02510-2 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)PRESSURE PIPE
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02534-PVC Pipe. All pipe used for water mains
shall be blue.
2.02 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02532W -HDPE
2.03 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR LARGE DIAMETER WATER LINES
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02513 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large
Diameter Water Lines.
2.04 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02634 -Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings.
2.05 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02514 -Fire Hydrant Assembly.
2.06 VALVES
A. General: Conform to requirements of Section 02541 —Water and Wastewater Line
Valves.
1. Manual operators:
a. Provide hand wheel manual operators for in-plant valves.
b. Equip buried valves with 2 in. square operating nuts.
2. Furnish no less than one operating key with each lot of 10 buried valves with
nut operators.
3. Rotation:
a. Direction: OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE (OPEN LEFT).
4. Shop coating:
a. Shop coat ferrous metal surfaces of valves both interior and exterior for
corrosion protection.
b.Protect internal and external iron surfaces of valves with coating of 4 mils of
two-part thermosetting epoxy: AWWA C 550.
5. Working and test pressures:
a. Valves 2 in. through 12 in.: 200 psi working pressure, 400 psi hydrostatic
test pressure.
b. Valves 14 in. through 36 in.: 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi hydrostatic
test pressure.
6/2014 02510-3 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
B. Gate Valves (2 in. Through 36 in.):
1. Buried valves:
a. Comply with AWWA C500, non-rising stem(NRS);resilient wedge.
b. Epoxy-coated ductile iron body and bonnet, inside screw.
c. Bronze: Seat and disc rings, stem and mountings, and disc wedges.
d. "0" ring sealed stem and 2 in. square operating nut.
e. Valves 2 in. through 12 in.: Vertical type without by-passes.
f. Valves 16 in.through 36 in.: Horizontal type with enclosed steel bevel
gears resilient wedge, standard size by-pass valves.
g. Stuffing box and bonnet bolts and nuts to be 304 stainless steel.
h. Install in section of horizontal pipe.
i. Mechanical joint ends with gasket complying with AWWA C 111.
j. Acceptable product:
1) East Jordan, American Flow Control, Mueller Co. "A-2380
Series"
C. Tapping Valves and Tapping Sleeves:
1. Tapping sleeves shall be solid stainless steel and valves shall conform with all
others as mentioned above.
D. Valve Boxes:
1. Cast iron,threaded screw extension sleeve type,adjustable suitable for depth of
cover over pipe,with base and cover.
2. 3/16 in. thick, 5 in. diameter minimum.
3. Provide with suitable cast iron bases and covers.
4. Covers: Cast name designating type of service, e.g., "WATER" for water
service.
2.07 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Concrete: As specified in Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete.
6/2014 02510-4 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
B. Meter Box:
1. Cast iron to Owner's dimensions: ASTM A 48.
C. The service line between Curb stop and Corporation Stop shall be CTS Polyethylene,
SDR—9.
D. Corporation and Curb Stops and Fittings: ASTM B 62,NSF 61 lead free
3.0 EXECUTION
A. Conform to requirements in Section 02534-PVC Pipe, Section 02634-Ductile Iron
Pipe and Fittings, Section 02532W—HDPE, Section 02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings,
and Section 02513 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Thoroughly clean pipe interiors of foreign matter before being lowered into trench.
B. Clean hydrant and valve interiors of foreign matter before installation.
C. Employ workmen who are skilled and experienced in laying pipe of type and joint
configuration being furnished. Provide watertight pipe and pipe joints.
D. Lay pipe to lines and grades shown on Drawings and Details.
E. If asbestos-cement (A.C.) pipe is encountered, follow safety practices outline in
American Water Works Association's publication, "Work Practices for A/C Pipe".
Strictly adhere to "recommended practices" contained in this publication and make
them"mandatory practices" for this project.
F. For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater,clearly mark each section of pipe and fitting
with unique designation on inside of pipe along with pressure class. Locate unique
identifying mark minimum of five feet away from either end of each section of pipe.
Provide one unique identifying mark in middle of each fitting. Place markings at
consistent locations. Use permanent black paint and minimum letter height of 4 inches
to mark designations.
G. Contractor is responsible for assuring chosen manufacturer fulfills requirements for
extra fittings and, therefore, is responsible for costs due to downtime if requirements
are not met.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Inspection:
1. Carefully examine each piece of pipe for soundness and specifications
compliance after delivery at trench before placing in trench.
6/20,14 02510-5 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
2. Remove rejected pipe and fittings from site of work and replace with sound
pipe.
3. Pipe and fittings will be rejected because of any of the following:
a. Cracks in pipe or fittings.
b. Damaged or cracked ends.
c. Damaged gaskets or gasket grooves.
d. Less than minimum wall thickness.
e. Defects and deformations.
B. Cleaning:
1. Clean interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before laying.
2. Keep interiors and ends clean during installation.
3. Keep joint contact surfaces clean during installation.
4. Take precautions to prevent foreign material from entering pipe during
installation.
5. Do not place rubbish, tools, rags, or other materials in pipe.
6. Whenever pipe laying is stopped,place plugs in uncompleted ends of pipe.
C. Installation:
1. Install pipe, couplings, and fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. Conform to applicable installation specifications for types
of pipes use.
2. Install gaskets and lubricants as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Full length of each barrel of pipe shall rest solidly on pipe bed with recesses
excavated to accommodate bells and joints.
4. Take up and relay pipe that has grade or joint disturbed.
5. Do not joint pipe with water in trench.
6. Keep water out of trench until jointing is completed.
7. Do not lay water pipe closer than 10 ft. horizontally from sanitary sewer.
8. Do not locate joints at cross-overs with sanitary sewers closer than 9 ft. from
cross-over point.
6/2014 02510-6 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
9. Where water lines cross sanitary sewers,construct in accordance with the City
of Pearland Engineering Design Criteria Manual for water line or TCEQ
standards whichever is more stringent 10. Where pipe ends are left for future
connections, install valve and plug or cap end. Forty feet minimum line
section required between valve and plug or cap end.
11. Install concrete thrust blocking at bends and tees and at ends of lines to provide
adequate reaction backing.
12. Lay not more than 100 feet of pipe in trench ahead of backfilling operations.
13. Dig trench proper width as shown in details. When trench width below top of
pipe becomes 4 feet wider than specified, install higher class of pipe or
improved bedding,as determined by Engineer. No additional payment will be
made for higher class of pipe or improved bedding.
14. Use adequate surveying methods and equipment;employ personnel competent
in use of this equipment. Horizontal and vertical deviations from alignment as
indicated on Drawings shall not exceed 0.10 feet. Measure and record "as
built"horizontal alignment and vertical grade at maximum of every 100 feet on
record drawings.
15. Before assembling couplings,lightly coat pipe ends and outside of gaskets per
manufacturer's specification.
16. Prevent damage to coating when placing backfill. Use backfill material free of
large rocks or stones, or other material which could damage coatings.
D. Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fire Hydrants:
1. Set plumb.
2. Center valve boxes on valves.
3. Where feasible, locate valves outside area of roads and streets.
4. Carefully tamp back fill around each valve box to distance of 4 ft. on all sides
or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft.
5. Set hydrants at elevation so that connecting pipe will not have less cover than
mains.
6. Set hydrants on concrete pad.
7. Depth of bury of hydrant is defined as distance from bottom of inlet pipe to
ground line.
6/2014 02510-7 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
8. Place concrete thrust block back of hydrant opposite pipe connections set
against vertical face of trench to prevent from blowing off line.
9. Use 5/8 in. stock stainless steel bridle rods and rod collars.
10. Place not less than 5 cu. ft. of broken stone around base of hydrant to ensure
drainage.
11. Compact backfill to grade in accordance with specification section 02318 —
Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
12. Tighten stuffing boxes.
13. Test hydrant and valve in opened and closed position to ensure that parts are in
working condition.
E. Joints and Jointing:
1. Rubber Gasketed Bell-and-Spigot Joints for PVC,Steel,and Ductile Iron Pipe:
2. a.After rubber gasket is placed in spigot groove of pipe,equalize rubber gasket
cross section by inserting tool or bar recommended by manufacturer under
rubber gasket and moving it around periphery of pipe spigot.
b. Lubricate gaskets per manufacturer's specification.
c.Fit pipe units together in manner to avoid twisting or otherwise displacing or
damaging rubber gasket.
d.After pipe sections are joined,check gaskets to ensure that no displacement
of gasket has occurred.If displacement has occurred,remove pipe section and
remake joint as for new pipe. Remove old gasket, inspect for damage and
replace if necessary before remaking joint.
e.Where preventing movement of 16-inch diameter or greater pipe is necessary
due to thrust, use restrained joints as shown on Drawings.
1) Include buoyancy conditions for soil unit weight when
computing thrust restraint calculations.
2) Do not include passive resistance of soil in thrust restraint
calculations.
f. Except for PVC pipe, provide means to prevent full engagement of spigot
into bell as shown on Drawings. Means may consist of wedges or other types
of stops as approved by Engineer.
6/2014 02510-8 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
2. Flanged Joints where required on Ductile Iron Pipe, or Steel Pipe:
a. AWWA C 207. Prior to installation of bolts, accurately center and
align flanged joints to prevent mechanical prestressing of flanges,pipe
and equipment. Align bolt holes to straddle vertical, horizontal or
north-south center line.Do not exceed 3/64 inch per foot inclination of
flange face from true alignment.
b. Use full-face gaskets for flanged joints. Provide 1/8-inch-thick cloth
inserted rubber gasket material. Cut gaskets at factory to proper
dimensions.
c. Use stainless steelnuts and bolts to match flange material.Use stainless
steelnuts and bolts underground.Tighten bolts progressively to prevent
unbalanced stress. Maintain at all times approximately same distance
between two flanges at points around flanges.Tighten bolts alternately
(180°apart)until all are evenly tight.Draw bolts tight to ensure proper
seating of gaskets.
d. Full length bolt isolating sleeves and washers shall be used with
flanged connections.
e. For in-line flange joints 30 inches in diameter and greater and at
butterfly valve flanges, provide Pyrox G-10 with nitrite seal,
conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. For in-line
flange joints sized between 12 inches in diameter and greater and 24
inches in diameter and smaller,provide Phenolic PSI with nitrite seal
gasket conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets.
3. Welded Joints (Steel Pipe):
a. Prior to starting work,provide certification of qualification for welders
employed on project for type of work procedures and positions
involved.
b. Joints: AWWA C 206. Full-fillet, single lap-welded slip-type either
inside or outside, or double butt-welded type; use automatic or hand
welders; completely penetrate deposited metal with base metal; use
filler metal compatible with base metal; keep inside of fittings and
joints free from globules of weld metal which would restrict flow or
become loose. Do not use mitered joints. For interior welded joints,
complete backfilling before welding. For exterior field-welded joints,
provide adequate working room under and beside pipe. Use exterior
welds for 30-inch and smaller.
6/2014 02510-9 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
c. Furnish welded joints with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 36-
inch and larger pipe.
d. Bell-and-spigot,lap-welded slip joints:Deflection maybe taken at joint
by pulling joint up to 3/4 inch as long as 1 %2 inch minimum lap is
maintained. Spigot end may be miter cut to take deflections up to 5
degrees as long as joint tolerances are maintained. Miter end cuts of
both ends of butt-welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up
to 5 degrees.
e. Align piping and equipment so that no part is offset more than 1/8 inch.
Set fittings and joints square and true, and preserve alignment during
welding operation. For butt welded joints, align abutting ends to
minimize offset between surfaces. For pipe of same nominal wall
thickness, do not exceed 1/16 inch offset. Use line-up clamps for this
purpose; however, take care to avoid damage to linings and coatings.
f. Protect epoxy or cement lining during welding by draping an 18-inch
wide strip of heat resistant material over top half of pipe on each side
of lining holdback to avoid damage to lining by hot splatter. Protect
tape coating similarly if external welding is required.
g. Welding rods: Compatible with metal to be welded to obtain strongest
bond, E-7018. Root or"Stringer"pass shall be performed with 6011
rods and Filler and Cap shall be done using 7018 rods.
h. Deposit metal in successive layers to provide at least 2 passes or beads
for automatic welding and 3 passes or beads for manual welding in
completed weld.
i. Deposit no more than 1/4 inch of metal on each pass.Thoroughly clean
each individual pass with wire brush or hammer to remove dirt,slag or
flux.
j. Do not weld under weather condition that would impair strength of
weld, such as wet surface, rain or snow, dust or high winds, unless
work is properly protected.
k. Make tack weld of same material and by same procedure as completed
weld. Otherwise,remove tack welds during welding operation.
1. Remove dirt,scale,and other foreign matter from inside piping before
tying in sections, fittings, or valves.
m. Welded Joints for Large Diameter Water Lines:
6/2014 02510- 10 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
1) Furnish pipe with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 36
inch and larger pipe.
2) Use exterior welds for 30 inch and smaller.
3) Only one end maybe miter cut.Miter end cuts of both ends of
butt-welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 2
l/. degrees.
4) For large diameter water lines,employ an independent certified
testing laboratory, approved by Engineer, to perform weld
acceptance tests on welded joints.Include cost of such testing
and associated work to accommodate testing in contract unit
price bid for water line. Furnish copies of test reports to
Engineer for review. Engineer has final decision as to
suitability of welds tested.
A) Weld acceptance criteria:
i) Cracking.
ii) Lack of fusion/penetration.
iii) Slag which exceeds one-third (t) where (t) quals
material thickness.
iv) Porosity/Relevant rounded indications greater than
3/16 inch; rounded indication is one of circular or
elliptical shape with length equal to or less than three
times its width.
v) Relevant linear indications in which length of linear
indication exceeds three times its width.
vi) Four or more relevant 1/16 inch rounded indications in
line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge to edge.
n. After pipe is joined and prior to start of welding procedure, make
spigot and bell essentially concentric by jacking, shimming or tacking
to obtain clearance tolerance around periphery of joint except for
deflected joints.
o. Furnish each welder employed steel stencil for marking welds,so work
of each welder can be identified. Mark pipe with assigned stencil
adjacent to weld.When welder leaves job, stencil must be voided and
not duplicated.Welder making defective welds must discontinue work
and leave project site. Welder may return to project site only after
recertification
p. Provide cylindrical corrosion barriers for epoxy lined steel pipe 24 inch
diameter and smaller,unless minimum wall thickness is 0.5 inches or
greater.
6/2014 02510- 11 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
1) In additional to welding requirements contained herein
Paragraph 3.06, conform to protection fitting manufacturer's
installation recommendations.
2) Provide services of technical representative of manufacturer
available on site at beginning of pipe laying operations.
Representative to train welders and advise regarding
installation and general construction methods. Welders must
have 12 months prior experience installing protection fittings.
3) All steel pipe is to have cutback 3/4 inch to no greater than 1
inch of internal diameter coating from weld bevel.
4) Furnish steel fittings with cylindrical corrosion barriers with
shop welded extensions to end of fittings. Extension length to
measure no less than diameter of pipe. Shop apply lining in
accordance with AWWA C210 or AWWA C213.
5) All steel pipe receiving field adjustments are to be cold cut
using standard practices and equipment. No cutting using
torch is to be allowed.
4. Restrained Joints:
a. For existing water lines and water lines less than 16 inches in diameter,
restrain pipe joints with concrete thrust blocks.
b. Thrust restraint lengths shown on Drawings are minimum anticipated
lengths. These lengths are based on deflections indicated for large
diameter lines and ductile iron pipe for small diameter lines.
Adjustments in deflections or use of other pipe material may result in
reduction or increase of thrust lengths. Perform calculations by pipe
manufacturer to verify proposed thrust restraint lengths. Submit
calculations for all pipe materials sealed by a registered Professional
Engineer in State of Texas for review by Engineer. Make adjustments
in thrust restraint lengths at no additional cost to City.
c. Passive resistance of soil will not be permitted in calculation of thrust
restraint.
d. For 16 inch lines and larger use minimum 16 foot length of pipe in and
out of joints made up of beveled pipe where restraint joint lengths are
not identified on Drawings. Otherwise, provide restraint joints for a
minimum length of 16 feet on each side of beveled joints.
e. Installation:
6/2014 02510- 12 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
1) Install restrained joints mechanism in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
2) Examine and clean mechanism; remove direct, debris and
other foreign material.
3) Apply gasket and joint NSF 61 FDA per manufacturer's
specification.
4) Verify gasket is evenly seated.
5) Do not over stab pipe into mechanism
f. Prevent any lateral movement of thrust restraints throughout pressure
testing and operation.
g. Place 2500 psi concrete conforming to Section 03315 - Concrete for
Utility Construction, for blocking at each change in direction of
existing water lines, to brace pipe against undisturbed trench walls.
Finish placement of concrete blocking, made from Type I cement, 4
days prior to hydrostatic testing of pipeline. Test may be made 2 days
after completion of blocking if Type II cement is used.
5. Joint Grout(Steel Pipe):
a. Mix cement grout mixture by machine except when less than 1/2 cubic
yard is required. When less than 1/2 cubic yard is required,grout may
be hand mixed. Mix grout only in quantities for immediate use. Place
grout within 20 minutes of mixing. Discard grout that has set.
Retempering of grout by any means is not permitted.
b. Prepare grout in small batches to prevent stiffening before it is used.
Do not use grout which has become so stiff that proper placement
cannot be assured without retempering. Use grout for filling grooves
of such consistency that it will adhere to ends of pipe.
c. Surface Preparation: Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil,
grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces with wire
brush or hammer to sound, clean surface. Remove rust and foreign
materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout.
6/2014 02510- 13 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
d. Follow established procedures for hot and cold weather concrete
placement.
e. Complete joint grout operations and backfilling of pipe trenches as
closely as practical to pipe laying operations. Allow grouted exterior
joints to cure at least 1 hour before compacting backfill.
f. Grouting exterior joint space: Hold wrapper in place on both sides of
joint with minimum 5/8-inch-wide steel straps or bands. Place no
additional bedding or backfill material on either side of pipe until after
grout band is filled and grout has mechanically stiffened. Pull ends of
wrapper together at top of pipe to form access hole. Pour grout down
one side of pipe until it rises on other side. Rod or puddle grout to
ensure complete filling of joint recess.Agitate for 15 minutes to allow
excess water to seep through joint band. When necessary, add more
grout to fill joint completely. Protect gap at top of joint band from
backfill by allowing grout to stiffen or by covering with structurally
protective material. Do not remove band from joint. Proceed with
placement of additional bedding and backfill material.
g. Interior Joints for Pipe 24 inches and Smaller:Circumferentially butter
bell with grout prior to insertion of spigot,strike off flush surplus grout
inside pipe by pulling filled burlap bag or inflated ball through pipe
with rope. After joint is engaged, fmish off joint grout smooth and
clean. Use swab approved by Project Manager for 20-inch pipe and
smaller.
h. Protect exposed interior surfaces of steel joint bands by metallizing,by
other approved coatings,or by pointing with grout.Joint pointing may
be omitted on potable water pipelines if joint bands are protected by
zinc metalizing or other approved protective coatings.
i. Remove and replace improperly cured or otherwise defective grout.
j. Strike off grout on interior joints and make smooth with inside
diameter of pipe.
k. When installed in tunnel or encasement pipe and clearance within
casing does not permit outside grout to be placed in normal manner,
apply approved flexible sealer,such as Flex Protex or equal,to outside
joint prior to joint engagement. Clean and prime surfaces receiving
sealer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply
sufficient quantities of sealer to assure complete protection of steel in
6/2014 02510- 14 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
joint area. Fill interior of joint with grout in normal manner after joint
closure.
1. Interior Joints for Water Lines 30 inches and Larger:Clean joint space,
wet joint surfaces,fill with stiff grout and trowel smooth and flush with
inside surfaces of pipe using steel trowel so that surface is smooth.
Accomplish grouting at end of each work day. Obtain written
acceptance from Project Engineer of inside joints before proceeding
with next day's pipe laying operation. During inspection, insure no
delamination of joint mortar has occurred by striking joint mortar
lining with rubber mallet. Remove and replace delaminated mortar
lining.
m. Work which requires heavy equipment to be over water line must be
completed before mortar is applied to interior joints.
n. Do not apply grout to joints that are out of tolerance until acceptable
repairs are made.
6. Large Diameter Water Main Joint Testing: In addition to testing individual
joints with feeler gauge approximately 1/2 inch wide and 0.015-inch thick,use
other joint testing procedure approved or recommended by pipe manufacturer
which will help ensure watertight installation prior to backfilling.Perform tests
at no additional cost to City.
7. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints or other method as recommended
by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Submit details of other
methods of providing curves and bends which exceed manufacturer's
recommended deflection prior to installation.
a. Deflection of pipe joints shall not exceed maximum deflection
recommended by pipe manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated on
Drawings.
b. If deflection exceeds that specified but is less than 5 percent, repair
entire deflected pipe section such that maximum deflection allowed is
not exceeded.
c. If deflection is equal to or exceeds 5 percent from that specified,
remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe.
d. Replace,repair, or reapply coatings and linings as required.
e. Assessment of deflection may be measured by the Engineer at location
along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection or similar average
measurement methods will not be deemed as meeting intent of
standard.
6/2014 02510- 15 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
f. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on curve, join pipe in straight
alignment and then deflect to curved alignment.
8. Closures Sections and Approved Field Modifications to Steel Pipe and
Fittings:
a. Apply welded-wire fabric reinforcement to interior and exterior of
exposed interior and exterior surfaces greater than 6 inches in diameter.
Welded-wire fabric: minimum Wl; maximum spacing 2 inches by 4
inches; 3/8 inch from surface of steel plate or middle third of lining or
coating thickness for mortar thickness less than 3/4 inch.
b. Fill exposed interior and exterior surfaces with nonshrink grout.
c. For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater, perform field welds on
interior and exterior of pipe.
d. For large diameter water lines,provide minimum overlap of 4 inches of
butt strap over adjacent piece on butt-strap closures.
F. Cathodic Protection Appurtenances:
1. Where identified on Drawings,modify pipe for cathodic protection as detailed
on Drawings and specified. Unless otherwise noted, provide insulation kits
including test stations at connections to existing water system or at locations to
isolate one type of cathodic system from another type, between water line,
access manhole piping and other major openings in water line,or as shown on
Drawings.
2. Bond joints for pipe installed in tunnel or open cut, except where insulating
flanges are provided. Weld strap or clip between bell and spigot of each joint
or as shown on Drawings. No additional bonding required where joints are
welded for thrust restraint.Repair coatings as specified by appropriate AWWA
standard, as recommended by manufacturer,and as approved by the Engineer
3. Bonding Strap or Clip: Free of foreign material that may increase contact
resistance between wire and strap or clip.
6/2014 02510- 16 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
G. Anchorage of Fittings:
1. Anchor tees, elbows and plugs in water mains with concrete thrust blocks.
2. Place blocks so that joints will be accessible for inspection and repair.
H. Handling:
1. Place pipe along project site where storm water or other water will not enter or
pass through pipe.
2. Load, transport, unload, and otherwise handle pipe and fittings to prevent
damage of any kind. Handle and transport pipe with equipment designed,
constructed and arranged to prevent damage to pipe,lining and coating.Do not
permit bare chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids or cradles to come in
contact with coatings. Where required, provide pipe fittings with sufficient
interior strutting or cross bracing to prevent deflection under their own weight.
3. Hoist pipe from trench side into trench by means of sling of smooth steel cable,
canvas, leather,nylon or similar material.
4. For large diameter water lines, handle pipe only by means of sling of canvas,
leather,nylon,or similar material. Sling shall be minimum 36 inches in width.
Do not tear or wrinkle tape layers.
5. Use precautions to prevent injury to pipe, protective linings and coatings.
a. Package stacked pipe on timbers.Place protective pads under banding
straps at time of packaging.
b. Pad fork trucks with carpet or other suitable material.Use nylon straps
around pipe for lift when relocating pipe with crane or backhoe.
c. Do not lift pipe using hooks at each end of pipe.
d. Do not place debris, tools, clothing, or other materials on pipe.
6. Repair damage to pipe or protective lining and coating before final acceptance.
7. For cement mortar line and coated steel pipe, permit no visible cracks longer
than 6 inches,measured within 15 degrees of line parallel to pipe longitudinal
axis of finished pipe, except:
a. In surface laitance of centrifugally cast concrete.
b. In sections of pipe with steel reinforcing collars or wrappers.
c. Within 12 inches of pipe ends.
6/2014 02510- 17 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
8. Reject pipe with visible cracks (not meeting exceptions) and remove from
project site.
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean and dry interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter
before installation, and keep interior clean until Work has been accepted. Keep joint
contact surfaces clean until jointing is completed.Do not place debris,tools,clothing
or other materials in pipe. After pipe laying and joining operations are completed,
clean inside of pipe and remove debris.
J. Inspection: Before installation, inspect each pipe and fitting for defects. Reject
defective, damaged or unsound pipe and fittings and remove them from site.
3.04 WET CONNECTIONS
A. Definitions:
1. Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with
installed valves,draining the isolated sections,and completing the connections.
2. Connection of 2 inch or smaller lines,which maybe referred to on Plans as "2
inch standard connections"or"gooseneck connections"will be measured as 2"
wet connections. This item is not to be used as any part of a 2-inch service
line.
B. Materials:
1. Corporation stops and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02515-
Water Tap and Service Line Installation.
2. Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02541 — Fire Hydrant
Assembly.
3. Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C800.
C. Execution:
1. Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least
inconvenience public. Notify Public Works Department at least 48 hours in
advance of making connections.
2. DO NOT OPERATE VALVES ON MAINS IN USE BY OWNER.Owner will
handle, at no cost to Contractor, all operations involving opening and closing
valves for wet connections.
3. Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work
shall progress without interruption until complete, once existing mains have
been cut or plugs have been removed for making connections.
6/2014 02510- 18 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
D. 2-Inch Wet Connections:
1. Tap water main. Provide and install corporation stops,saddles,as required for
line and-grade adjustment; and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing
main. Provide one Corporation Stop at main line and one Curb Stop at meter.
The service line between Curb Stop and Corporation Stop shall be CTS
Polyethylene, SDR-9.
3.05 CUT, PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS
A. Materials:
1. Concrete for thrust blocks: Class B conforming to requirements of Section
03305.
2. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged.
B. Execution:
1. Do not begin cut,plug and abandonment operations until replacement main has
been constructed, disinfected, and tested, and all service lines have been
transferred to replacement main.
2. Install plug, clamp, and concrete thrust block and make cut at location shown
on Plans.
3. Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged
other than at supply main or as shown on Plans.
4. After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged,check for other sources
feeding abandoned main. If sources are found, notify Engineer immediately.
Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by Engineer.
5. Plug or cap all ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner
approved by Engineer.
6. Remove and dispose of all surface identifications such as valve boxes and fire
hydrants. Valve boxes in improved streets,other than shell,may be poured full
of concrete after removing cap.
7. Backfill all excavations in accordance with Section 02318 —Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities.
8. Repair all street surfaces in accordance with Section 02980—Pavement Repair.
6/2014 02510- 19 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
A. Hydrostatically test all new water pipelines for liquids before connecting to water
distribution system.
B. Pipelines shall be tested in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 1,500
feet unless greater length is approved by Engineer.
C. Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Engineer.
D. Preparation:
1. Disinfect water system pipelines prior to hydrostatic testing.
E. Test Procedures:
1. Furnish,install,and operate connections,pump,meter and gages necessary for
hydrostatic testing.
2. Allow pipeline to sit minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected
until testing begins, to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water.
Contractor should be aware that periods of up to 7 days may be required for
mortar lining to become saturated.
3. Expel all air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi or 150 psi as
directed by Engineer.
4. Maintain test pressure for 8 hours. If a large quantity of water is required to
maintain pressure during test,testing shall be discontinued until cause of water
loss is identified and corrected.
F. Allowable Leakage for Water Mains:
1. During hydrostatic tests,no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains
consisting of welded joints.
2. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints:
11.65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while
testing at the required pressure.
G. Correction for Failed Tests:
1. Repair all joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage
shown on test. Check all valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs
that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes,
fittings and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items.
2. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained.
6/2014 02510-20 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
3.07 DISINFECTION
A. All waterlines constructed shall be promptly disinfected before any tests are conducted
on waterlines and before waterlines are connected to water distribution system.
B. Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished without charge to Contractor.
C. Preparation:
1. Furnish all required temporary blind flanges,cast-iron sleeves,plugs,and other
items needed to facilitate disinfection of new mains prior to connecting them to
water distribution system. Normally,each valved section of waterline requires
two each 3/4-inch taps. A 2-inch minimum blow-off is required for waterlines
up to and including 6-inch diameter.
2. .Fire hydrants shall be used as blow-offs to flush newly constructed waterlines
8-inch diameter and above. Where fire hydrants are not available on
waterlines,locations and designs for blow-offs shall be as indicated on Plans.
Install temporary blow-off valves and remove promptly upon successful
completion of disinfection and testing. Abandon by turning off corp and
using a stainless steel cap.
3. Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer:
Average water velocity when filling pipeline should be less than 1 fps and shall
not, under any circumstance, exceed 2 fps. Before beginning disinfection
operations, expel all air from pipeline.
4. All excavations made shall be backfilled immediately after installation of risers
or blow-offs.
5. Install blow-off valves at end of main to facilitate flushing at all dead-end
water mains. Install permanent blow-off valves/auto flusher per drawing Ll
D. Disinfection:
1. Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts of water. Introduce
chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with AWWA C651. After
contact period of not less than 24 hours, flush system with clean water until
residual chlorine is no greater than 1.0 parts per million parts of water. Open
and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period.If
super-chlorinated water (i.e. chlorine concentration above 4mg/i) is used for
cleaning water main disinfection and flushing,the water must be dechlorinated
prior to discharge.The water discharged into the stormsewer system or natural
waterway must meet the Clean Water Act (33 USC § 1251 et seq.) and any
subsequent amendments thereof.
2. If a chemical compound is used for a sterilizing agent, it shall be placed in
pipes as directed by Engineer.
6/2014 02510-21 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS
E. Bacteriological Testing:
1. After disinfection and flushing of waterlines, bacteriological tests will be
performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450—
Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional
disinfection of waterlines based upon Texas Department of Health and TCEQ
requirements,Contractor shall perform additional disinfection operations at no
additional cost to the Owner.
E. Completion:
1. Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those
approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation
promptly.
END OF SECTION
6/2014 02510-22 of 22
CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP
Section 02512
POLYETHYLENE WRAP
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION NCLUDES
A Polyethylene wrap for cast and ductile iron pipe to be used only in open-cut
construction when cathodic protection system is not required by Plans.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
a. AWWA C105 American National Standard for Polyethylene
Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics
Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for polyethylene
wrap. Include cost of polyethylene wrap in unit price for items wrapped.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed film and tape for approval.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Polyethylene Film: Tubular or sheet form without tears, breaks,holidays or defects;
conforming with requirements of AWWA C105,2.5 to 3 percent carbon black content,
either low- or high-density:
1. Low-density polyethylene film. Low-density polyethylene film shall be
manufactured of virgin polyethylene material conforming to the following
requirements of ASTM D 1248.
a. Raw material.
1) Type : I
2) Class: C (black)
3) Grade: E-5
07/2006 02512- 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP
4) Flow rate (formerly melt index): 0.4 g/10 minute,
maximum
5) Dielectric strength: Volume resistivity, 1015 ohm-cm,
minimum
b. Physical properties.
1) Tensile strength: 1200 psi, minimum
2) Elongation: 300 percent, minimum
3) Dielectric strength: 800 V/mil thickness, minimum
c. Thickness: Low-density polyethylene film shall have a nominal
thickness of 0.008 inch. The minus tolerance on thickness is 10
percent of the nominal thickness.
2. High-density,cross-laminated polyethylene film:High-density,cross laminated
polyethylene film shall be manufactured of virgin polyethylene material
conforming to the following requirements of ASTM D 1248
a. Raw material.
1) Type: III
2) Class: C (black)
3) Grade: P33
4) Flow rate (formerly melt index): 0.4 to 0.5g/10 minute,
maximum
5) Dielectric strength: Volume resistivity, 1015 ohm-cm,
minimum
b. Physical properties.
1) Tensile strength: 5000 psi, minimum
2) Elongation: 100 percent, minimum
3) Dielectric strength: 800 V/mil thickness, minimum
c. Thickness: Film shall have a nominal thickness of 0.004 inch. The
minus tolerance of thickness is 10 percent of the nominal thickness.
B Polyethylene Tape: Provide 3-inch wide,plastic-backed, adhesive tape;Polyken No.
900, Scotchwrap No. 50, or equal.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A Preparation:
1. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on pipe surface prior to
installation of polyethylene encasement. Prevent soil or embedment material
from becoming trapped between pipe and polyethylene.
2. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect a snug fit, but not tight;
encase with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. Provide sufficient
slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene where it bridges irregular
surfaces,such as bell-spigot interfaces,bolted joints or fittings, and to prevent
damage to polyethylene due to backfilling operations. Secure overlaps and
ends with adhesive tape to hold polyethylene encasement in place until
backfilling operations are complete.
07/2006 02512-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP
3. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions,seal
both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap.
B Tubular Type (Method A):
1. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section.
Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent
pipe section,and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe
ends.
2. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe.
Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube.
3. After assembling pipe joint,make overlap of polyethylene tube. Pull bunched
polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of new length of
pipe,and secure in place. Then slip end of polyethylene from new pipe section
over end of first wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe.
Secure overlap in place. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug,but
not tight, fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points.
4. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with
installation of next section of pipe in same manner.
•
C Tubular Type (Method B):
1. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section.
Slip tube around pipe,centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end.
Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along
barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends.
2. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of
preceding pipe section, bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise. After
completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, overlapping
polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe by at least 1
foot; make each end snug and secure.
3. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with
installation of next section of pipe in same manner.
D Sheet Type:
1. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe
section. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section,
bunching it until it clears pipe ends. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it
circumferentially overlaps top quadrant of pipe. Secure cut edge of
polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet.
2. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section
of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of
polyethylene. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends.
3. Repair cuts, tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with
installation of next section of pipe in same manner.
E Pipe-shaped Appurtenances: Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe-shaped
appurtenances with polyethylene in same manner as pipe.
07/2006 02512-3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND POLYETHYLENE WRAP
F Odd-shaped Appurtenances: When it is not practical to wrap valves,tees,crosses,and
other odd-shaped pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length of polyethylene
tube by passing sheet under appurtenance and bringing it up around body. Make seams
by bringing edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Tape polyethylene
securely in place at valve stem and other penetrations.
G Repairs: Repair any cuts, tears, punctures, or damage to polyethylene with adhesive
tape or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube,wrapped around pipe
to cover damaged area, and secured in place.
H Openings in Encasement: Provide openings for branches, service taps,blowoffs, air
valves, and similar appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and
temporarily folding back film. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to
appurtenance and repair cut,as well as other damaged area in polyethylene,with tape.
Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any resulting
damaged areas being repaired as described above.
I Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: Where polyethylene-wrapped pipe
joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped,extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent
pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape.
Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric tape for
minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or ductile iron pipe.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 02512-4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES,
AND METER VAULTS
Section 02520
VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES,AND METER VAULTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Valve boxes for water service.
B Meter boxes for water service.
C Meter vaults for water service.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete
4. Section 02542—Concrete Manholes and Accessories
5. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for valve boxes
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
B No separate payment will be made for installation of meter boxes furnished by the
Owner under this Section. Include cost of installation of meter boxes in Bid Items for
which the Work is a component.
C Measurement for installation of meter vaults is on a per each basis for each meter vault
type and size,complete in place. Payment includes all labor and materials required to
complete installation as indicated on Plans.
D Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit manufacturer's product data for following items for approval:
1. Each type of valve box and lid.
2. Each type of meter box and cover.
3. Each type of meter vault frame and cover.
06/2014 02520- 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES,
AND METER VAULTS
C Submit Shop Drawings for cast-in-place meter vaults for approval if proposed
construction varies from Plans.
D Submit manufacturer's certification that meter boxes purchased for Work meet the
requirements of this Section.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 VALVE BOXES
A Provide adjustable, cast-iron, screw-type, valve boxes as manufactured by Bass and
Hays Foundry,Inc.,or approved equal. Design of valve box shall minimize stresses on
valve imposed by loads on box lid.
B Cast the word"WATER" into lid, 1/2 inch in height and raised 3/32 inch, for valves
serving potable water lines.
C Provide 6-inch PVC, Class 150, DR 18,riser pipes.
D Concrete for valve box placement:
1. For locations in new concrete pavement, use strength and mix design of new
pavement.
2. For other locations, use class "A" concrete, with minimum compressive
strength of 3000 psi, conforming to requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in-
Place
Concrete.
2.02 METER BOXES
A Refer to City of Pearland Standard Details or contact the Public Works Department for
list of acceptable products.
2.03 METER VAULTS
A Meter vaults may be constructed of precast concrete, cast-in-place concrete, or solid
masonry unless a specific type of construction is required by Plans.
B Concrete for meter vaults: Class A concrete, conforming to requirements of Section
03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete,with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28
days.
C Vaults for meters 3" and greater shall be procured through the City's utility billing
department.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
06/2014 02520-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES,METER BOXES,
AND METER VAULTS
A Obtain approval from the City Engineer or designee for location of meter vault.
B Verify lines and grades are correct.
C Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by vaults.
3.02 VALVE BOXES
A Provide riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover indicated on Plans or to
accommodate actual finish grade.
B Install adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in a vertical position. Provide 6
inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end,and interior contact
flange of valve box, for vertical movement damping. Riser may rest on valve flange,
or provide suitable footpiece to support riser pipe.
C Paint covers of new valve boxes as directed by the Owner.
3.03 METER BOXES
A Install plastic boxes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B Construct concrete meter boxes to dimensions shown on Plans.
C Adjust top of meter boxes to conform to cover elevations specified in this Section,
3.05 "Frame and Cover for Meter Vaults".
D Do not locate under paved areas unless approved by Engineer. Use approved traffic-
type box with cast iron lid when meter must be located in paved areas.
3.04 METER VAULTS
A Construct concrete meter vaults to dimensions and requirements shown on Plans.Do
not cast in presence of water. Make bottom as uniform as practicable.
B Precast Meter Vaults:
1. Install precast vaults in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set
level on a minimum 3 inch thick bed of sand conforming to the requirements of
Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.
2. Seal lifting holes cement-sand mortar or non-shrink grout.
C Meter Vault Floor Slab:
1. Construct floor slabs of 6-inch-thick reinforced concrete. Slope floor 1/4 inch
per foot toward sump. Make sump 12 inches in diameter, or 12 inches square,
and 4 inches deep, unless other dimensions are required by Plans. Install
dowels at maximum of 18 inches,center-to-center,or install mortar trench for
keying walls to floor slab.
2. Precast floor slab elements may be used for precast vault construction.
06/2014 02520-,3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES,
AND METER VAULTS
3.05 FRAME AND COVER FOR METER VAULTS
A Diamond Plate Aluminum as follows:
1. In unpaved areas,set top of meter box or meter vault cover 2 to 3 inches above
natural grade.
2. In sidewalk areas,set top of meter box or meter vault cover 1/2 to 1 inch above
adjacent concrete.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
B Backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities.
C In unpaved areas, slope backfill around meter boxes and vaults to provide a uniform
slope 1 to 5 from top to natural grade.
D Meter boxes are not allowed in sidewalk.
END OF SECTION
06/2014 02520-4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
Section 02534
PVC PIPE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches
through 16 inches.
B. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4
inches through 48 inches.
C. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal
diameters 4 inches through 36 inches.
D. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350— Submittals
2. Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
3. Section 02533—Sanitary Sewage Force Mains
4. Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap
5. Section 02510—Water Mains
6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers
7. Section 02731 — Sanitary Sewage Force Mains
8. Section 02630—Storm Sewers
9. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
E. Referenced Standards:
1. American Water Works Association(AWWA)
a. AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4"— 12" for
Water Distribution.
b. AWWA C905 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe,
Nominal Diameters, 14in. Through 36 in.
c. AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water.
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 1784,"Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride
(PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC)
Compounds"
b. ASTM F 477,"Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets)
for Joining Plastic Pipe"
05/2013 02534- 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
c. ASTM D 3139, "Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure
Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals"
d. ASTM D 3034, "Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl
Chloride(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings"
e. ASTM F 949, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC)
Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings"
f. ASTM D 794,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC)
Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside
Diameter"
g. ASTM F 679,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC)
Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings"
h. ASTM D 2241,"Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC)
Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR Series)"
i. ASTM D 3212,"Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer
Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals"
j. ASTM D 2444, "Standard Test Method for Determination for the
Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a
Tup (Falling Weight)"
k. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics
Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable"
1. ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications"
3. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
a. ANSI A21.10 Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings,2 thru 48 in./Water.
b. ANSI A21.11 Rubber Gasket Joints Cast and Ductile Iron Press Pipe.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under
this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewer,and
Sanitary Sewage Force Mains.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment
and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details.
05/2013 02534-2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of
this Section and AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 for pressure pipe applications,or the
appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe.
B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically
tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C900 or AWWA C905 and this
Section.
C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for
conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing
laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not
acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to the Engineer for review. Cost of testing
shall be borne by Contractor or Supplier.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an
amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be
toxic.
B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin
PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating
of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe
which is homogeneous throughout,free of voids,cracks,inclusions,and other defects,
uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties.
Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of
spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage.
C. For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains,provide self-extinguishing PVC pipe that
bears Underwriters'Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to
Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines.
D. Gaskets:
1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. Use elastomeric factory-
installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight.
2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free
product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the
following gasket materials for the noted contaminants.
05/2013 02534-3 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED
Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber
Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer
E. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non-toxic, non-objectionable in
taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no
deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets.
2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE
A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWAC900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot
lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameters.
B. Pipe 16-inch: AWWA C905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20 foot lengths; cast iron
equivalent outside diameter.
C. Joints: ASTM D 3139; push-on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve •
couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints.
D. Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection
recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing
curves and bends for review by the Engineer.
E. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C900, AWWA C905, ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110); at
point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification.
2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE
A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21.10, ductile iron; ANSI A21.11 single rubber gasket
push-on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating.
B. Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02634—Ductile Iron Pipe
and Fittings.
2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE
A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the
following table:
05/2013 02534-4 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
WALL PRODUCT I ASTM SDR(MAX.)/ DIAMETER
TYPE AIANITFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS(MIN.) SIZE RANGE
Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26/PS 115 6"to 15"
CertainTeed Approved F679 SDR 26/PS 115 18"to 48"
Can-Tex Approved AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A*** 4" to 12"
Carlon Approved AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A*** 14"to 36"
Diamond
Profile* Contech A-2000** Only when F949 N/A/50 psi 12"to 36"
included in the
ETI Ultra-Rib Bid Schedule F794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 48"
Lamson Vylon F794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 48"
* Allowed to be used where there are no service taps.
** Allowed to be used to maximum depth of 10' only.
***For water-seer separation requirements unless specifically noted in Bid Schedule.
B. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26,
provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679,except provide wall thickness as required for
SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi.
C. For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under
waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated
pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings.
D. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or
rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477.
E. ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477 shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory-
assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer
shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444.
F. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new
sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection
molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable.
2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE
A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe,and
conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02533 —
Sanitary Sewage Force Mains.
B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot,containing a bonded-in elastomeric
sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring
restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series
1350 restrainer,or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13,for PVC pipe
12-inch diameter and less.
05/2013 02534-5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
C. Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per this Section,2.03 `Bends and Fittings for
PVC Pressure Pipe", except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal
linings:
1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with
ASTM D 1248,heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting,as manufactured
by American Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline".
2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum)polyurethane,Corro-pipe II by Madison
Chemicals, Inc.
3. Nominal 40 mils(35 mils minimum)ceramic epoxy,Protecto 401 by Enduron
Protective Coatings.
D. Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required
by Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap.
E. Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with this
Section, 2.02E.
F. Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for
sanitary sewer force mains are:
1. J &M Manufacturing Company, Inc.
2. CertainTeed Corporation
3. Diamond Plastics Corporation
4. Carlon Company
5. North American Pipe Corporation(NAPCO)
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION
A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or
harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02510—Water Mains, Section 02530—Gravity
Sanitary Sewers, Section 02731 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains,and Section 02630—
Storm Sewers.
B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for
Utilities,ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations.
05/2013 02534-6 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND PVC PIPE
C. Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines
and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street,unless
otherwise required by Plans.
D. For water service,exclude use of PVC within 200 feet(along the public right-of-way)
of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage. Underground
storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other
commercial establishments.
E. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into
trench.
F. Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe
barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support.
END OF SECTION
05/2013 02534-7 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES
Section 02540
TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Tapping sleeves and valves for connections to existing water system.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200-Measurement &Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 02541 —Water&Wastewater Line Valves
4. Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, &Meter Vaults
5. Section 02512—Polyethylene Wrap
6. Section 02318 —Excavation &Backfill for Utilities
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and
Sewage Systems.
b. AWWA C1.10 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water
c. AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service—Sizes 4 In.
Through 144 In.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Measurement for installation of tapping sleeves and valves is on a per each basis.
Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation as indicated on Plans.
B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement&Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A Provide manufacturer's affidavit that all valves purchased for tapping of existing
waterlines conform to Section 02541 — Water & Wastewater Line Valves and to
applicable requirements of AWWA C500 and that they have been satisfactorily tested
in accordance with AWWA C500.
02/2008 02540- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Tapping Sleeves:
1. Tapping Sleeve Bodies: Stainless steel; in two sections to be bolted together
with high-strength,corrosion-resistant,low-alloy,steel bolts;mechanical joint
ends.
a. 12 inch and smaller: stainless steel; JCM 432, Romac, or approved
equal.
b. 16 inch and larger:epoxy coated ductile iron;JCM,or approved equal.
2. Branch Outlet of Tapping Sleeve: Flanged; machined recess; AWWA C207,
Class D, ANSI 150 lb drilling. Gasket: Affixed around recess of tap opening
to preclude rolling or binding during installation.
3. Where fire service from 6-inch main is approved, use cast iron split sleeve.
B Tapping Valves: Meet all requirements of Section 02541—Water&Wastewater Line
Valves with following exceptions:
1. Inlet Flanges:
a. AWWA C110; Class 125.
b. AWWA C110; Class 150 and higher: Minimum eight hole flange.
2. Outlet: Standard mechanical or push-on joint; to fit any standard tapping
machine.
3. Valve Seat Opening: Accommodate full-size shell cutter for nominal size tap
without any contact with valve body; double disc.
4. Open Left operation only.
C Valve Boxes: Furnish and install according to Section 02520—Valve Boxes, Meter
Boxes, &Meter Vaults.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A Install tapping sleeves and valves at locations and of sizes as shown on Drawings.
B Thoroughly clean tapping sleeve, tapping valve and pipe prior to installation and in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C Hydrostatically test installed tapping sleeve to 150 psig for a minimum of 15 minutes.
Inspect sleeve for leaks, and remedy leaks prior to tapping operation.
D When tapping concrete pressure pipe, size on size, use shell cutter one standard size
smaller than waterline being tapped.
E Do not use Large End Bell(LEB)increasers with a next size tap unless existing pipe is
asbestos-cement.
02/2008 02540-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES
3.02 INSTALLATION
A Tighten bolts in proper sequence so that undue stress is not placed on pipe.
B Align tapping_valve properly and attach it to tapping sleeve.
C Make tap with sharp, shell cutter:
1. For 12-inch and smaller tap, use minimum cutter diameter one-half inch less
than nominal tap size.
2. For 16-inch and larger tap,use manufacturer's recommended cutter diameter.
D Withdraw coupon and flush all cuttings from newly-made tap.
E Wrap completed tapping sleeve and valve in accordance with Section 02512 —
Polyethylene Wrap.
F Place concrete thrust block behind tapping sleeve (NOT over tapping sleeve and
valve).
G Block under valve using concrete blocks.
H Request inspection of installation prior to backfilling.
I Backfill in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation &Backfill for Utilities.
END OF SECTION
02/2008 02540-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
Section 02541
WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing
Valves.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures
3. Section 02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults
4. Section 02542—Concrete Manholes
5. Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
6. Section 02510—Water Mains
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM A 307, "Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and
Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength"
b. ASTM B 763,"Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Casting
for Valve Applications"
c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or
Ounce Metal Castings"
d. ASTM D 429,"Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Adhesion
to Rigid Substrates"
e. ASTM A 126, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for
Valves,Flanges, and Pipe Fittings"
f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings"
g. ASTM A 240,"Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-
Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and
for General Applications"
h. ASTM A 276, "Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and
Shapes"
i. ASTM B 584,"Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings
for General Applications"
j. ASTM A 313,"Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire"
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and
Sewage Systems.
b. AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Resilient-seated Gate Valves, 3
through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems
c. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and
Hydrants
d. AWWA C504 Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves
04/2009 02541 - 1 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for valves under this
Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains.
B Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures.
C Stipulated Price(Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract,payment
for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States
and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA
C515 and this Section,and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States
in accordance with AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 GATE VALVES
A Gate Valves: AWWA C500, AWWA C509 or C515 and additional requirements of
this Section.Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults,aboveground and plant
valves open counterclockwise.
B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less
than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed.
C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller: 125 psig; bronze; rising-stem;
single-wedge; disc type; screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal.
D Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: AWWA C550; Indurall 3300 or
approved equal, non-toxic,imparts no taste to water,functions as physical,chemical,
and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick,
fusion-bonded epoxy. Prior to assembly of valve, apply protective coating to interior
and exterior surfaces of body.
E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter: Iron body,double gate,non-rising stem, 150-pound
test, 2 inch square nut operating clockwise to open.
04/2009 02541 -2 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
F Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non-directional, resilient seated
(AWWA C509 or AWWA C515) or parallel seat double disc (AWWA C500), 200
psig, bronze mounting, push-on bell ends with rubber joint rings, and nut-operated
unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated valves manufactured by American
Darling AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equal. Provide double disc
valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6-102, or approved equal.
Comply with following requirements:
1. Design: Fully encapsulated rubber wedge or rubber seat ring mechanically
attached with minimum 304 stainless-steel fasteners or screws; threaded
connection isolated from water by compressed rubber around opening.
2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flange bonnet and stuffing box together with
ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts.Manufacturer's initials,pressure rating, and year
manufactured shall be cast in body.
3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent
zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum.
4. Stems: ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum yield strength of
40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2 inches of 12 percent, non-rising.
5. 0-rings: AWWA C509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2.
6. Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar
with anti-friction washer located above thrust collar.
7. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze.
8. Resilient Wedge: Molded, synthetic rubber,vulcanized and bonded to cast or
ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or
exceed ASTM D 429, Method B; seat against epoxy-coated surface in valve
body.
9. Bolts: AWWA C509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc
coated.
G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter: AWWA C500 by Mueller;push-on
bell ends with rubber rings and nut-operated unless otherwise specified, double disc,
150 psi, and comply with the following:
1. Body: Cast or ductile iron; flange together bonnet and stuffing box with
ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials,pressure rating,and year
manufactured shall be cast in body. Equip with rollers, tracks, and scrapers.
2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust
collar machined to size; non-rising.
3. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and one 0-ring below thrust collar
with anti-friction washer located above thrust collar for operating torque.
4. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze.
5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened into machined
dovetailed grooves.
6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze-mounted wedges. Thin
plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron surfaces are acceptable. Other
moving surfaces integral to wedging action shall be bronze monel or nickel
alloy-to-iron.
04/2009 02541 -3 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
7. Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast
iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for
imposed forces.
8. Gear Cases: Cast iron;furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended
type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0-
rings at shaft openings.
9. Stuffing Boxes: Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case.
H Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves.
1. Sizes: Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20 inch gate valves.
Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves.
I Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines:
1. Double disc, square bottom.
J Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines:
1. Equipped with bronze shoes and slides.
K Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4 foot Depth:
1. Provide non-rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach
securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate
in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade.
L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual(Fire Service) Type Meter Installations:
1. Conform to provisions of this specification; outside screw and yoke valves;
carry label of Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.;flanged,Class 125;clockwise to
close.
M Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP.
2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS
A Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C504, except as modified or
supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured by Keystone International,
American-Darling, or approved equal.
B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, butterfly valves shall be used for line valve
sizes 16 inch and larger. If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed.
C Butterfly valves shall be short-body,flanged design and installed at locations as shown
on Plans.
D Direct-bury valves,valves in subsurface vaults. Above-ground and plant valves shall
open counterclockwise.
E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP.
F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large-Diameter Water
Mains): Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed
04/2009 02541 -4 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall not exceed one-third of the yield
strength or one-fifth of the ultimate strength of the material used. Provide valves
manufactured by Keystone International, American-Darling, or equal.
2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE_CONSTRUCTION
A Valves: AWWA C504, Class 150B. Body: Cast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B.
Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, Class 125 lb.
B Discs for Butterfly Valves: Either cast iron or ductile iron.
C Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, and may be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be
mechanically secured and may not rely solely on adhesive properties of epoxy or
similar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats on disc shall be mechanically
retained by stainless steel(18-8)retaining ring held in place by stainless steel(18 8)
cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added retention. When seat is on disc,
seat shall be retained in position by shoulders located on both disc and stainless-steel
retaining ring. Mating surfaces for seats: Type 304 or 316,stainless steel and secured
to disc by mechanical means. Sprayed-on or plated mating surfaces will not be
allowed.
D Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve,including disc,with epoxy suitable for
potable-water conditions. Epoxy, surface preparation, and epoxy application: In
accordance with AWWA C550 and coating manufacturer's recommendations. Provide
two coats of two-component, high-build epoxy with minimum dry thickness of 10
mils. Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday
tested and measured for thickness.
E Valve shaft and keys,dowel pins,or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to valve
disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: Stainless steel,bronze,nylon,
or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing material with proven record of
preventing Teflon flow under load)in accordance with AWWA C504.
F Packing: Field-adjustable, split-V type, and.replaceable without removing operator
assembly.
G Retaining Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Nuts and screws used
with clamps and discs for rubber seats shall be held securely with locktight, or other
approved method, to prevent loosening by vibration or cavitational effects.
H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis.and shall rotate 90
degrees between full-open and tight-closed position. Install valves with valve shafts
horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated direction of flow,except where
shown otherwise on Plans.
2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION
A Provide actuators for valves with size based on line velocity of 16 feet per second,
and, unless otherwise shown on Plans, equip with geared manual actuators. Provide
04/2009 02541 -5 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
fully enclosed and traveling-nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm-gear type for
valves 24 inches and smaller.
B Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaft horizontal unless otherwise
indicated on Plans.
C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator housing
and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no moving parts are exposed to
soil or elements.
D Provide oil-tight and watertight actuator housings for valves,specifically designed for
buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factory packed
with suitable grease.
E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above ground or in
valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only.
F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly.
G Design worm-gear or traveling-nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot-pounds, or
less,will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed.Vertical
axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed.
2.05 VALVE BOXES
A Provide standard adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of Section
02520—Valve Boxes,Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults.
2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES
A For large-diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown on Plans
conforming to requirements of Section 02542—Concrete Manholes.
2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES
A Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials:
body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron; float and leverage mechanism,
ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel;orifice and seat,stainless steel against Buna-N or
Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt;other valve internals,stainless
steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Plans.
B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single-body, standard combination or
duplex-body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans.
1. For 2 inch and 3 inch, single-body valves, provide inlet and outlet sizes as
shown on Plans and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve
materials: body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126,
Grade B cast iron;plug or poppet,ASTM A 276 stainless steel;float,ASTM A
240 stainless steel; seat,Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve
exterior: Painted with shop-applied primer suitable for contact with potable
04/2009 02541 -6 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal
valves.
2. For 3 inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Plans, provide Apco
Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. AR/GH-
21-K/280, or equal.. Air and vacuum valve materials: body and cover,ASTM
A 48, Class 35, cast iron; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Type-304,
stainless steel and Buna-N;other valve internals,stainless steel or bronze. Air
release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release
Valves:
C Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and
outlet connections as shown on Plans. Provide air release valves in combination with
inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Plans. Valve shall open under pressure
differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No. 200A air
release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for
vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; seat and plug,
ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836; spring, ASTM A 313, Type-304, stainless
steel;bushing,ASTM B 584 bronze,copper alloy 932;retaining screws,ASTM A 276,
Type-304, stainless steel.
D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans.
2.08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal, PRV with strainer in location and
arrangement as shown on Plans. Valve body: ASTM A 48,cast iron or ASTM A 126,
Class B, cast iron with ANSI B 16.1, Class 125, flanges. Valve cover: ASTM A 48
cast iron. Valve internals: Type-303, stainless steel or B-62 bronze. Rubber parts:
Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross
section.
B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer.
C PRV: Equip with valve position indicator. Initially set in field by authorized
manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure.
D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV as shown on Plans. Strainer body: quick-
opening type, fabricated-steel construction with ANSI B16.1, Class 150, flanges.
Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Hayward Model 90, or equal,for PRY 4-
inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, or equal, for PRV 14 inches or
greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing.
E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining.
F Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520—Valve Boxes,
Meter boxes, and Meter Vaults.
04/2009 02541 -7 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 — Excavation and
Backfill for Utilities.
B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer.
3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
A Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open
and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition.
B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans. Set valves plumb and as
detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box
for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install
valves completely closed when placed in water line.
C For pipe section of each valve box,use only cast iron,ductile iron,or DR 18 PVC pipe
cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box
in vertical position as indicated on Plans. -
3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING
A Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required by Section
02510—Water Mains.
B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate.
3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES
A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or
approved equal.
END OF SECTION
04/2009 , 02541 -8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
Section 02630
STORM SEWERS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Storm sewers and appurtenances.
B. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services
4. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete
5. Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials
6. Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities
7. Section 02415 —Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers
8. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
9. Section 02629 - Safety End Treatments
C. Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM C 76,"Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert,
Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe
b. ASTM C 443,"Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and
Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets"
c. ASTM C 506, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch
Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe"
d. ASTM C 877,"Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for
Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections"
e. ASTM C 507, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete
Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe"
f ASTM C 655, "Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D-
Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe"
g. ASTM D 3350,"Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe
and Fittings Materials"
h. ASTM C 1433, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced
Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers"
i. ASTM B 633, "Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings
of Zinc on Iron and Steel"
j. ASTM A 760, "Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,
Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains"
5/2013 02630- 1 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement for storm sewers is on a linear foot basis taken along the center line of
the pipe from center line to center line of manholes or from end to end of culverts,
measured and complete in place. Separate measurement will be made for each type
and size of pipe installed.
B. Payment for storm sewer includes pipe, earthwork, connections to existing manholes
and pipe,accessories,equipment and execution required are incidental to storm sewer
work.
C. Refer to Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit manufacturer's literature for product specifications and installation instructions.
C. Submit product quality,material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
1.04 TESTING
A. Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The condition for acceptance will be a storm sewer that is watertight both in pipe-to-
pipe,box-to-box joints and in pipe-to-manhole connections and in box connections.
5/2013 02630-2 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Handle pipe,_fittings,_and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do
not drop or roll pipe off trucks or trailers. Materials cracked,gouged,chipped,dented,
or otherwise damaged will not be approved for installation.
C. Store pipe and fittings on heavy timbers or platforms to avoid contact with the ground.
D. Unload pipe,fittings,and specials as close as practical to the location of installation to
avoid unnecessary handling.
E. Keep interiors of pipe and fittings completely free of dirt and foreign matter.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
A. Materials for storm sewers shall be of the sizes and types indicated on the Plans.
B. Materials for pipe and fittings, other than those specified or referenced, may be
considered for use in storm sewers.
C. For consideration of other materials, submit complete manufacturer's data including
materials,sizes,flow carrying capacity, installation procedures,and history of similar
installations to Engineer for pre-bid evaluations, if allowed, or as a substitution.
2.02 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
A. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for
Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443.
B. Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for
Class A-III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877.
C. Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class 'VE-III for vertical or Class HE-III for
horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877.
D. Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655.
•
5/2013 02630-3 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
2.03 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX SEWERS
A. All box sewer sections shall conform to ASTM C1433.
B. All pipe and boxes shall be machine-made or cast by a process which will provide for
uniform placement of concrete in the forms and compaction by mechanical devices
which will assure a dense concrete.
C. Concrete shall conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast-in-Place Concrete
with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi.
D. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other batching facility from which
the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit-mixed concrete is
not acceptable.
E. Make test specimens in test cylinders at the same time and in the same manner as the
box sections they represent. Make a minimum of 4 test cylinders for each day's
production run and each mix design. Cure test cylinders in the same manner and for
the same times as the boxes they represent. The producer must furnish all equipment
required for testing concrete for boxes produced in a precasting plant.
F. For precast boxes,provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section. Lifting holes
may be cast, cut into fresh concrete after form removal, or drilled. Provide lifting
holes of sufficient size for adequate lifting devices based on the size and weight of the
box section. Do not use lifting holes larger than 3 in. in diameter. Do not cut more
than 1 longitudinal.
G. Rubber gaskted joints for precast reinforced concrete box culverts and sewers may be
selected in lieu of boxes with preformed,flexible,mastic gasket material.When rubber
gasket joints are selected, they shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1677 for
design of the joints, performance and joint tolerances. When selecting the rubber
gasket joint for box,neither filter fabric nor external joint wrap shall be required.
2.04 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel, aluminized steel, aluminum or
precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Plans and conforming to the following:
Galvanized Steel AASHTO M218
Aluminized Steel AASHTO M274
Aluminum AASHTO M197
Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M246
1. Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S. Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets.
Tables in AASHTO M218 and AASHTO M274 list thicknesses for coated
sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M197 list thicknesses in inches for
clad aluminum sheets.
5/2013 02630-4 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
B. Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall
conform to requirements of AASHTO M36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M196 for
aluminum pipe.
1. Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than
thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0.052 inch for
steel or 0.048 inch for aluminum.
2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or
otherwise) as pipe.
3. Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for
corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes
being joined:
a. 10 1/2 inches wide for 2 2/3 inch x 1/2-inch corrugations.
b. 12 inches wide for 3 inch x 1 inch corrugations.
4. Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only
when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed
with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with
helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically
corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum
width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following:
a. 12 inches wide for 1/2 inch-deep helical end corrugations.
b. 14 inches wide for one inch-deep helical end corrugations.
5. Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one
projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not
less than the following:
a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches.
Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections.
b. 16 '/ inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater. Bands
shall have four circumferential rows of projections.
6. Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2 inch diameter. Bands 12 inches wide or
less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands
greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each
connection.
7. Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements
of AASHTO M 232,mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as
AASHTO M 232, or electro-galvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS.
5/2013 02630-5 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
C. Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous
coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of
AASHTO M190.
1. Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0.05
inch, measured on crests of corrugations.
2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or
peel during handling and placement;and shall protect pipe from corrosion and
deterioration.
3. Where a paved invert is shown on Plans,pipe or pipe arch,in addition to fully-
coated treatment described above,shall receive additional bituminous material,
same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to
form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above
crests of corrugations.
D. Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access
manholes,and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance
with Plans and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and
external loads as straight pipe.
2.05 PIPE FABRICATION
A. Steel Pipe:
1. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming
to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Plans.
2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with
riveted or spot-welded seams,helical corrugations with continuous helical lock
seam, or ultra-high frequency resistance butt-welded seams is acceptable.
B. Aluminum Pipe:
1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196, Type I,Type IA,
circular pipe, or Type II, pipe arch as indicated on the Plans.
2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with
riveted or spot-welded seams,or helical corrugations with a continuous helical
lock seam.
3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other
than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of
bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190. Extend
coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact.
5/2013 02630-6 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
C. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe:
1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type I,
Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Plans.
2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with
riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable.
3. Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils.
2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tolerances: Allowable casting tolerances for concrete units are plus or minus 1/4 inch
from dimensions shown on the Plans. Concrete thickness in excess of that required
will not constitute cause for rejection provided that such excess thickness does not
interfere with proper jointing operations.
B. Precast Unit Identification: Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of
manufacturer clearly on the inside of inlet, headwall or wingwall.
C. Rejection: Precast units may be rejected for non-conformity with these specifications
and for any of the following reasons:
1. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that
do not exceed the depth of the joint.
2. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture.
3. Damaged or misshaped ends, where such damage would prevent making a
satisfactory joint.
D. Replacement: Immediately remove rejected units from the work site and replace with
acceptable units.
E. Repairs: Occasional imperfections resulting from manufacture or accidental damage
may be repaired if, in the opinion of the Engineer, repaired units conform to
requirements of these specifications.
2.07 BEDDING,BACKFILL,AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL
A. Bedding and Backfill Material: Conform to Plans and requirements of Sections 02255
—Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials.
5/2013 02630-7 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Conform to requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities,
3.02 "Preparation".
3.02 EARTHWORK
A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill
for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Plans.
When pipes are laid in a trench,the trench when completed and shaped to receive the
pipe,shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding
and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around
pipe.
B. Bed pipe in accordance with Plans and Specifications. When requested by Engineer,
furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping
of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of
cross section.
C. Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe,remove the rock below
grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth
cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick.
D. Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable
materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with
requirements of Section 02318 —Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Do not allow
cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated
aluminum or aluminized pipe surface.
E. After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and
headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details,place selected material
from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in
uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth(loose measurement),wetted if required
and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides
of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill
material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining
sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three-fourths point
of structure, place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches.
F. Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet
beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a
minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe.
G. Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum
of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed.
5/2013 02630-8 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
H. During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density
throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide
proper backfill under structure.
I. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material,an inspection will be made of
inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper
construction methods. Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective
measures as may be directed by Engineer.
3.03 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together,
with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on
sides.
B. Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated
with an approved asphaltum paint.
C. Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench
without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe
which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying,or is damaged,
shall be taken up and relaid.
D. Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the
center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans,
maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes:
DIAMETER CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PIPES PIPE ARCH
OF PIPE FULL CIRCLE AND PIPE ARCH DESIGN NO.
18" l'2" 2
24" 1' 5" 3
30" 1' 8" 4
36" 1' 11" 5
42" 2' 2" 6
48" 2' 5" 7
54" 2' 10" 8
60"—84" 3' 2" 9
90"— 120" 3' 5" 10&Over
E. Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection
between structure and existing as indicated on Plans, coat the connection with.
bituminous material when required.
F. When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Plans,sever portion
to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged
5/2013 02630-9 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
headwalls,aprons or pipes attached to the headwall, shall be restored to their original
condition.
3.04 JOINTING
A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration
of side material.
B. Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly-closed
joint.
C. Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential
corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential
corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential
corrugation of pipe ends being coupled.
3.05 CONCRETE PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with the Plans and pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as
specified in this Section.
B. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench shaped,
bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the Engineer.
C. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing
of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the
pipe follow the grades and alignments indicated.
D. Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. •
E. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets.
F. Place and drive home newly laid sections with come-a-long winches so as to eliminate
damage to sections. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be
allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by the
Engineer.
G. Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after
laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size,use a suitable swab or drag in the
pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed.
H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection.
I. When work is not in progress,cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug
to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe.
5/2013 02630- 10 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
3.06 PRECAST AND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE BOX SEWERS INSTALLATION
A. Placement of Boxes: when precast boxes are used to form multiple barrel structures,
place the box sections in conformance with the plans or as directed. Place material to
be used between barrels as shown on the plans or as directed. Unless otherwise
authorized, start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed
toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. Fit,match, and lay
the boxes to form a smooth,uniform conduit true to the established lines and grades.
For trench installations, lower the box sections into the trench without damaging the
box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. Carefully clean the ends of
the box before it is placed. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box
as it is laid. Remove and re-lay, without extra compensation, boxes that are not in
alignments or that show excessive settlement after laying. Form and place cast-in-
place boxes in accordance with Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Connections and Stub Ends: Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes,
storm drains, or storm drain appurtenances as shown on the plans. Mortar or concrete
the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate any drainage pockets created
by the connections. Connect boxes to any required headwalls,wingwalls, safety end
treatments or riprap, or other structures as shown on the plans or as directed. Repair
any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the connections. Finish
stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the plans by installing
watertight plugs into the free end of the box.
C. For precast boxes,fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete
or mortar plugs may be used.
3.07 INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT
A. For installation of pipe by augering,boring,or jacking pipe,conform to requirements
of Section 02415 - Augering Pipe or Casing for Sewers.
B. Design pipe and box sewers for jacking,boring or tunneling considering the specific
installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated
deflection angles and jacking pressures. When requested, provide design notes and
drawings signed by a Texas licensed professional engineer.
3.08 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect inlet leads to the inlets as shown on the Plans. Use non-shrink grout jointing
material as shown on the Plans Drawing or as approved. Make connections water
tight.
5/2013 02630- 11 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND STORM SEWERS
3.09 FINISHES
A. Cut off inlet leads neatly at the inside face of inlet wall. Point up with mortar or field
galvanizing.
B. When the box section of the inlet has been completed,shape the floor of the inlet with
mortar to conform to the detailed Plans.
C. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with requirements of Section 03300—Cast-in-
Place Concrete.
3.10 BACKFILL
A. Backfill the trench only after pipe and box sewer installation is approved by the
Engineer.
B. Bed pipes with materials conforming to requirements of Section 02318—Excavation
and Backfill for Utilities and as indicated on Plans.
C. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02318—Excavation and Backfill
for Utilities.
3.11 INSPECTION
A. Remove and replace all nonconforming work at no additional cost to City.
3.12 SAFETY END TREATMENTS (SET)
A. Install safety end treatments in accordance with Section 02629 and as indicated on the
plans. Use only approved pre-cast SET's with cross bars.
3.13 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises.
B. In unpaved areas,grade surface as a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the
Plans.
END OF SECTION
5/2013 02630- 12 of 12
CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
Section 02634
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for water mains,wastewater force mains,gravity sanitary
sewers, and storm sewers.
B. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 02676—Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines
3. Section 02533 —Sanitary Sewage Force Mains
4. Section 02630—Polyethylene Wrap
5. Section 02510—Water Mains
6. Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers
C. Referenced Standards:
1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
a. ANSI A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe Centrifugal Cast, in Metal Molds
b. ANSI A21.11,Rubber Gasket Joints Cast and Ductile Iron Press Pipe
c. ANSI A21.15, Flanged Cast and Ductile Iron
d. ANSI A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe
e. ANSI A21.10, Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings,2 thru 48 in./Water
f. ANSI B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
g. ANSI A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service
h. ANSI A21.4, Cement-Mortar lining/Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and
Fittings
2. American Water Works Association(AWWA)
a. AWWA C 111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and
Fittings
b. AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water
c. AWWA C153 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service
d. AWWA C600 Installation for Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances
3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
a. SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning
4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
5/2013 02634- 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. ASTM G 62,"Standard Test Method for Holiday Detection in Pipeline
Coatings"
b. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics
Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for ductile iron pipe
and fittings under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mains, Sanitary
Sewage Force Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and Storm Sewers.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B. Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment
and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fitting, flange, and special details. Show
station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Plans. Production of pipe and
fittings prior to review by the Engineer is at Contractor's risk.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all ductile iron pipe and fittings meet
provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory and meet
requirements of ANSI A21.51.
B. Provide certifications that all pipe joints have been tested and meet requirements of
ANSI A21.11.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. Ductile iron pipe barrels: ANSI A21.15,ANSI A21.50 or ANSI A21.51;bear mark of
Underwriters' Laboratories approval.
B. Provide pipe sections in standard lengths,not less than 18 feet long,except for special
fittings and closure sections as indicated on Shop Drawings.
C. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings,use minimum Pressure Class 250 for waterlines
or thickness Class 52 for waterlines in casing or augered hole. Provide minimum
thickness Class 52 for sanitary sewers. Provide minimum Pressure Class 350 for
flanged pipe.
5/2013 02634-2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
2.02 JOINTS
A. Joint types: ANSI A21.11 push-on;ANSI A21.11 mechanical joint;or ANSI A21.15
flanged end." Provide push-on joints unless otherwise indicated on the Plans or
required by these specifications.For bolted joints,bolts shall conform to requirements
of AWWA C111.
B. Where restrained joints for buried service are required by Plans, provide one of the
following, or Approved Equal(restrained joints shall be polyethylene wrapped):
1. Super-Lock Joint by Clow Corporation.
2. Flex-Ring or Lok-Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe Company.
3. TR-Flex Joint by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company.
4. EBAA IRON MEGALUG Mechanical Joint Restraint.
C. Threaded or grooved type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below minimum
required are not acceptable.
D. Provide for restrained joints designed to meet test pressures required under Section
02676 - Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines or Section 02533— Sanitary Sewage Force
Mains, as applicable.
E. Where ductile iron water main is cathodically protected from corrosion, bond rubber
gasketed joints as shown on Plans to provide electrical continuity along entire pipeline,
except where insulating flanges.are required by Plans.
2.03 GASKETS
A. Furnish, when no contaminant is identified, plain rubber (SBR) gasket material; for
flanged joints 1/8-inch thick gasket in accordance with ANSI A21.15.
B. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas,especially where free product is
found near the elevation of the proposed pipeline, shall have the following gasket
materials for the noted contaminants:
CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED
Petroleum(diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber, Nitrile Rubber,FKM Viton Type
Gasket(ASTM 1418)
Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacture
5/2013 02634-3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
2.04 FITTINGS
A. Use fittings of same size as pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate an off-size
fitting. Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions in piping size by
reducing fittings. Line and coat fittings as specified for pipe they serve.
B. Push-on Fittings will not be allowed above grade.
C. Flanged Fittings: ANSI A21.10; ANSI B16.1 cast or ductile iron. Flanges: ANSI
B16.1, Class 125;pressure rated at 250 psig.
D. Mechanical Joint Fittings: ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C 110); pressure rated at 250 psi.
E. Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Mains:ANSI A21.53(AWWA C153);4-inch
through 12-inch diameter; cement-mortar lining; conform to requirements of Section
02630—Polyethylene Wrap.
2.05 COATINGS AND LININGS
A. Water Main Interiors: ANSI A21.4, cement lined with seal coat.
B. Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors:
1. Preparation: Commercial blast cleaning conforming to SSPC-SP6.
2. Liner thickness: Nominal 40 mils,minimum 35 mils, for pipe barrel interior;
minimum 6- 10 mils at gasket groove and outside spigot end to 6-inches back
from end.
3. Testing: ASTM G 62, Method B for voids and holidays; provide written
certification.
4. Acceptable Lining Materials:
a. Virgin polyethylene conforming to ASTM D 1248, with inert fillers
and carbon black to resist ultraviolet degradation during storage heat
bonded to interior surface of pipe and fittings;"Polyline"by American
Cast Iron Pipe Company; or Approved Equal.
b. Polyurethane: Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals.
c. Ceramic Epoxy: Protecto-401 by Enduron Protective Coatings.
C. Sanitary Sewer Point Repair Pipe: For pipes which will be lined with high density
polyethylene liner pipe or cured-in-place liner,provide cement-lined with seal coat in
accordance with ANSI A21.4. For pipes which will not be provided with named liner,
provide pipe as specified in this Section, 2.05B "Sanitary Sewer and Force Main
Interiors".
5/2013 02634-4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
D. Exterior: Prime coat and outside asphaltic coating conforming to ANSI A21.10,ANSI
A21.15, or ANSI A21.51 for pipe and fittings in open cut excavation and in casings.
E. Polyethylene Wrap: For buried water lines and sanitary sewers, including point
repairs, provide polyethylene wrap unless otherwise specified or shown. Provide
Polyethylene Wrap for all buried ductile iron pipe,including polyurethane coated pipe.
F. For flanged joints in buried service,provide petrolatum wrapping system, Denso, or
Approved Equal, for the complete joint and all alloy steel fasteners. Alternatively,
provide bolts made of Type 304 Stainless Steel.
G. Pipe to be installed in potentially contaminated areas shall have coatings and linings
recommended by the manufacturer as resistant to the contaminants.
2.06 MANUFACTURERS
A. Pre-approved manufacturers of ductile iron are American Cast Iron Pipe Co.,McWane
Cast Iron Pipe Co., and U. S. Pipe and Foundry Co.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Conform to installation requirements of Section 02510—Water Mains, Section 02530
—Gravity Sanitary Sewers,and Section 02533—Sanitary Sewage Force Mains,except
as modified in this Section.
B. Install in accordance with AWWA C600 and manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Install all ductile iron pipe in polyethylene wrap, unless cathodic protection is
provided. Do not use polyethylene wrap with a cathodic protection system.
3.02 GRADE
A. Unless otherwise specified on Plans,install ductile iron pipe for water service to clear
utility lines with following minimum cover:
DIAMETER DEPTH OF COVER
(INCHES) (FEET)
16 and 24 5
12 and smaller 4
END OF SECTION
5/2013 02634-5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Section 02635
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A New steel pipe and fittings for water mains,pumping facilities, and casings.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350—Submittals
2. Section 02636—Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe
3. Section 02510—Water Mains
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM A 36, "Standard Specification for Carbon structural Steel"
b. ASTM A 570, "Standard Practice for Roof System Assemblies
Employing Steel Deck, Performed Roof Insulation, and Bituminous
Built-Up Roofing"
c. ASTM A 53, "Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-
Dipped, Zinc-Coated,Welded and Seamless"
d. ASTM A 135,"Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded
Steel Pipe"
e. ASTM A 139, "Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (arc)-
Welded Steel Pipe(NPS 4 and Over)"
f. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement"
g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates"
h. ASTM D 512, "Standard Test Method for Chloride Ion in Water"
i. ASTM D 1293, "Standard Test Method for pH of Water"
j. ASTM D 4541, "Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of
Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers"
2. American Water Works Association(AWWA)
a. AWWA C200 Steel Water Pipe—6 in. and Larger
b. AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
c. AWWA M11 Steel Water Pipe: A Guide for Design and Installation,
Fourth Edition
d. AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service—Sizes 4 in.
Through 144 in.
e. AWWA C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines
f. AWWA C210 Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and
Exterior of Special Sections,Connections,and Fittings for Steel Water
Pipelines
02/2008 02635- 1. of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
g. AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe—4 in. and Larger—Shop Applied
h. AWWA C602 Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines in Place-4 in.
and Larger
i. AWWA C209 Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special
Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
4. National Sanitation Foundation (NFS)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for steel pipe and
fittings under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains, pumping
facilities and casings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit Shop Drawings for aerial crossings and water plant/facilities. Include design
of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade,laying dimensions,lining and
coating systems,proposed welding procedures,fabrication,fitting,flange,and special
details. -
C Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Plans.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A Provide manufacturer's certifications that all pipe and fittings have been hydrostatically
tested at factory in accordance with AWWA C200, Section 3.4.
B Provide manufacturer's affidavits that polyurethane coatings,linings and tape coatings
comply with applicable requirements of this Section and that coatings were applied and
allowed to cure at a temperature 5 degrees above the dew point.
C Provide manufacturer's affidavits that mortar coatings and linings comply with
applicable requirements of this Section and that linings were applied and allowed to
cure at a temperature above 32 degrees F.
D Prior to work being started, provide proof of certification of qualification for all
welders employed for type of work,procedures and positions involved. Qualifications
shall be in accordance with AWWA C206.
E Production of pipe and fittings prior to review by the Engineer shall be at Contractor's
risk.
02/2008 02635 2 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PIPE
A Provide steeLpipe_designed and manufactured in conformance with AWWA C200 and
AWWA M11 except as modified herein. Steel shall be minimum of ASTM A 36,
ASTM A 570 Grade 36, ASTM A 53 Grade B, ASTM A 135 Grade B, or ASTM A
139 Grade B.
B Minimum Allowable Steel-Wall Thickness: In accordance with following table for
HS-20 live loads and depths of bury of up to 16 feet and AWWA C200 new uncoated
welded steel.
CASING PIPE
(ENCASEMENT SLEEVES)
CASING MINIMUM WALL APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
PIPE SIZE PER
O.D. THICKNESS LINEAR FOOT UNCOATED
8" 8.625" 0.219" 19.64
10" 10.75" 0.219" 24.60
12" 12.75" 0.219" 29.28
14" 14.00" 0.219" 32.00
16" 16.00" 0.219" 36.86
20" 20.00" 0.250" 52.73
24" 24.00" 0.250" 63.41
30" 30.00" 0.250" 79.43
C Provide pipe sections in lengths of no less than 20 feet except as required for special
fittings or closure sections.
D Fittings: Factory forged for sizes 4 inches through 24 inches; long radius bends;
beveled ends for field butt welding; wall thickness: equal to or greater than pipe to
which fittings is to be welded; unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
E Joints:
1. Standard field joint for steel pipe; including casings: AWWA C206.
a. Single-welded, lap joint.
b. Double-welded, butt joint.
2. Provide mechanically coupled or flanged joints where required for valves and
fittings, and as shown on Plans. Flanges: AWWA C207, Class D; same
diameter and drilling as Class 125 cast iron flanges, ASA B16.1. Maintain
electrically isolated flanged joints between steel and cast iron by using epoxy-
02/2008 02635-3 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
coated bolts, nuts, washers and insulating type gasket unless otherwise
approved by Engineer.
F Make curves and bends by use of beveled joints unless otherwise indicated on Plans.
Contractor may submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for
consideration by the Engineer. If other methods are deemed satisfactory,install at no
additional cost to Owner.
G Provide shop coated and shop lined steel pipe with minimum of one coat of shop
applied primer approved for use in potable water transmission on all exposed steel
surfaces. Primer for tape coated steel pipe to be used for field-applied coatings shall
have no less than 5 percent solids. Provide primer compatible with coating system and
in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations.
H Standard or Special Sections: Within 1/8 inch + of specified or theoretical lengths.
Flanges: Square with pipe with bolt holes straddling both horizontal and vertical axis.
Provide 1/2-inch gap between pipe ends where pipe is to be coupled with sleeve
couplings.
2.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE
A General: Supplied with either tape coatings as specified herein.
1. Tape Coating: AWWA C214;80-mil,shop-applied,Polyken YG-III,Tek-Rap
Yard-Rap,or equal,except as modified herein. Components: primer,one 20-
mil layer of inner-layer tape for corrosion protection and two 30-mil layers of
outer-layer tape for mechanical protection. Primer: compatible with tape
coating, supplied by coating-system manufacturer. Provide pipe with shop
coatings cut back from joint ends to facilitate joining and welding of pipe.
Taper successive tape layers by 1-inch staggers to facilitate field wrapping of
joints. Cut back approximately 4 to 4-1/2 inches to facilitate welding. Inner
and outer tape widths:
DIAMETER TAPE WIDTH
4„—6„ 6„
8" — 12„ 9„
14"— 16" 12"
18"-24" 18"
2.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE IN TUNNEL, CASING OR
AUGER HOLES
A Provide exterior coating system of pipe in augered holes or casing, without annular
grout,as specified in Section 02636—Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron
Pipe. No additional exterior coating is required for mortar coated pipe.
02/2008 02635-4 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
2.04 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED
ABOVEGROUND (OR EXPOSED)
A Provide a 3-coat epoxy/polyurethane coating system as designated below.
Surface Preparation SSPC SPIO
Near White Blast Clean
2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile
Prime Coat ACRO 4422 Inhibitive Epoxy Primer, or approved equal
2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT
Intermediate Coat ACRO 4460 Chemical Resistant Epoxy, or approved equal
4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT
Finish Coat ACRO 4428 Polyurethane, or approved equal
1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT
B Total minimum allowable dry film thickness for system: 10 mils.
C All materials shall be from same manufacturer.
2.05 INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL PIPE
A General: Supply steel pipe with either epoxy lining or shop applied cement mortar
lining,capable of conveying water at temperatures not greater than 140°F.All linings
shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation
Foundation (ANSI/NFS) Standard 61 and certified by an organization accredited by
ANSI. Unless otherwise noted, coat all exposed (wetted) steel parts of flanges, blind
flanges, bolts, access manhole covers, etc., with epoxy lining, as specified herein.
B Epoxy Lining: AWWA C210 - White, or approved equal for shop and field joint
applied, except as modified herein.
1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10(64);Near White Blast Clean;2.0 to 3.0 mils
surface profile.
2. Prime Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy-Buff;4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or
approved equal.
3. Intermediate Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy-Buff: 4.0 to 6.0 mils
DFT or approved equal.
4. Finish Coat: ACRO 4460 NSF Certified Epoxy-White 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT or
approved equal.
5. Minimum allowable dry film system thickness: 12.0 mils.
6. Maximum allowable dry film system thickness: 18.0 mils.
7. Minimum field adhesion: 700 psi.
8. Dry film thicknesses for approved alternate products in accordance with the
product manufacturer's recommendations.
9. The lining system may consist of three or more coats of the same approved
alternate epoxy lining without the use of a separate primer.
02/2008 02635-5 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
10. Provide materials from the same manufacturer.
C • Shop Applied Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; shop-applied, cement mortar
linings, except as specified herein 3/8 inch minimum thickness for pipe diameters 24
inches and smaller.Pipe with cut back lining from joint ends no more than 2 inches to
facilitate joining and welding of pipe.
2.06 MORTAR FOR EXTERIOR JOINTS
A Cement Mortar: One part cement to two parts of fine, sharp clean sand; mix with
water to a consistency of thick cream.
B Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
C Sand:
1. Inside joints: AWWA C602; fine graded natural sand.
2. Outside joints: ASTM C 33; natural sand with 100 percent passing No. 16
sieve.
D Water: total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/I;ASTM D 512 chloride ions less than
100 mg/1 for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D 1293 pH greater than 6.5.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION
A Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02510—Water Mains except as modified
herein.
3.02 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR BURIED STEEL PIPE
A Tape Coating System:
1. Inspect pipe,prior to shipment, for holidays and damage to coating. Perform
electrical holiday test of minimum of 6,000 volts with a 60 cycle current audio
detector. If test indicates no holidays and outer wrap(s) is torn, remove
damaged layers of outer wrap by carefully cutting with sharp razor-type utility
knife. Wash with Xylol area to be patched and at least 4 inches of undamaged
tape where hand-applied tape wrap will overlap. AWWA C209 cold-applied
tape; compatible with tape-wrapping system applied for each layer of outer-
wrap tape that has been removed. If damaged area shows holiday when tested,
remove outer layers and expose inner wrap. Prime exposed area and overlaps
with light coat of primer. Firmly press into place patch of inner wrap of
sufficient size to extend 4 inches from holidays in all directions. Holiday test
patch to verify that it is installed satisfactorily. Retrim outer layer of tape to
expose first wrap of outer-wrap tape sufficiently to allow minimum_lap of 2
inches in all directions. Wash exposed outer wrap tape with Xylol and prime.
Apply two layers of AWWA C209 outer wrap with 35 mils minimum
thickness.
02/2008 02635-6 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
2. Regardless of results of electrical holiday test,bubbles in tape coating system
are not allowed. Cut out bubbles and patch as detailed above.
3. Field repairs and applications of coatings: AWWA C209 around joint
cutbacks except as modified herein. Field-welded joints: clean shop-primed
ends of weld splatter, damaged primer and rust to achieve required surface
preparation prior to field repair of linings and coatings.
a. Immediately prior to placing joint in trench, remove shop-applied
primer by abrasive blasting,solvent or other method as approved by the
Engineer. Avoid damage to adjacent existing coatings. Clean surfaces
to achieve surface preparation at least equivalent to SSPC SP6 in
accordance with AWWA C209. Solvent: environmentally safe and
compatible with coating-system primer.
b. Apply primer immediately prior to application of first layer of tape to
achieve maximum bond. Apply tape while primer is still "tacky" with
3-inch minimum overlap over shop-applied coating.
4. Do not expose tape coatings to harmful ultraviolet light for more than 90 days.
Discard (remove) and replace outer layer of tape coating when exposure
exceeds 90 days. In case of factory applied coatings,remove joint from site for
removal and reapplication of outer layer of tape coatings.
B At Owner's option,coating system and application may be tested and inspected at plant
site in accordance with AWWA C214.
C Cement Mortar Coating: AWWA C205; 1-inch minimum thickness; cut back from
joint ends no more than 2 inches to facilitate joining and welding of pipe.
3.03 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL PIPE INSTALLED
ABOVEGROUND, IN VAULTS, TUNNELS OR CASINGS, AND INTERNAL
LINING FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS
A Cement Mortar Lining: AWWA C205; 1/2-inch minimum thickness; cut back from
joint ends to facilitate joining and welding of pipe.
B Safety: Paints,coatings,and linings specified herein are hazardous materials. Vapors
may be toxic or explosive. Protective equipment,approved by appropriate regulatory
agency, is mandatory for all personnel involved in painting, coating, and lining
operations.
C Workmanship:
1. Application: By qualified and experienced workers who are knowledgeable in
surface preparation and application of high-performance industrial coatings.
2. Paint Application Procedures: SSPC Good Painting Practices, Volume 1.
D Surface Preparation:
1. Prepare all surfaces for painting with abrasive blasting.
2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that detrimental amounts of dust or other
contaminants do not fall on wet,newly-painted surfaces. Protect surfaces not
intended to be painted from effects of cleaning and painting operations.
02/2008 02635-7 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
3. Prior to blasting, clean surfaces to be coated or lined of grease, oil and dirt by
steaming or detergent cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP1.
4. Metal and Weld Preparation: Remove all surface defects such as gouges,pits,.
welding and torch-cut slag, welding flux and spatter by grinding to 1/4-inch
minimum radius.
5. Abrasive Material:
a. Blast only as much steel as can be coated same day of blasting.
b. Use sharp, angular, properly-graded abrasive capable of producing
depth of profile specified herein. Transport abrasive to jobsite in
moisture-proof bags or airtight bulk containers. Copper slag abrasives
are not acceptable.
c. After abrasive blast cleaning, verify surface profile with replica tape
such as Tes-Tex Coarse or Extra Coarse Press-O-Film Tape, or
approved equal. Furnish tapes to Owner for filing and future reference.
d. Do not blast if metal surface may become wet before priming
commences,or when metal surface is less than 5 degrees F above dew
point.
6. Remove all dust and abrasive residue from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing
or blowing with clean, dry air.
E Coating and Lining Application:
1. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply coatings or linings when metal
temperature is less than 50 degrees F;when ambient temperature is less than 5
degrees F above dew point; when expected weather conditions are such that
ambient temperature will drop below 40 degrees F within 6 hours after
application of coating;or when relative humidity is above 85 percent. Measure
relative humidity and dew point by use of sling psychrometer in conjunction
with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables.
Provide dehumidifiers for all field-applied coatings and linings to maintain
proper humidity levels.
2. Application Procedures:
a. Apply coatings and linings in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and requirements of this Section. Provide a finish
free of runs, sags, curtains,pinholes, orange peel,fish eyes,excessive
overspray or de-laminations.
b. Thin materials only with manufacturer's recommended thinners. Thin
only amount required to adjust viscosity for temperature variations,
proper atomization and flow-out. Mix material components using
mechanical mixers.
c. Discard catalyzed materials remaining at end of day.
3. Apply primer immediately after surface has been cleaned. Thoroughly dry pipe
before primer is applied. Apply succeeding coats before contamination of
under surface occurs.
4. Allow each coat of paint either to dry or cure amount of time recommended by
coating or lining manufacturer before successive coats of paint are applied.
Apply all successive coats of paint within recoat threshold time as
02/2008 02635 -8 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
recommended by coating or lining manufacturer on printed technical data
sheets or through written communications.
3.04 INSPECTION
A Procure services of an independent testing laboratory or inspection service,approved
by the Engineer, to perform tests on all portions of coating and lining applications.
Laboratory shall supply services of NACE Certified Coatings Inspectors having Level
III Certification for all coating and linings inspection work. Include cost of such
testing in contract unit price bid for water main. Furnish copies of all test reports to
the Engineer for review. If defective coatings or lining are revealed,cost of repair and
testing of repair will be paid for by Contractor. The Engineer shall have full and final
decision as to suitability of all coatings and linings tested.
B For all field applied coatings and linings,including joints,notify Owner sufficiently in
advance of work so that Owner can perform examination of and acceptance of surface
preparation and application of each coat prior to application of next coat. Furnish
appropriate test data to Owner verifying compliance with requirements of this Section
of each coat prior to proceeding with next coat. Recoat or repair runs, overspray,
roughness and/or abrasives in coating, or other indications of improper application in
accordance with coating or lining manufacturer's and the Engineer's instructions.
C Repairs, surface preparation and painting will be subject to inspection by Owner.
Guidelines published by Steel Structures Painting Council will be used as basis for
acceptance or rejection of cleaning, painting or coating application. SSPC VIS1,
Pictoral Surface, along with single-probe magnetic pull-off type dry film thickness
gages,electrical holiday detectors,and standard wet film thickness gages will be used
to determine acceptability of paint applications.
D Check film thickness with nondestructive magnetic pull-off gage such as Mikrotest
Model DFG-100 or electronic thickness gage. National Bureau of Standards certified
thickness calibration plates will be used to verify accuracy of thickness gage.
Determine maximum and minimum thickness in accordance with SSPC PA2 for
frequency and method. Evaluate each length of pipe under SSPC PA2. Consider each
field joint area separate and discrete for purpose of DFT measurements. Perform five
spot DFT measurements on each field joint area (15 individual readings). Check
thickness of each individual coat as well as thickness of overall system with respect to
compliance with this Section. Failure to meet either overall system thickness
requirements or requirements of component coats shall be cause for rejection and
recoat or repair of entire joint or length of pipe.
E Holiday Test:
1. Begin inspection after coating has sufficiently cured,usually one to five days.
(Consult coating manufacturer for specific curing schedule.)
2. Use high-voltage d-c holiday detector such as D.E. Stearns Company Model
14/20 or Tinker & Rasor Model AP/W. Use 1600 volts, plus or minus 100
volts. Use brass brush type electrode.
02/2008 02635-9 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
3. Ground high-voltage d-c holiday detector to metal being inspected. Earth-type
ground tape is not acceptable. Mark detected defects with white chalk,repair
and reinspect.
4. Adhesion Tests: ASTM D 4541; pull-off testing using an Elcometer Model
106 Fixed Alignment Adhesion Tester. Adhesion testing may be directed by
the Engineer on any length of pipe or joint which exceeds maximum coating
thickness limitations specified in this Section.
3.05 COATINGS AND LININGS INSPECTION
A Owner reserves right to inspect or acquire service of independent third-party inspector
who is fully knowledgeable of, and qualified to inspect, surface preparation and
application of high-performance coatings to inspect any and all phases of all coatings
and linings work,whether field or shop applied. Contractor responsible for application
and performance of coating and lining whether or not Owner provides such inspection.
END OF SECTION
02/2008 02635- 10 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL
Section 02910
TOPSOIL
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and
planting.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services
4. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls
5. Section 02200—Site Preparation
6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this
Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a component.
B If topsoil is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in .
Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement
and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
07/2006 02910- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from
excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics:
1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5.
2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50
3. Plasticity index: 10 or less.
4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the#280 sieve.
B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil,clay lumps,weeds,non-soil materials and
other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots,stumps,and stones larger
than 2 inches.
C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil
occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at
the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or
reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct
lines and grades.
3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING
A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site
Preparation.
3.03 PLACEMENT
A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566-Source
Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations.
B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing surface material to a
minimum depth of 4 inches,or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and
foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll
lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil.
C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as
bedding and backfill material.
D For areas to receive bushes or trees,excavate existing material and place topsoil to the
depth and dimensions shown on the Plans.
07/2006 02910-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL
E Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess
topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of
Premises.
3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established.
B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 02910-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
Section 02922
SODDING
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or
designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
4. Section 02910—Topsoil
5. Section 02255 —Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
6. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
C Definitions:
1. Lawn - ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed.
2. Sod-blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for
vegetative planting.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving.
B If sodding is included as a Bid Item,measurement will be based on the units shown in
Section 00300—Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200—Measurement
and Payment Procedures.
C No payment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor
outside the limits of construction.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this
Section.
C Submit a certificate stating that . fertilizer complies with these specification
requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law.
07/2006 02922- 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 0291.0—Topsoil.
B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill,
and Embankment Materials.
C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent
phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric
acid, and 10 percent potash.
D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed
and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All
insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural
Pest Control Board of the State of Texas
E Water: Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use
private resident's water.
2.02 SOD
A Species: Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St.
Augustine to match existing or as directed.
B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed;
not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from
obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials.
C Size: 12 inch wide strips,uniform in thickness(2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges.
D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass
being a normal, green color.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Do not start work during inclement
or impending inclement weather. Perform Sodding only when weather and soil
conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement.
07/2006 02922-2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or
inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps and other debris.
C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer.
D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches.
E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 —
Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before
sodding.
F Spread 2-inch (±1")layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil.
G Prior to placing sod,rake areas smooth,free from unsightly variations,bumps,ridges,
or depressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris.
H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1000 SF. Apply after raking soil surface and not
more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil.
Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer.
3.02 APPLICATION
A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips
staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting.
B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil
below sod.
C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to
form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type
of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to
construction.
3.03 MAINTENANCE
A Maintenance Period:
1. Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed
and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Re-sod unacceptable areas.
3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace
unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good
horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. All
disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural
Pest Control Board of the State of Texas.
4. Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection.
B Watering:
1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3
weeks after area is sodded.
07/2006 02922-3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time
unless comparable amount has been provided by rain.
3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is
in frozen condition.
4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water
with minimum evaporation.
C Mowing:
1. Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2
inches.
2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches.
3. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface.
4. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be
mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed
only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition.
5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing.
D Fertilizer and Pest Control:
1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square
feet or as recommended by manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placed until
2 weeks after placement of sod.
2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp
sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss.
3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick.
4. Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by
treatment manufacturer.
3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises.
3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion.
B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 02922-4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR
Section 02980
PAVEMENT REPAIR
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Repairing streets,highways,driveways,sidewalks,and other pavements that have been
cut, broken, or otherwise damaged during construction.
B Repairing areas of failed paving in preparation for resurfacing.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200—Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350—Submittals
3. Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and Controls
4. Section 02335 —Subgrade
5. Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement
6. Section 02330—Embankment
7. Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for pavement repair
under this section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
B If pavement repair is included as a Bid Item,measurement is on a square yard basis. as
follows:
1. Trench width plus 48 inches for utilities.
2. Trench width plus 10 feet for structures.
3. As marked in field for failed paving.
C If provisions of this Section, 3.01D, require the limits of pavement repairs to be
increased, then the payment limits shall be increased to the same extent.
D No payment will be made for work outside payment limits, in areas that are not
specifically called out as pay items and are incidental to the work or in areas removed
for Contractor's convenience.
E Refer to Section 01200-Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make submittals required by this section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
05/2008 02980- 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT.REPAIR
1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Provide materials of the same character as existing materials encountered in a cross
section of the area to be repaired, or as approved by the Engineer.
B Subgrade: Provide on site soil stabilized with lime, lime fly ash, etc., as required by
the testing laboratory under the provisions of Section 02335 —Subgrade.
C Base: Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710—
Base Course for Pavement.
D Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by Technical Specifications of
applicable surface course treatments.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or
structures.
B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of
failed paving.
3.02 PREPARATION
A For installation of utilities and utility appurtenances, saw cut and remove pavement
(including base material for asphalt paving)24 inches beyond the width of excavation,
unless otherwise indicated on Plans.
B For installation of structures, saw cut and remove pavement(including base material
for asphalt paving)5 feet beyond the width of excavation,unless otherwise indicated
on Plans.
C For repair of areas of failed paving, saw cut and remove pavement (including base
material for asphalt paving) where indicated in the field or as directed by Engineer.
Remove subgrade that is soft and yielding, or to depth as directed by Engineer.
D If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18
inches of a longitudinal joint, on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane
width or to nearest longitudinal joint as approved by the Engineer.
05/2008 02980-2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PAVEMENT REPAIR
E Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility
placement,backfill,and paving operations. For concrete pavement,leave and protect
minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support
replacement slab.
3.03 EXAMINATION :
A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or
structures.
B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of
failed paving.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A Replace subgrade with material specified in this Section, 2.01 B. Place and compact
under the provisions of Section 02330—Embankment for areas under future paving to
match lines and grade of surrounding subgrade.
B Replace base course with material specified in this Section,2.O1C. Place and compact
under the provisions of Section 02710—Base Course for Pavement to match lines and
grade of surrounding base course.
C Replace pavement with material specified in this Section,2.01D,and according to the
Technical Specifications of the particular surface course treatment so that a smooth,
hard, well cemented surface, conforming to the lines and grade of the surround
pavement is secured
D For concrete pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement
thickness indicated on Plans. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing or as
indicated on Plans.
E Where existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing,
resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic pavement.
F Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department permit and
within 1 week after utility work is installed.
3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140—Contractor's Use of Premises.
3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A Protect and maintain all pavement in good condition until completion of Work.
B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
05/2008 02980-3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Section 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast-in-place concrete building frame members,floors,shear walls,foundation walls,
and supported slabs,vaults, manholes and wet wells.
B. Cast-in-place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation,such as slabs on
grade,small vaults,site-cast bases for precast units,cast-in-place manholes,including
headwalls and miscellaneous small structures.
C. Floors and slabs on grade.
D. Concrete seal slabs.
E. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work,
including joint sealants.
F. Design, construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork.
G. Equipment pads, light pole base,thrust blocks.
H. References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 -Measurement and Payment
2. Section 01350 - Submittals
3. Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings
4. Section 03600 - Structural Grout
5. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete
6. Section 03100—Concrete Formwork •
7. Section 01440—Inspection Services
8. Section 01460—Testing Laboratory Services
I. Reference Standards:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
2. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
4. American Welding Society(AWS)
5. Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI)
6. Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis
5/2013 03300-1 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. Measurement for cast-in-place concrete is on lump-sum basis for each aforementioned
item as bid. Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance
with related sections of these Technical Specifications.
B. Measurement for extra cast-in-place concrete is on cubic-yard basis. Payment includes
related work performed in accordance with related sections.
C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Hot Weather: Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and
wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise
resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with
ACI- 305R.
B. Cold Weather: Period when,for more than 2 successive days,mean daily temperature
is below 40 degrees F. Cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI -
306R.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350—Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings:
•
1. Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replacement
location, splices, spacing, bar designation, bar type, length, size, bending,
number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including
dimensions. Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement without
use of Plans. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of
materials.
2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor, Subcontractor,erector,fabricator
or material supplier in preparation of Shop Drawings(or in lieu of preparation
of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party of information shown
thereon as correct,and acceptance of obligation to pay for any job expense,real
or implied,arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to
Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as
Shop Drawings.
3. Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315, Figure 6.
5/2013 03300-2 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4. Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction
joints,and obtain approval of the Engineer,prior to submitting reinforcing steel
Shop Drawings.
C. Bill of Materials: Submit with Shop Drawings.
D. Product Data:
1. Mechanical Bar Splices: Submit manufacturer's technical literature,including
specifications and installation instructions.
2. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete:
Submit manufacturer's technical literature including recommended installation
procedures.
3. Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures.
E. Certificates:
1. Submit steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel
proposed for use. List of manufacturer's test number,heat number, chemical
analysis, yield point, tensile strength, and percentage of elongation. Identify
proposed location of steel in work.
2. Foreign-manufactured reinforcing bars shall be tested for conformance to
ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in
United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Submit
test reports for review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until
material has been approved.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals.
B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are
concealed from view.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete-
IP.
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99:Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1-
90:Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting.
5/2013 03300-3 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01310—Coordination and Meetings.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and
placement of form accessories.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM - C150, Type I - Normal Portland Type II - Moderate Sulphate
resistance Portland type.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM- C33.
C. Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine aggregate. The product
of concrete alkalinity(A,as equivalent calcium carbonate)times the thickness of cover
over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall
have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54. Provide a minimum concrete cover of
2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures.
D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.02 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM- C260.
B. Chemical: ASTM - C494, Type A - Water Reducing Type D - Water Reducing and
Retarding Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating admixture.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin.
B. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil clear polyethylene film type recommended for below grade
application.
C. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,cement,
water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive
strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days.
2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
A. Joint Filler Type C: ASTM - D 1752; Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible
with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent.
5/2013 03300-4 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B. Sealant: ASTM-D 1190; synthetic rubber.
2.05 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM - C94, Alternative No. 3. A
minimum of 5.75 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete shall be used. For
Concrete in Contact with sewage use Portland Type II, ASTM- C 150, Cement.
B. Provide concrete to the following criteria:
1. Compressive Strength 7 days: 2400 psi
2. Compressive Strength 28 days: 4000 psi
•
3. Slump: 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast against earth in slabs and footings and
where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for concrete in supported slabs,beams,
columns and walls.
4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50.
C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of
admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.
D. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer.
E. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to
temperature lower than 40 degrees F. Air content shall be 3 percent maximum for
concrete with trowel finished surfaces and 3-5 percent for other concrete.
2.06 FORM MATERIAL
A. Smooth Forms: New plywood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete-form hardboard,
dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining, or metal-framed plywood-faced panel
material,to provide continuous,straight,smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free
of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects. Furnish
material in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and,when indicated on
Plans,conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall have sufficient strength
and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or
deflection.
B. Rough Forms: Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits or
other defects, or other material acceptable to the Engineer of sufficient strength and
thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection.
C. Plywood: Conform to PS 1, Class 1.
D. Lumber: Conform to PS 20.
5/2013 03300-5 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
E. Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips: Type and strength compatible with the
screed equipment and methods used.
F. Plastic Forms: One-piece forms for domes,beams and pan joists. Single lengths for
columns not exceeding height of 7'-6". For columns over 7'-6",use 7'-6"sections and
filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms,taper sides 1 inch
per foot.
G. Metal Pan Joist Forms: Removable type; fabricated of minimum 14-gage steel; one
piece between end closures. Adjustable forms not allowed. Taper sides 1 inch per foot
to facilitate removal.
H. Earth Cuts for Forms:
1. Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically
with slabs on grade.
2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughing,
following surfaces may be cast against neat-cut excavations:
a. Sides of footings.
b. Inside face of perimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade.
When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated
on Plans by 1 inch.
c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade.
When grade beam is cast against earth,increase beam width indicated
on Plans by 2 inches.
Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms:
1. Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form a
void space beneath pile-supported and pier-supported slabs and other structural
elements as shown.
2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial
production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms,constructed of
waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive.
3. Fiberboard forms: Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction
loads,and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture
and soil bacteria.
4. Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax,unless
liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing.
5/2013 03300-6 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
5. Size forms as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer,
either with steel banding at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and
flutes are impregnated with waterproofing, with adequate stapling.
J. Circular Forms:
1. Form round-section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of
laminated plies using water-resistant adhesive with wax-impregnated exterior
for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall
thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation.
Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral gaps and seams.
2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round-section members.
K. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal,with bearing plates; with double wedges at lower
end.
L. Form Ties:
1. Use commercially-manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for
embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as
a form accessory.
2. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling
of concrete faces. Depth from formed concrete face to the embedded portion:
At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum dimension of tie,whichever is greater.
3. Provide waterstop feature for form ties used on liquid-containing structures and
on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side.
4. Removable ties: Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. In
the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a preformed neoprene or
polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall.
M. Form Coating: Commercial formulation of form oil or form-release agent having
proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not bond with, stain or otherwise
adversely affect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including
application of bonding agents, curing compounds, paint, protective liners and
membrane waterproofing.
N. Coating for Plastic Forms: Alkali-resistant gel-coat.
O. Chamfer Strips: Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,provide 3/4 inch chamfer strips
in corners of forms to produce beveled edges where required by this Section, 3.0
"Execution".
P. Form Gaskets: Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter.
5/2013 03300-7 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK
•
A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive
requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer
concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable
gravity loads,lateral pressure,wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwork to
compensate for anticipated deflection during placement of concrete required to
maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readily removed without
impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
B. Slip Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall
demonstrate suitability of method proposed.
2.08 REINFORCING MATERIAL
A. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed bars conforming to ASTM-A615,grade as indicated on
Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Where
grade is not shown on Plans, use Grade 60.
B. Smooth Bars: Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conforming to ASTM -
A36; ASTM-A615, Grade 60; or ASTM -A675, Grade 70.
•
C. Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM-A615,Grade 60,or wire conforming to
ASTM -A82.
D. Epoxy-Coated Deformed Bars,Column Spirals and Smooth Bars: Conform to ASTM
- A775/A775M.
E. Welded Wire Fabric:
1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM -A185.
2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM -A497.
3. Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where type is not shown on
Plans,use welded smooth wire fabric.
4. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only.
F. Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic-coated tie wire with
epoxy-coated reinforcing steel.
G. Bar Supports: Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to
provide required concrete cover. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather,
water or wastewater,provide plastic accessories only;do not use galvanized or plastic-
tipped metal in such locations. Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated Class
1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use epoxy-coated bar
supports with epoxy-coated reinforcing bars.
5/2013 03300-8 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
H. Slabs on Grade: Provide chairs with sheet metal bases or provide precast concrete bar
supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, and thick enough to allow required cover.
- Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side.
Mechanical Bar Splices:
1. Conform to ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
and Commentary; use where indicated on Plans.
a. Compression splices shall develop ultimate stress of reinforcing bar.
b. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent of minimum yield point
stress of reinforcing bar.
2. Regardless of chemical composition of steel,any heat effect shall not adversely
affect performance of reinforcing bar.
J. Welded Splices:
1. Provide welded splices where shown and where approved by the Engineer.
Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a tensile strength exceeding
125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected.
2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D1.4— Structural
Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel.
K. Epoxy Grout: High-strength rigid epoxy adhesive,conforming to ASTM-C881,Type
IV, manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete and the
moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled.
Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be as required to develop the full
tensile strength(125 percent of yield strength)of dowel,but not less than 12 diameters.
2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING
A. Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall
conform to minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318-05:Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. Do not straighten or rebend
bars. Fabricate epoxy-coated reinforcing steel to required shapes in a manner that will
not damage epoxy coating. Repair any epoxy coating with patching material
conforming to Item 4.4 of ASTM-A775/A775M.
B. Splices:
1. Locate splices as indicated on Plans. Do not locate splices at other locations
without approval of the Engineer. Use minimum number of splices located at
points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars.
2. Length of lapsplices: As shown on Plans.
g
5/2013 03300-9 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3. Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice
manufacturer's requirements.
C. Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing through
construction joints.
D. Bar Fabrication Tolerances:Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315,Figures 4 and 5.
E. Standard Hooks: Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05:Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.
F. Marking: Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars,size,mark,
length, and yield strength. Mark steel with same designation as member in which it
occurs.
2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS
A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant): Water-based acrylic sealer; non-yellowing
under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test in accordance with ASTM - D4587.
Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements.
B. Epoxy Floor Topping: Two-component epoxy resin meeting ASTM-C881 Type III,
resistant to wear,staining and chemical attack,blended with granite,sand,trap rock or
quartz aggregate, trowel-applied over concrete floor. Topping thickness shall be 1/8
inch. Color shall be gray.
C. Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish: Fused aluminum oxide grit,or crushed emery
aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25
percent ferric oxide. Material shall be factory graded, packaged, rustproof and
nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials.
D. Epoxy Penetrating Sealer: Low-viscosity,two-component epoxy system designed to
give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely seal
concrete surfaces from penetration of water, oil and chemicals; prevent dusting and
deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic;and be capable of adhering
to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below. Color shall be transparent
amber or gray. Surface shall be non-slip.
E. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conforming to ASTM -
C 1059.When used in water and wastewater treatment structures,bonding agent shall
be suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and
suitability certification by manufacturer is required.
F. Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding grout by mixing approximately one part cement to
one part fine sand meeting ASTM- C144 but with 100 percent passing No. 30 mesh
sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor's option, a
commercially-prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's
5/2013 03300- 10 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
recommendations and instructions may be used. When used in water and wastewater
treatment structures, bonding agent shall be suitable for use under continuously
submerged conditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is
required. Submit manufacturer's technical information on proposed bonding agent.
G. Patching Mortar:
1. Make patching mortar of same materials and of approximately same
proportions as concrete, except omit coarse aggregate. Substitute white
Portland cement for part of gray Portland cement on exposed concrete in order
to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch.
Use minimum amount of mixing water required for handling and placing.
Mix patching mortar in advance and allow to stand. Mix frequently with
trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not
add water.
2. Proprietary compounds for adhesion or specially formulated cementitious
repair mortars may be used in lieu of or in addition to foregoing patching
materials provided that properties of bond and compressive strength meet or
exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding concrete can be matched where
required. Use such compounds according to manufacturer's recommendations.
When used in water and wastewater treatment structures, material shall be
suitable for use under continuously submerged conditions. Conformance and
suitability certification by manufacturer is required.
H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two-component, 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compound
developing 100 percent of strength of concrete, suitable for use on dry or damp
surfaces. Epoxy used to inject cracks and as a binder in epoxy mortar shall meet
ASTM-C881,Type VI. Epoxy used as a bonding agent for fresh concrete shall meet
ASTM- C881, Type V.
Non-shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout.
J. Spray-Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System Products "Thoroseal
Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color: Gray.
K. Concrete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,as
specified in this Section.
L. Concrete Fill: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size,(Class
C where fill thickness exceeds 3 inches throughout a placement), as specified in
Section 03310 - Structural Concrete.
M. Evaporation Retardant: Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders; Eucobar,
manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or equal.
5/2013 03300- 11 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
A. Membrane-forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM - C309, Type 1D, and
following requirements.
1. Minimum solids content: 30 percent.
2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid-
containing structures, curing compound shall be white-pigmented.
3. When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive topping or floor
covering,material shall not reduce bond of coating,topping,or floor covering
to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state
conditions under which compound will not prevent bond.
4. Conform to local,state and federal solvent emission requirements.Conform to
local, state and federal solvent emission requirements.
5. White pigmented concrete curing compound shall be sprayed on in one even
coat with a hand or power sprayer as soon as the surface water disappears from
concrete surface.
B. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound(VOC Compliant): Conform to ASTM-C309,
Type 1,Class B,and the following requirements: 30 percent solids content minimum;
non-yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM-
D4587. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to local, state and
federal solvent emission requirements.
C. Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM-C 171; waterproof paper, polyethylene
film or white burlap-polyethylene sheeting.
D. Curing Mats(for use in Curing Method 2): Heavy shag rugs or carpets,or cotton mats
quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum weight when dry.
E. Water for curing: Clean and potable.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
B. Verify that anchors,seats,plates,reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete
are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing
concrete.
5/2013 03300- 12 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding
agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing
concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout.
3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING
A. Earth Surfaces:
1. Under interior slabs on grade,install vapor barrier. Lap joints at least 6 inches
and seal watertight with tape,or sealant applied between overlapping edges and
ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of reinforcing and
inserts with vapor barrier material;lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and
seal watertight.
2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete,
and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon.
Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water,mud and
debris at the time of placing concrete.
B. Construction Joints:
1. Definition: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed,
where the placement of the concrete has been interrupted so that, in the
judgment of the Engineer,new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with
that previously placed.
2. Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for
the concrete to take a set,use forms or other means to shape the working face
to secure proper union with subsequent work. Make construction joints only
where acceptable to the Engineer.
3. Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted,roughened surface for
good bond. Except where the Plans call for joint surfaces to be coated, clean
joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete and foreign material by
hydroblasting or sandblasting(exposing aggregate),roughen surface to expose
aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch and wash.thoroughly. Remove
standing water from the construction joint surface before new concrete is
placed.
4. After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction
joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting of Class A concrete batched
without coarse aggregate; place and spread grout uniformly. Place wall
concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter.
5/2013 03300- 13 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded
items in the forms where indicated on Plans,Shop Drawings and as otherwise required.
Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
D. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer,place no concrete until at least 4 hours after
formwork,inserts,embedded items,reinforcement and surface preparation have been
completed and accepted by the Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items
that have become encrusted with grout or previously-placed concrete before placing
adjacent concrete.
E. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete
(any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age),thoroughly clean and roughen the
surface of the old concrete by hydro-blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate).
Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following manufacturer's written
instructions,unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise,this provision does
not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed.
F. Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the
space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of
the forms,clear of the work. Deposit no concrete underwater. Do not allow still water
to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to
flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage
the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping,dewatering and other necessary operations
for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review.
G. Corrosion Protection: Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous
items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there
is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any part of the concrete reinforcement.
Do not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement.
H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and
brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete.
I. Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while they are
being embedded in concrete.
J. Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed,thoroughly clean dirt,grease,grout,
mortar,loose scale,rust and other foreign substances from surfaces of metalwork to be
in contact with concrete.
3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Formwork Construction
1. Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of
members,shape,alignment,elevation and position during concrete placement
and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required
512013 03300- 14 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and
inserts.
2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces.
3. Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during
concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as
required to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent
concrete paste leakage at their base.
4. Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and corners permanently exposed
to view,except top edges of walls,and slabs which are indicated on Plans to be
tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed joints and interior corners unless
indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for vertical and horizontal corners of
equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans,make bevels 3/4 inch
wide.
5. Provide temporary openings at bases of column and wall forms and other
points as required for observation and cleaning immediately before concrete is
placed.
6. Where runways are required for moving equipment,support runways directly
on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports to
rest on reinforcing steel.
7. Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form
finish or rubbed finish.
8. Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough
form finish.
B. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish:
1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around
tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align in horizontal and vertical rows.
Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall.
2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or
offsets. Back up joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square
intersections.
3. Form molding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth-finish materials
and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement.
4. Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square,smooth,solid,
unbroken lines.
5/2013 03300- 15 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
5. Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius.
6. Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion. Keep number of
joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent
deflection in excess of allowable tolerances.
7. For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure,overlap previously-
placed hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1 inch. Hold
forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces,preventing offsets or
loss of mortar.
C. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish: Provide forms as specified in this
Section, 3.04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish". Use smooth
plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even
edges and close joints.
D. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and
intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in
finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required.
E. Circular Forms: Set forms in one piece for full height of member.
F. Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish, anchors,
reglets, and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator.
G. Fireproofing Steel Member: Construct forms to provide not less than the concrete
thickness necessary,measured from face of steel member,to provide the required fire
rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined.
H. Tolerances:
1. Unless noted otherwise on Plans,construct formwork so concrete surfaces will
conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end of this
Section.
2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance
checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final
completion and acceptance of the Work.
Adjustment of Formwork:
1. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After
final inspection and before concrete placement,fasten in position wedges used
for final adjustment of forms.
2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to compensate for
settling during concrete placement.
5/2013 03300- 16 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3. For wall openings,construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to
counteract swelling of forms.
J. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms:
1. Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent vertical displacement;
set tight to prevent horizontal displacement. Exercise care to avoid buckling of
forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions and
recommendations.
2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers; completely fill the space
between subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to form a void
space.
3. Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until
concrete is placed on them. If they become wet before placement of concrete,
allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before concrete is placed.
4. Before concrete placement, replace damaged or deteriorated forms which are
incapable of supporting concrete dead load plus construction live loads.
3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES
A. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before placing concrete. Remove
accumulated mortar, grout, rust and other foreign matter.
B. Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form-release
agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow excess coating
material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh
concrete will be placed. Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing
concrete.
C. Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained-in-place metal forms, may be wet
with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. When possibility
of freezing temperatures exists, however, the use of coating is mandatory.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT
A. Placement Tolerances: Place reinforcement within tolerances of Table 03210A at the
end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete
coverage.
B. Interferences: Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedded items. Where reinforcing
interferes with location of other reinforcing steel,conduit or embedded items,bars may
be moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter,whichever is greater. Where
5/2013 03300- 17 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference,notify the Engineer. Do not
cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items
without approval of the Engineer.
C. Concrete Cover: Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face of concrete
as listed in Table 03210B at the end of this Section, unless otherwise indicated on
Plans.
D. Placement in Forms: Use spacers,chairs,wire ties and other accessory items necessary
to assemble,space,and support reinforcing properly. Provide accessories of sufficient
number, size and strength to prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due
to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate accessories to position
and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each
intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is
prohibited.
E. Placement for Concrete on Ground: Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with
sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on centers
each way. Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports to
reinforcing bars and wires.
F. Vertical Reinforcement in Columns: Offset vertical bars by at least one bar diameter at
splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper placement.
G. Splices:
1. Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewed Shop
Drawings, without approval of the Engineer.
2. Lap Splices: Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI
318-89, Section 12.15.1. Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement,to
prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement.
3. Mechanical Bar Splices: Use only where indicated on Plans or approved by the
Engineer. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
a. Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type which can be set
either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal couplers prior to
concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste
from entering.
b. Couplers intended for future connections: Recess 1/2 inch minimum
from concrete surface. After concrete is placed,plug coupler and fill
recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive
materials.
c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and
capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing.
5/2013 03300- 18 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4. Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints,
unless noted otherwise.
H. Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless
otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining pieces at least 6 inches or one full mesh
plus 2 inches, whichever is larger. Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps
midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures.
Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to WRI -
Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric.
I. Field Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to
Plans. Bars shall be cold-bent; do not heat bars. Closely inspect reinforcing for
breaks. When reinforcing is damaged, replace, Cadweld, or otherwise repair, as
directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete.
J. Epoxy-coated Reinforcing Steel: Install in accordance this Section, 3.06J "Field
Bending",and in a manner that will not damage epoxy coating. Repair damaged epoxy
coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.09 A - Bending.
K. Field Cutting: Cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with
cutting torch.
L. Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans.
3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS
A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to existing concrete in
accordance with epoxy manufacturer's instructions. Drill hole not more than 1/4 inch
larger than steel bar diameter(including height of deformations for deformed bars)in
existing concrete. Just before installation of steel, blow hole clean of all debris using
compressed air. Partially fill hole with epoxy,using enough epoxy so when steel bar is
inserted, epoxy grout will completely fill hole around bar. Dip end of steel bar in
epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially-filled hole.
5/2013 03300- 19 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03210A
REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES
Tolerances
Placement
(in inches)
Clear Distance-
To formed soffit: -1/4
To other formed surfaces: ±1/4
Minimum spacing between bars -1/4
Clear distance from unformed surface to top reinforcement-
Members 8 inches deep or less: ±1/4
Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep: -1/4, +1/2
Members 24 inches deep or greater: -1/4, +1
Uniform spacing of bars
(but the required number of bars shall not reduced): ±2
Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties
(but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced): ±1
Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement-
General: ±2
Discontinuous ends of members: ±1/2
Length of bar laps: -1 1/2
Embedded length-
For bar sizes No. 3 through 11: -1
For bar sizes No. 14 and 18: -2
5/2013 03300-20 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03210B
MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT
Minimum
Surface Cover
(in inches)
Slabs and Joists -
Top and bottom bars for dry conditions—
No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1 1/2
No. 11 bars and smaller: 1
Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, or weather, over, or in
contact with, sewage; and for bottoms bearing on work mat, or slabs
supporting earth cover-
No. 5 bars and smaller: 1 1/2
No. 6 through No. 18 bars: 2
Beams and Columns -
For dry conditions -
Stirrups, spirals and ties: 1 1/2
Principal reinforcement: 2
Exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather
Stirrups and ties: 2
Principal reinforcement: 2 1/2
Walls -
For dry conditions -
No. 11 bars and smaller: 1
No. 14 and No. 18 bars: 1 1/2
Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather, or in
contact with ground-
Circular tanks with ring tension: 2
All others: 2
Footings and Base Slabs -
At formed surfaces and bottoms bearing on concrete work mat: 2
At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth: 3
Over top of piles: 2
Top of footings - - same as slabs
5/2013 03300-21 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 301-
99:Specifications for Structural Concrete—IP,Chapter 8. Use no aluminum materials
in conveying concrete.
B. Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non-conforming in
materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete meeting
requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer.
Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete.
D. Placement in Wall Forms:
1. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel.
2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on
form surfaces above the concrete.
3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas,
rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it
reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall
not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies.
Uniformly distribute concrete during depositing.
4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from
place where it was originally deposited.
5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; take care to avoid
inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping
members.
6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft.
7. Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of deposit
is visible from the deck or runway.
E. Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other
points of concrete discharge in the conveying,hoisting and placing system so concrete
passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately
receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not
use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will
readily flow. If a conveyor is used,it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such
a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors
and chutes shall be covered.
5/2013 03300-22 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
F. Placement of Slabs: In hot or windy weather, conducive to plastic shrinkage cracks,
apply evaporation retardant to slab after screeding in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation retardant to increase water
content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete for sloping slabs uniformly from
the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As work
progresses,vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab reinforcement. Screed the
slab surface in an up-slope direction.
G. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete
placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F
and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising.
Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete
from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3
days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F.
When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 minutes
between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is
such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective.
means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at
night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed,below 90 degrees F.
3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE
A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory results, in the judgment of the
Engineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete
using conventional methods.
B. Pumping Equipment: Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one
cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump on site during pumping.
C. The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R-96:Placing
Concrete by Pumping Methods.
D. Replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits)that do not function properly.
E. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete.
F. Field Quality Control: Take samples for slump, air content and test cylinders at the
placement(discharge) end of the line.
3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE
A. Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. To minimize effects of
shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by construction joints shown. Place
alternate units so each unit placed has cured at least 7 days for hydraulic structures,or
3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or units are placed, except do not
5/2013 03300-23 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at
least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures.
B. Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To ensure straight
and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inch
thick to the forms on these surfaces. Carry concrete about 1/2 inch above the
underside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed,remove the strip,level
irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance.
3.11 TAMPING AND VIBRATING
A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being
consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly
embed reinforcement,eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to
the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96:Guide for
Consolidation of Concrete, Group 3, immersion-type high-speed power vibrators
(8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient (at least one) standby
units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for specific
locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating.
B. Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rodding
and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip
type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand,
making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the
waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to
assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete.
C. Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable appliances,
tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or
excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not place subsequent layers of
concrete until previously-placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in
sufficient numbers,with standby units as required,to accomplish the results specified
within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep
vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete
excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents.
3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE
A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete.
1. Use specified superplasticizer.
2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F.
3. Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into
previously-placed layer.
5/2013 03300-24 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4. Refer to Section 03310- Structural Concrete for Mass Concreting.
3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING
3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in
completed structure by earth, ceilings or similar cover, unless indicated otherwise on
Plans.
B. Rough Form Finish:
1. No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces.
2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height.
3. Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed
from view by earth in completed structure,except concealed surfaces required
to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans.
C. Smooth Form Finish:
1. Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use
plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth,
even edges and close joints.
2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to
leave smooth,unmarred finished surface.
3. Provide smooth form finish on the wet face of formed surfaces of water-
holding structures, and of other formed surfaces not concealed from view by
earth in completed structure,except where otherwise indicated on Plans. Walls
that will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated on Plans,
shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior
walls shall extend below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all
perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade
beam.
D. Rubbed Finish:
1. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with
smooth, even edges and close joints.
2. Remove forms as soon as practicable,repair defects,wet surfaces,and rub with
No. 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. Continue rubbing sufficiently
to bring surface paste,remove form marks and fms,and produce smooth,dense
5/2013 03300-25 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
surface of uniform color and texture. Do not use cement paste other than that
drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush.
Allow paste to reset, then wash surface with clean water.
3. Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans,except where rubbed finish is
indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray-applied
coating.
E. Spray-applied Coating: At Contractor's option,in lieu of rubbed finish,spray-applied
coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove
form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent bonding of
coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color in accordance with coating
manufacturer's instructions.
F. Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed
surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is
placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed
surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed
surfaces.
3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING
A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section, 1.03A"Hot Weather",
and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs,
topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing
process has been completed.
3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C
TOLERANCES
A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or better
finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans.
B. Shaping to Contour: Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds
riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. See
Section 03100- Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds.
C. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as
practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in
beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate
and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other
approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of
surfaces prior to finishing operations.
D. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Check tolerances by placing straightedge of
specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed
tolerance listed for specified class.
5/2013 03300-26 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Straightedge Tolerance
Class Length in Feet in Inches
A 10 1/8
B 10 1/4
C 2 1/4
E. Raked Finish: After concrete has been placed,struck off, consolidated and leveled to
Class C tolerance,roughen surface before final set.Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes
to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete
requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable raked finish standard may be
established for project. Protect raked,base-slab finish from contamination until time
of topping. Provide raked finish for following:
1. Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill.
2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans.
3. Additional locations as noted on Plans.
F. Float Finish:
1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not
work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has
disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation
of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand
floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power-
driven machine and on small, isolated slabs.
2. After initial floating, re-check tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge
applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low
spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re-float slab to a uniform,smooth,
granular texture.
3. Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise
indicated on Plans.
G. Trowel Finish:
1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power
trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which
may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional troweling by hand after
surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is
produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by
hand troweling operations.
2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
appearance and conforming to Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to
5/2013 03300-27 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
support floor coverings,remove defects which might show through covering by
grinding.
3. Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor covering and
additional locations indicated on Plans.
H. Broom or Belt Finish:
1. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing
floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse
transverse scored texture.
2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans.
3.17 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO"F-NUMBER SYSTEM"
FINISH
A. Shaping to Contour: Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type screeds
riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. Edge
forms and screeds: Conform to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork.
B. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable.
Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and
girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level
slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved
means. After consolidation and leveling,do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing
operations.
C. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Independent testing laboratory will check floor
flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section,3.23F"Field Quality Control".
D. Float Finish:
1. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not
work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has
disappeared,or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation
of power-driven float. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Use hand
floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to power-
driven machine and on small, isolated slabs.
2. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge
applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low
spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, granular texture to
FF20/FL17 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Plans.
3. Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Plans.
5/2013 03300-28 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
E. Trowel Finish:
1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power
trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which
may still contain some trowel marks. Do additional trowelings by hand after
surface has hardened sufficiently. Do final troweling when ringing sound is
produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by
hand troweling operations.
2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and
appearance and conforming to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for slabs on grade and
FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown otherwise on Plans. On surfaces
intended to support floor coverings, remove defects, which might show
through covering, by grinding.
3. Provide "F-Number System" trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans.
3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL
A. Surface Preparation:
1. Protect raked, base-slab finish from contamination until time of topping.
Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, clay stains or other
contaminants, leaving clean surface.
2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab
surface and leave free of standing water. Immediately before topping or fill is
placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into surface. Do not allow grout to set or
dry before topping or fill is placed.
B. Concrete Fill:
1. Where concrete fill intersects a wall surface at an angle steeper than 45 degrees
from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway in the wall at the point of
intersection; size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5
inches thick. Form keyway in new walls; create by saw cutting the top and
bottom lines and chipping in existing walls.
2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill.
3. Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans.
C. Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners:
1. Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when
swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches.
5/2013 03300-29 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping,bring to established grade,and
float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the
bottom of the slab to the top,for the full width of the placement. Coat surface
with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent.
plastic shrinkage cracks.
3. Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment
from damage during sweeping-in process. Perform sweeping-in process under
supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping
has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply
water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface.
4. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing
compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where
required by the Engineer, fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire
floor for 14 days.
5. Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners.
3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER
A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer: Apply wood float finish. Clean surface
and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or
base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots:
Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface.
C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact.
D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots,use
masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove.
E. Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans.
3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING
A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended
otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer. Clean surface and apply epoxy floor
topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch.
B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or
base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots:
apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface.
5/2013 03300-30 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact.
D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots,use
masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove.
E. Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples.
F. Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans.
3.21 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER
A. Where sealer or sealer/dustproofer is indicated on Plans,just prior to completion of
construction, apply coat of specified clear sealer/dustproofing compound to exposed
interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.22 NONSLIP FINISH
A. Apply float finish as specified. Apply two-thirds of required abrasive aggregate by
method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re-float. Apply remainder
of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application,using heavier application of
aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application. Re-float after second
application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform
finishing operations in a manner that will allow the abrasive aggregate to be exposed
and not covered with cement paste.
B. Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans.
3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301-
99:Specifications for Structural Concrete-IP and under provisions of Sections 01440
Inspection Services and Section 01450—Testing Laboratory Services.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior to
commencement of Work.
D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with
specified requirements.
E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete or as
directed by the Engineer.
F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting,cured on job
site under same conditions as concrete it represents.
5/2013 03300-31 of38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
H. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide
one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing
laboratory. Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of
the pipe or structure. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of
Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division,
John Wiley and Sons.
3.24 PATCHING
A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify
Engineer upon discovery.
C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural
Concrete - IP.
3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions,
tolerances or specified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer.
C. Do not patch,fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express
direction of Engineer for each individual area.
3.26 CURING
A. Comply with ACI 308.1-98:Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by
preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a
period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days
when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has
disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any
calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours.
Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained
above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather,when artificial heat is not provided,
removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to
twice the required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in
place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed
otherwise by the Engineer.
B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub-finished surface by leaving forms in place for
the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as
5/2013 03300-32 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed
after 2 days and curing compound applied.
C. Rubbed Finish:
1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as
practicable without damaging the surface.
2. After nib-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by
using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until
normal curing period is complete.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method.
1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has
disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved
curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by
manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon
per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and
check rate of application of the compound.
2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved
mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For
application on small miscellaneous items,hand-powered spray equipment may
be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface
during spraying operations.
3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry,
thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations
where coating shows discontinuities,pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls
on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage,
apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage.
3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE
A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete.
1. Minimum curing period: 2 weeks.
2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of
concrete against freezing.
3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete.
4. Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48
hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90
degrees F during final curing period.
5/2013 03300-33 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
5. During 2-week curing period,provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air
temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30
degrees F in 24 hours.
3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Time Limits:
1. When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged,
forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened
sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations.
2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has
attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Loosen wood forms for wall
openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete.
Leave formwork for water-retaining structures in place for at least 2 days.
Formwork for non-water-retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other
formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after
12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from
removal operations, and provided removal of forms will not disturb members
supporting weight of concrete.
3. Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete or construction loads: Leave
in place until concrete has reached minimum strength specified for removal of
forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days.
B. Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms: Follow manufacturer's directions for form
removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When
removal is done before completion of curing time,replace form,tie in place,and seal
to retard escape of moisture.
C. Removal Strength:
1. Control Tests: Suitable strength-control tests will be required as evidence that
concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring
supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members.
Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal.
a. Field-cured Test Cylinders: When field-cured test cylinders reach
specified removal strength,formwork or shoring may be removed from
respective concrete placements.
b. Laboratory-cured Test Cylinders: When concrete has been cured as
specified for structural concrete for same time period required by
laboratory-cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or
shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements.
5/2013 03300-34 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the
days or fractions of days,not necessarily consecutive,during which air
temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete
has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of
moisture.
2. Compressive Strengths: The minimum concrete compressive strength for
removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete is 75 percent of specified
minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved.
3.29 RESHORING
A. When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's
approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way, keep live load off new
construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, slab, column or other structural
member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads
permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring.
B. Place reshores as soon as practicable after form-stripping operations are complete but
in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry
required loads without over stressing construction. Leave reshores in place until tests
representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at time of
removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete.
C. Floors supporting shores under newly-placed concrete: Leave original supporting
shores in place, or re-shore. Locate reshores directly under shore position above.
Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly-
placed concrete, forms and construction live loads in such manner that design
superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded.
3.30 FORM REUSE
A. Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged beyond repair. Thoroughly clean and
recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to be used for exposed
smooth finish,sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or
provide form liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and
clean to return forms to original condition.
5/2013 03300-35 of 38
•
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03100A
TOLERANCES FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDINGS**
For any For any Maximum
Variation Variation In 10-foot 20-foot for Entire
From length length or Dimension
any bay
Lines and Surfaces of Columns, 1/4" - - - 1"
Plumb or Piers, Walls and Arrises
Specified Exposed Corner Columns, Control - - - 1/4" 1/2"
Batter Joint Grooves, and Other
Conspicuous Lines
Slab Soffits, Ceilings, Beam Soffits, 1/4" 3/8" 3/4"
•
Level of and Arrises (measured before
Specified removal of shores),
Grade Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, - - - 1/4" 1/2"
Horizontal Grooves and Other
Conspicuous Lines
Drawing Position of Linear Building Lines, - -- 1/2"_ 1"
Dimensions Columns, Walls and Partitions
Size and Location of Sleeves, Floor - -- - - - ±1/4"
Openings and Wall Openings
Cross Section of Columns, Beams, - -- - - - +1/2", -1/4"
Slabs, and Walls
Footings* in Plan - -- - - - +2", -1/2"
Footing Misplacement or Eccentricity - - - - - - 2% of Width
in Direction of Error(the lesser of) or 2"
Footing Thickness Decrease - - - - - - 5%
Footing Thickness Increase - - - - - - No Limit
Step Rise in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - ±1/8"
Step Tread in Flight of Stairs - - - - - - +1/4"
Consecutive Step Rise - - - - - - ±1/16"
Consecutive Step Tread - - - - - - ±1/8"
*Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing
steel, dowels, or embedded items
**Includes water and wastewater process structures
5/2013 03300-36 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
TABLE 03100B
TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES
CONCRETE IN BRIDGES,WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES
Variation
From Variation In Maximum
Plumb of
Specified Surfaces of columns, piers and walls 1/2" in 10'
Batter
Level or Top surfaces of slabs See Section 03345
Specified
Grade Top surfaces of curbs and railings 3/16"in 10'
Drawing Cross section of columns, caps,walls,beams, and f1/2", -1/4"
Dimensions similar members
Thickness of deck slabs +1/4", -1/8"
Size and location of slab and wall openings ±1/2"
Footings in plan +2, -1/2"
Footing misplacement or eccentricity in direction 2% of width or 2"
of error(the lesser of)
•
Footing thickness decrease 5%
Footing thickness increase No limit
Step rise in flight of stairs ±1/8"
Step tread in flight of stairs 11/4"
Consecutive step rise ±1/16"
Consecutive step tread ±1/8"
5/2013 03300-37 of 38
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3.31 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner.
B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow. Provide such
protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is
imminent or occurring.
C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all
components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached
the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the
Engineer.
END OF SECTION
5/2013 03300-38 of 38
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
SECTION 09915
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preparing surfaces, providing adequate conditions for proper workmanship, and
furnishing and applying the protective coating materials required for metallic and
plastic surfaces.
B. Color code painting of piping and piping identification signs and markers.
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. No separate payment will be made for protective coatings. Include payment for
protective coatings in unit prices for items to which coatings are applied.
B. Measurement for protective coatings, when included as a separate pay item, is on a
square-foot basis for completed protective coating systems.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A13.1 - Color Schedule.
B. ANSIIAWWA C213 -Fusion-bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of
Steel Water Pipelines.
C. Federal Specification TT-P-28 -Paint, Aluminum, Heat Resisting (1200 degrees F).
D. Federal Standard 595A-Federal Standard Colors.
E. Military Specification DOD-P-23236 -Paint Coating Systems, Steel Ship Tank, Fuel
and Salt Water Ballast, Class 2.
F. NACE Standard TM-01-70 -Visual Standard for Surfaces of New Steel Airblast
Cleaned with Sand Abrasive.
G. NSF Standard 61 -Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects.
H. SSPC-PA1 -Paint Application Specification No. 1.
I. SSPC-PA2 -Paint Application Specification No. 2.
J. SSPC- Paint 16 - Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Black(or Dark Red)Paint.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-1
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
K. SSPC-SP1 - Solvent Cleaning.
L. SSPC-SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.
M. SSPC-SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning.
N. SSPC-SP5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning.
O. SSPC-SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning.
P. SSPC-SP7 -Brush-off Blast Cleaning.
Q. SSPC-SP10 -Near-white Blast Cleaning.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Paint, coatings, or finishes as used in this Section include surface treatments,
emulsions, enamels, paints, epoxy resins, and other protective coatings, with the
exceptions of galvanizing or anodizing, whether used as a pretreatment,primer,
intermediate coat, or finish coat.
B. DFT means minimum dry film thickness.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. See the Drawings and other Specifications to determine how coatings under this
Section will be applied. Paint or coat new and modified surfaces in conformance
with this Section.
B. Coating system schedules summarize surfaces to be coated, required surface
preparation, and coating systems to be applied. Coating notes on Drawings are used
to show exceptions to schedules, to show or extend limits of coating systems, or to
clarify or show details for application of coating systems.
C. Do not apply protective coatings to the following surfaces unless specifically named
or shown to be coated:
1. Concrete.
2. Stainless steel, bronze, or brass.
3. Machined surfaces.
4. Grease fittings.
5. Glass.
6. Equipment nameplates.
7. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-2
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
8. Galvanized steel electrical conduit and associated galvanized and factory-
coated junction boxes and electrical panels.
9. Galvanized surfaces inside buildings and not exposed to view.
10. Manhole and valve covers and rings, storm water inlet gratings, covers, and
frames.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples.
B. Submit the following information at least 30 days prior to protective coating work:
1. Coating Materials List: Eight copies of a coating materials list naming the
manufacturer and the coating number,keyed to the coating systems described
in this Section. Submit the list prior to or at the time of sample submittal.
2. Paint Manufacturer's Information: For each coating system to be used, submit
the following data:
a. Paint manufacturer's data sheet for each product proposed, including
statements on the suitability of the material for the intended use.
b. Technical and performance information that demonstrates compliance
with the system performance and material requirements.
c. Paint manufacturer's instructions and recommendations on surface
preparation and application.
d. Colors available for each product, where applicable.
e. Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings, where applicable.
f. Material Safety Data Sheet for each product used.
C. Samples
1. Submit color samples of paint, finishes, and other coating materials on 8-1/2-
inch by 11-inch sheet metal or heavy cardstock. Have each sheet completely
coated over its entire surface with one protective coating material, type, and
color.
2. Provide two sets of color samples to match each color selected by the
Engineer from the manufacturer's standard color sheets. If custom-mixed
colors are indicated,prepare color samples using color formulations prepared
to match the color samples furnished by the City Engineer.
3. Submit one 15-pound sample of each abrasive proposed to be used for surface
preparation for submerged and severe service coating systems.
1.07 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Where protective coatings are to be applied by a subcontractor, employ a
subcontractor who possesses a valid state license as required for performance of
painting and coating work called for in this Specification.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-3
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
B. Submit 5 references which show that the painting subcontractor has previous
successful experience with the indicated or comparable coating systems. Include the
name, address, and the telephone number for the owner of each installation for which
the painting subcontractor provided the protective coating.
1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Ventilate area where coating is being applied. Post and enforce"NO SMOKING OR
OPEN FLAME" signs until coating has cured.
B. Provide lighting level of 80-foot candles (860 lx)measured mid-height at substrate
surface.
C. Restrict worker access and construction traffic from area where coatingis being
applied or is curing.
1.09. WARRANTY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
A. Warranty Inspection:
1. A warranty inspection may be conducted during the eleventh month following
completion of coating and painting. The Contractor and a representative of
the coating material manufacturer shall attend this inspection.
2. The City Engineer may, by written notice to the Contractor, reschedule the
warranty inspection to another date within the one-year correction period, or
may cancel the warranty inspection altogether. Cancellation of the warranty
inspection does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the
Contract Documents.
3. Repair defective work discovered during the warranty inspection in
accordance with these Specifications.
B. Extended Maintenance of Chemical Tank Lining Systems: Promptly repair defects in
the chemical resistant sheet lining system for a period of 2 years after the lining has
been placed into service. Such maintenance includes repair of the chemical tank and
any equipment or facilities damaged by the corrosive action of the chemicals.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 COATINGS CRITERIA
A. Suitability: Use suitable coating materials as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Compatibility: In any coating system,use only compatible materials from a single
manufacturer. Give particular attention to compatibility of primers and finish coats.
If necessary, apply a barrier coat or tie coat between existing prime coat and
subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-4
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
C. Containers: Supply coating materials in sealed containers that plainly show the
designated name, formula or specification number,batch number, color, date of
manufacture, and name of manufacturer, all plainly legible at the time of use.
D. Colors: Use colors and shades of colors of all coats of paint as indicated on the
coating schedules or selected by the City Engineer. Make each coat of a slightly
different shade to facilitate inspection of surface coverage of each coat. The City
Engineer will select finish colors from the manufacturer's standard color samples.
E. Substitute or Equal Products:
1. To establish equality under Section 01630 -Product Options and
Substitutions, furnish satisfactory documentation from the manufacturer of the
proposed substitute product that the material meets the indicated requirements
and is equivalent or better in the following properties:
a. Resistance to abrasion and physical damage.
b. Resistance to chemical attack.
c. Life expectancy.
d. Ability to recoat in future.
e. Solids content by volume.
f. Dry film thickness per coat.
g. Compatibility with other coatings.
h. Suitability for the intended service.
i. Temperature limitations in service and during application.
j. Type and quality of recommended undercoats and topcoats.
k. Ease of application.
1. Ease of repairing damaged areas.
M. Stability of colors.
2. For substitutions submit protective coating materials which are standard
products produced by recognized manufacturers who are regularly engaged in
production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions.
Where requested, provide the City Engineer with the names of not less than 10
successful applications of the proposed manufacturer's products which
comply with these requirements.
2.02 INDUSTRIAL COATING SYSTEMS
A. Material Sources: Each of the following manufacturers is capable of supplying many
of the specified industrial coating materials. Where manufacturers and paint numbers
are listed, it is to show the type and quality of coatings that are required. Proposed
substitute materials will be considered as indicated under paragraph 2.01E. Provide
industrial coating materials that have a record of satisfactory performance in
industrial plants,manufacturing facilities, and water and wastewater treatment plants.
1. Ameron.
2. Carboline Coatings Company.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-5
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
3. Devoe Coatings Company.
4. Glidden Coatings and Resins.
5. Inorganic Coatings, Inc.
6. Porter International.
7. Tnemec Company.
8. Valspar Corporation.
B. System 1 -Aliphatic Polyurethane: Two-component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane
coating. Provide superior color and gloss retention,resistance to splash from acid and
alkaline chemicals, resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering and with a
minimum solids content of 58 percent by volume. As primer use a rust inhibitive 2-
component epoxy coating with a minimum solids content of 68 percent by volume.
1. Prime coat:
a. DFT=4 mils
b. Products: Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec 69, or equal.
2. Finish coats (one or more):
a. DFT= 3 mils
b. Products: Ameron Amershield, Carboline 134 HS, Tnemec 74, or
equal.
3. Total system DFT=7 mils.
4. Apply more than one finish coat as necessary to produce a finish with uniform
color and texture.
C. System 2 - Inorganic Zinc/Polyurethane: For prime coat, use inorganic zinc primer
that is water or solvent-based, self-curing, zinc silicate 2-component inorganic
coating which contains at least 85 percent of metallic zinc by weight in the dried film,
and is recommended by the coating manufacturer as a primer for this system. As
intermediate coat use a high-build, 2-component epoxy with a solids content of at
least 70 percent by volume. For finish coats use a 2-component aliphatic acrylic or
polyester polyurethane coating material that provides superior color and gloss
retention, resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering, and a minimum solids
content of 58 percent by volume.
1. Prime coat:
a. DFT= 3 mils
b. Products: Ameron Dimetcote 21-5 or 21-9, Inorganic Coatings 531,
Valspar 13-F-6, or equal.
2. Intermediate coat:
a. DFT=4 mils
b. Products: Ameron 385,Inorganic Coatings P24,Valspar 76, or equal.
3. Finish coats (one or more):
a. DFT=3 mils
b. Products: Ameron Amershield, Inorganic Coatings 64, Valspar 54, or
equal.
4. Total system DFT= 10 mils.
5. Apply intermediate coat in excess of 4 mils DFT or in more than one coat as
necessary to completely cover the inorganic zinc primer and prevent
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-6
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
application bubbling of the polyurethane finish coat.
6. Apply more than one finish coat as necessary to produce a finish with uniform
color and texture.
7. If inorganic zinc primer is used as a pre-construction or shop-applied primer,
and there are damaged or uncoated areas, spot blast the damaged area with
abrasive and then coat with the specified material.
D. System 3 -Inorganic Zinc, Water-Based: Water-based, self-curing, zinc silicate
coating with a 2-component inorganic coating material that contains at least 85
percent of metallic zinc by weight in the dried film.
1. Prime coat and finish coat(one):
a. DFT= 3 mils
b. Products: Ameron Dimetcote 21-5, Inorganic Coatings 531,Valspar
13-F-6, or equal.
2. Total system DFT=3 mils.
E. System 4-Acrylic Latex: Single-component, water-based acrylic latex with a
fungicide additive having a minimum solids content of 35 percent by volume. Apply
a prime coat as recommended by manufacturer. Select coating material which is
available in the ANSI safety colors.
1. Prime coat:
a. DFT=2 mils
b. Products: As recommended by manufacturer.
2. Finish coats (2 or more):
a. DFT=6 mils
b. Products: Ameron 220, Carboline 3300, Tnemec 6, or equal.
3. Total system DFT= 8 mils.
F. System 5 - Epoxy, Equipment: Two-component,rust-inhibitive,polyamide-cured
epoxy coating material with a recoatable finish that is available in a wide selection of
colors. Minimum solids content of 66 percent by volume. Resistant to service
conditions of condensing moisture, splash and spillage of lubricating oils, and
frequent washdown and cleaning.
1. Prime coat:
a. DFT=3 mils
b. Products: Ameron 38P, Tnemec 69, or equal.
2. Prime coat(where shop applied):
a. DFT= 3 mils
b. Products: Universal primer,Ameron 185 HS, Tnemec 50-330 or 161,
or equal.
3. Finish coats (2 or more):
a. DFT= 6mils
b. Products: Ameron 385, Tnemec 69, or equal.
4. Total system DFT=9 mils.
ARKKStandard 3/14/2012 09915-7
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
G. System 6 -Aliphatic Polyurethane, Fiberglass: Two-component, aliphatic
polyurethane coating material with superior color and gloss retention, resistance to
splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, and resistance to chemical fumes and severe
weathering. Use a primer, tie coat, or mist coat recommended by the manufacturer.
1. Prime coat(tie coat): Ameron 385P, Tnemec P66, or equal.
2. Finish coats (2 or more):
a. DFT=3 mils
b. Products: Ameron Amershield, Tnemec 74, or equal.
H. System 7 -Alkyd Enamel: High quality, gloss or semi-gloss, medium long oil alkyd
finish with a minimum solids content of 49 percent by volume. Apply primer as
recommended by manufacturer.
1. Prime coat:
a. DFT= 3 mils
b. Products: Ameron 5105, Tnemec P4-55, or equal.
2. Finish coats (2 or more):
a. DFT=3 mils
b. Ameron 5401 HS, Tnemec 2H, or equal.
3. Total system DFT=6 mils.
System 8 - Aluminum Metal Isolation: One coat of a high-build polyamide epoxy
paint.
1. Products: Tnemec P66, or equal
2. Total system DFT=8 mils.
J. System 9 -Aluminum Silicone Resin: Aluminum silicone resin material suitable for
a service temperature of up to 1000 degrees F. Complies with Federal Specification
TT-P-28.
1. Prime coat and finish coat(2 or more):
a. DFT= 3 mils
b. Products: Tnemec Series 39-1061, Ameron 878, or equal.
2. Total system DFT=3 mils.
2.03 SUBMERGED AND SEVERE SERVICE COATING SYSTEMS
A. Materials Sources: The manufacturers' products listed in this paragraph are materials
which satisfy the material descriptions of this paragraph and have a documented
successful record for long-term submerged or severe service conditions. Proposed
substitute products will be considered as indicated under paragraph 2.01 E.
B. System 100- Amine-Cured Epoxy: High-build, amine-cured, epoxy resin with a
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-8
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
solids content of at least 80 percent by volume. Suitable for long-term immersion
service in potable water and municipal wastewater. For potable water service, select
a coating material listed by the NSF International as in compliance with NSF
Standard 61.
1. Prime coat and finish coats (3 or more):
a. DFT= 16 mils
b. Products: Ameron 39, Tnemec 139, or equal.
2. For coating of valves and nonsubmerged equipment, DFT= 12 mils.
C. System 101 Polyamide Cured Epoxy: High-build, polyamide epoxy resin with a
solids content of at least 56 percent by volume. Suitable for long-term immersion in
potable water and municipal wastewater. For potable water service, select a coating
material listed by the NSF International as in compliance with NSF Standard 61.
1. Prime coat and finish coats (3 or more):
a. DFT= 12 mils
b. Products: Tnemec 20, Valspar 32PWR, or equal.
D. System 102 - Coal Tar Epoxy: High-build 2-component amine or polyamide-cured
coal tar epoxy with a solids content of at least 68 percent by volume. Suitable for
long-term immersion in wastewater and for coating of buried surfaces. Conforming
to Mil Spec DOD-P-23236, or to SSPC Paint 16. Prime coats are for use as a shop
primer only. Omit prime coat when both surface preparation and coating are
performed in the field.
1. Prime coat:
a. DFT= 1.5 mils
b. Products: Ameron 83HS, Tnemec P66, or equal.
2. Finish coats (2 or more):
a. DFT= 16 mils
b. Products: Ameron 78 HB,Tnemec 46 H-413, or equal.
3. Total system DFT= 17.5 mils.
E. System 103 -Fusion Bonded Epoxy: 100 percent powder epoxy applied in
accordance with the ANSI/AWWA C213, except that surface preparation shall be as
specified in the coating system schedule of this Section. Apply the coating using the
fluidized bed process.
1. Liquid Epoxy: For field repairs,use a liquid epoxy applied in not less than 3
coats to provide a DFT of 15 mils. Use a liquid epoxy which is 100 percent
solids epoxy as recommended by the powder epoxy manufacturer.
2. Coating:
a. DFT= 16 mils
b. Products: Scotchkote 134 or 206N, or equal.
3. Total system DFT= 16 mils.
4. For coating of valves, DFT= 12 mils.
F. System 104 - Chemical Resistant Sheet Lining:
1. Materials: Use natural rubber, chlorobutyl rubber, ethylene propylene diene
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-9
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
monomer(EPDM)rubber, chloroprene polymer(neoprene) rubber, or
chlorosulfonated polyethylene (Hypalon)rubber sheet lining material. Submit
the shop drawings containing technical information that confirms the
suitability of the lining material system for long-term immersion in each
chemical to be stored. Service temperatures are expected to be up to 150
degrees F.
a. Neoprene sheet lining material: Synthetic rubber formulated for steam
curing at atmospheric pressure. Provide a minimum lining thickness
of 3/16-inch. Supply B. F. Goodrich compound 59688, or equal.
b. Chlorobutyl sheet lining material: Synthetic rubber formulated for
steam curing at atmospheric pressure. Provide a minimum lining
thickness of 3/16-inch. Supply B. F. Goodrich compound 60924, or
equal.
c. Natural rubber(soft) sheet lining material: Soft natural rubber
formulated for steam curing at atmospheric pressure. Provide a
minimum lining thickness of 3/16-inch. Supply B. F. Goodrich
compound 83160, or equal.
d. Natural rubber(hard) sheet lining material: Hard, natural rubber
resistant to oxidizing agents and formulated for autoclave curing.
Provide a minimum lining thickness of 3/16-inch. Supply B. F.
Goodrich compound 8631, or equal.
e. EPDM sheet lining material: Synthetic rubber suitable for use as a
lining for 50 percent sulfuric acid solution and formulated for
autoclave or steam curing under pressure.
f. Hypalon sheet lining material: Synthetic rubber suitable for use as a
lining for 50 percent sulfuric acid solution.
5. Use primers, adhesives, activators, accelerators, and other necessary materials
as recommended by the sheet material manufacturer.
6. Metal Surface Preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning,prepare the base
metal as required by the sheet lining material manufacturer's installation
instructions. If the instructions differ from these specifications,provide the
highest degree of cleaning and surface preparation. Perform abrasive blast
cleaning in accordance with this Section.
7. Install lining materials in accordance with the material manufacturer's written
installation instructions. Line interior surfaces including piping, vents,
fittings, flange faces, manhole covers, and blind flanges.
8. Test the lining system for holidays in accordance with this Section before and
after curing.
9. Cure the lining system by steam using the time and temperature as required by
the material manufacturer.
G. System 105 -Vinyl Ester: Vinyl ester resin coating material with an inert flake
pigment. Suitable for immersion service in 30 percent hydrochloric acid and 30
percent sulfuric acid solutions.
1. Coating: (2 or more coats):
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-10
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
a. DFT=40 mils
b. Products: Plasite 4100, or equal
c. Prime coat: As recommended by the material manufacturer.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. Require the protective coating manufacturer to furnish a qualified technical
representative to visit the project site for technical support as may be necessary to
resolve field problems attributable or associated with manufacturer's products.
B. For submerged and severe service coating systems,require the paint manufacturer to
furnish the following services:
1. At least 6 hours of on-site instruction on the proper surface preparation, use,
mixing, application, and curing of the coating systems.
2. Observe action of the start of surface preparation, mixing, and application of
the coating materials for each coating system by the manufacturer's
representative.
3.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. Use skilled craftsmen and experienced supervision.
B. Apply coating to produce an even film of uniform thickness. Give special attention to
edges, corners, crevices, and joints. Ensure thorough cleaning and an adequate
thickness of coating material. Apply coatings to produce finished surfaces free from
runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture, and
finish. Effect complete hiding so that the addition of another coat would not increase
the hiding. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and
similar areas receive a film thickness equivalent to adjacent areas. Protect
installations by use of drop cloths or other precautionary measures.
C. If surfaces are damaged, clean, repair, and refinish to original condition.
3.03 STORAGE, MIXING,AND THINNING OF MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Unless otherwise indicated, strictly comply with
the coating manufacturer's printed recommendations and instructions for thinning,
mixing, handling, applying, and protecting its coating materials, for preparation of
surfaces for coating, and for all other procedures relative to coating.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-11
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
B. Use protective coating materials within the manufacturer's recommended shelf life.
C. Storage and Mixing: Store coating materials under conditions recommended by the
Material Safety Data Sheets. Keep coating materials thoroughly stirred, strained, and
with uniform consistency during application. Do not mix coatings of different
manufacturers.
3.04 PREPARATION FOR COATING
A. Cleaning and Touch-up: Clean surfaces to receive protective coatings. Examine
surfaces to be coated. Correct surface defects before application of any coating
material. Touch up marred or abraded spots on shop-primed and on factory-finished
surfaces prior to coating application. Verify that surfaces to be coated are dry and
free of visible dust.
B. Protection of Surfaces Not to be Coated: Protect surfaces which are not to receive
protective coatings during surface preparation, cleaning, and coating operations.
C. Remove, mask or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates,
machined surfaces, couplings, shafts,bearings,nameplates on machinery, and other
surfaces to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent coating materials from falling
on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect the working parts of mechanical and
electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and coating operations.
Mask openings in motors to prevent entry of coating or other materials.
D. Do not damage adjacent work during blast cleaning operations. Conduct spray
painting under carefully controlled conditions. Promptly repair any damage to
adjacent work or adjoining property occurring from blast cleaning or coating
operations.
E. Protection of Painted Surfaces: Coordinate cleaning and coating so that dust and
other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet,newly-coated
surfaces.
3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS
A. The following referenced surface preparation standards of the Steel Structures
Painting Council form a part of this Specification:
1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC-SP1): Removal of oil, grease, soil, salts, and other
soluble contaminants by cleaning with solvent, vapor, alkali, emulsion, or
steam.
2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale,
loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter,by hand chipping,
scraping, sanding, and wire brushing.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-12
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale,
loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter,by power tool
chipping, descaling, sanding, wire brushing, and grinding.
4. White Metal Blast Cleaning(SSPC-SP5): Removal of visible rust, oil, grease,
soil, dust,mill scale,paint, oxides, corrosion products, and foreign matter by
blast cleaning.
5. Commercial Blast Cleaning(SSPC-SP6): Removal of visible oil, grease, soil,
dust,mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign
matter, except that staining is limited to no more than 33 percent of each
square inch of surface area.
6. Brush-off Blast Cleaning(SSPC-SP7): Removal of all visible oil, grease, soil,
dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose paint.
7. Near-white Blast Cleaning(SSPC-SP10): Removal of visible oil, grease, soil,
dust mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign
matter, except that staining is limited to no more than 5 percent of each square
inch of surface area.
3.06 METAL SURFACE PREPARATION (UNGALVANIZED)
A. Provide the minimum abrasive-blasting surface preparation as indicated in the coating
system schedules at the end of this Section. Where there is a conflict between these
specifications and the coating manufacturer's printed recommendations for the
intended service, the higher degree of cleaning applies.
B. Perform metal surface preparation in conformance with the current SSPC Standards
and this Section. Blast-clean surfaces match standard samples in NACE Standard
TM-01-70.
C. Remove oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants prior to blast
cleaning using solvent cleaning in SSPC-SP1.
D. Have sharp edges rounded or chamfered and burrs, surface defects and welded
splatter ground smooth prior to blast cleaning.
E. Select the type and size of abrasive to produce a surface profile that meets the coating
manufacturer's recommendation for the particular coating and service conditions. As
abrasives for submerged and severe service coating systems use clean, hard, sharp-
cutting crushed slag. Do not use automated blasting systems for surfaces that will be
in submerged service. Do not use metal shot or grit for surfaces that will be in
submerged service, even if subsequent abrasive blasting is planned with hard, sharp-
cutting crushed slag.
F. Do not reuse abrasive except when an automated blasting system is used for surfaces
that will be in nonsubmerged service. For automated blasting systems,use clean,oil-
free abrasives. In the abrasive mix use at least 50 percent grit.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-13
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
G. Comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations
for blast cleaning.
H. For air-blast cleaning supply compressed air at adequate pressure from well-
maintained compressors equipped with oil and moisture separators which remove at
least 95 percent of the contaminants.
I. Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles of the cleaning operation using dry air-
blast cleaning,vacuuming, or another approved method prior to painting.
J. In enclosed areas and other areas where dust may settle,,vacuum the surface clean and
wipe it with a tack cloth.
K. Remove damaged or defective coating by the specified blast cleaning to meet
the clean surface requirements before recoating.
L. If the specified abrasive blast cleaning will damage adjacent work, the area to be
cleaned is less than 100 square feet, and the coated surface will not be submerged in
service, then SSPC-SP2 -Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning,
may be used.
M. Completely remove shop-applied coatings of unknown composition before the
specified coatings are applied. Examine valves, castings, ductile or cast iron pipe,
and fabricated pipe or equipment for the presence of shop-applied temporary
coatings. Completely remove temporary coatings by solvent cleaning per SSPC-SP 1
before starting abrasive blast cleaning.
N. Use the solvent cleaning method to clean shop-primed equipment in the field before
finish coats are applied.
3.07 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL
A. For galvanized ferrous metal use the alkaline cleaned method per SSPC-SP1 to
remove oil, grease, and other contaminants detrimental to adhesion of the protective
coating system.
B. Apply pretreatment coatings of surfaces in accordance with the printed
recommendations of the coating manufacturer.
3.08 SURFACE PREPARATION OF FERROUS SURFACES WITH EXISTING COATINGS
A. Preparatory Cleaning: Remove grease, oil, heavy chalk, dirt,or other contaminants by
solvent or detergent cleaning prior to abrasive blast cleaning. Determine the generic
type of the existing coatings by laboratory testing.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-14
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
B. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Provide the degree of cleaning specified in the coating
system schedule for the entire surface to be coated. If the degree of cleaning is not
indicated in the schedule, remove deteriorated coatings by abrasive blast cleaning to
SSPC-SP6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning. Clean areas of tightly adhering coatings to
SSPC-SP7 -Brush-off Blast Cleaning, with the remaining thickness of existing
coating not to exceed 3 mils.
C. Incompatible Coatings: If coatings to be applied are not compatible with existing
coatings, apply intermediate coatings conforming to the paint manufacturer's
recommendation for the indicated coating system or completely remove the existing
coating prior to abrasive blast cleaning. Make a small trial application for
compatibility prior to painting large areas.
•
D. Unknown Coatings: Completely remove coatings of unknown composition prior to
application of new coatings.
E. Water-abrasive or Wet-abrasive Blast Cleaning: Where specified or where job site
conditions do not permit dry-abrasive blasting for industrial coating systems due to
dust or air pollution considerations,water-abrasive blasting or wet-abrasive blasting
may be used. In both methods, use paint-compatible corrosion inhibitors. Begin the
coating application as soon as surfaces are dry. Perform water-abrasive blasting
using high-pressure water with sand injection. In both methods, use equipment that is
commercially-produced with a successful service record. Do not use wet-blasting •
methods for submerged and severe-service coating systems,unless specified.
3.09 PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS, AND NONFERROUS METALS SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Unless otherwise indicated, for equipment, or parts of equipment which are not
submerged in service, shop-prime them and then finish-coat them in the field after
installation. For methods, materials, application equipment, and other details of shop
painting, comply with this Section. If the shop primer requires topcoating within a
specified period of time, apply the finish coat in the shop and then touch-up the paint
after installation.
B. Perform surface preparation and coating work in the field for equipment, or parts and
surfaces of equipment which are submerged or inside an enclosed hydraulic structure
when in service,with the exception of pumps and valves.
C. For certain pieces of equipment, it may be undesirable or impractical to apply finish
coatings in the field. Such equipment may include engine generator sets, equipment
such as electrical control panels, switchgear or main control boards; submerged parts
of pumps, ferrous metal passages in valves, or other items where it is not possible to
obtain the required quality in the field. For such equipment prime and finish-coat it in
the shop and touch it up in the field after installation. Use the identical material for
touch up that was used for shop painting. Require the manufacturer of each such
piece of equipment to certify as part of its shop drawings that the surface preparation
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-15
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
is in accordance with these specifications. Submit the coating material data sheet
with the shop drawings for the equipment.
D. For certain small pieces-of-equipment, the manufacturer may have a standard coating
system which is suitable for the intended service conditions. In such cases, the final
determination of suitability will be made during review of the shop drawing
submittals. Equipment of this type generally includes only indoor equipment such as
instruments, small compressors, and chemical metering pumps.
E. Protect shop-painted surfaces during shipment and handling. Protect surfaces with
padding or blocking. Lift equipment with canvas or nylon slings. Do not expose
primed surfaces to the weather for more than 2 months before being topcoated, or less
time if recommended by the coating manufacturer.
F. Repair damage to shop-applied coatings in accordance with this Section and.the
coating manufacturer's printed instructions.
G. Make certain that the shop primers and field topcoats are compatible and meet the
requirements of this Section. Submit copies of applicable coating manufacturer's
data sheets with equipment shop drawings.
3.10 APPLICATION OF COATINGS
A. Apply protective coatings to steel substrates in accordance with SSPC-PA1 - Paint
Application Specification No. 1.
B. Inspect cleaned surfaces and each coat prior to succeeding coats. Schedule
inspections with the City Engineer in advance.
C. Paint blast-cleaned ferrous metal surfaces before rusting or other deterioration of the
surface occurs. Limit blast cleaning to only those surfaces that can be coated in the
same working day.
D. Apply coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and this Section,
whichever has the most stringent requirements.
E. Give special attention to edges, angles, weld seams, flanges, nuts and bolts, and other
places where insufficient film thicknesses are likely occur. Use stripe painting for
these areas.
F. Give special attention to materials which will be joined so closely that proper surface
preparation and application are not possible. Coat such contact surfaces prior to
assembly or installation.
G. Apply finish coats, including touch-up and damage repair coats, in a manner which
will present a uniform texture and color matched appearance.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-16
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
H. Do not apply coatings under the following conditions:
1. Temperature-outside of the manufacturer's recommended minimum and
maximum range.
2. Dust or smoke laden atmosphere.
3. When the substrate or air temperature is less than 5 degrees F above dew
point.
4. When air temperature is expected to drop below 40 degrees F or less than 5
degrees F above the dew point within 8 hours after application of coating.
5. When wind conditions are not calm.
I. Determine the dew point by use of a sling psychrometer in conjunction with U. S.
Department of Commerce, Weather Bureau psychometric tables.
J. For steel piping which will not be buried, have the surface abrasive blast cleaned and
primed before installation.
K. Apply finish coats after concrete, masonry, and equipment installation is complete
and the work areas are clean and dust free.
3.11 CURING OF COATINGS
A. Maintain curing conditions in accordance with the recommendations of the coating
material manufacturer and this Section, whichever is the most stringent. Complete
curing before placing the coating systems into service.
B. In the case of enclosed areas, forced air ventilation using heated air if necessary, may
be required until the coatings have fully cured.
C. Forced Air Ventilation of Enclosed Hydraulic Structures: Forced air ventilation is
required for the application and curing of coatings on the interior surfaces of enclosed
hydraulic structures. During application and curing periods, continuously exhaust air
from the lowest level of the structure using portable ducting. After interior coating
operations have been completed,provide a final curing period for a minimum of 10
days, operating the forced air ventilation system continuously.
3.12 SHOP AND FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Give the City Engineer a minimum of 3 days advance notice of the start of any field
surface preparation work or coating application work, and a minimum of 7 days
advance notice of the start of any shop surface preparation work.
B. Perform surface preparation and coating applications in the presence of the City
Engineer,unless the City Engineer has granted prior approval to perform such Work
in his absence.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-17
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
C. Inspection by the City Engineer, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion
of the work, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work
in accordance with these Specifications.
D. Erect and move scaffolding where requested by the City Engineer to facilitate
inspection. Provide additional illumination to light areas to be inspected.
E. Inspection Devices: Until final acceptance of coatings, furnish inspection devices in
good working condition for the detection of holidays and measurement of dry-film
thicknesses of protective coatings. Make dry-film thickness gauges available for the
City Engineer's use while coating is being done, until final acceptance of such
coatings. Provide the services of a trained operator of the holiday detection devices
until the final acceptance of such coatings. Operate holiday detection devices in the
presence of the City Engineer.
F. Holiday Testing: Perform holiday tests on coated ferrous surfaces inside a steel
reservoir, other surfaces which will be submerged in water or other liquids, or
surfaces which are enclosed in a vapor space in such structures and surfaces coated
with any of the submerged and severe service coating systems. Mark and repair or
recoat areas which contain holidays in accordance with the coating manufacturer's
printed instructions and then retest.
1. Coatings with Thickness Exceeding 20 Mils: For surfaces having a total dry-
film coating thickness exceeding 20 mils; use a pulse-type holiday detector
such as Tinker&Rasor Model AP-W,D.E. Stearns Co. Model 14/20, or
equal. Adjust the unit to operate at the voltage required to cause a spark jump
across an air gap equal to twice the specified coating thickness.
2. Coatings with Thickness of 20 Mils or Less: For surfaces having a total dry-
film coating thickness of 20 mils or less, use Tinker&Rasor Model MI
nondestructive-type holiday detector, K-D Bird Dog, or equal. Use a unit that
operates at less than 75-volts. For thicknesses between 10 and 20 mils, add a
nonsudsing-type wetting agent, such as Kodak Photo-Flo, or equal, to the
water prior to wetting the detector sponge.
G. Film Thickness Testing: On ferrous metals, measure the dry-film coating thickness in
accordance with the SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2 using a magnetic-
type dry-film thickness gauge such as Mikrotest Model FM, Elcometer Model
111/1EZ, or equal. Test each coat for the correct thickness. Do not take
measurements until at least 8 hours after coating application. On non-ferrous metals
and other substrates, measure the coating thicknesses at the time of application using
a wet-film gauge.
H. Surface Preparation: Evaluation of blast-cleaned surface preparation work will be
based upon comparison of the blasted surfaces with standard samples using NACE
Standard TM-01-70.
3.13 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
ARKKStandard 3/14/2012 09915-18
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
A. Painting and Color Coding.
1. Use colors and signs to identify all piping which is exposed to view in
buildings or tunnels, above suspended ceilings, or exposed above grade, and
all outdoor piping. Identify each pipe by a color complying with the
following schedule of colors and by applied markers.
2. Coat pipes in the number of coats and type of material specified. Base coats
for pipeline painting may be the same neutral color. Make each succeeding
base coat a slightly different color. For the final coat, comply with the pipe
identifying color schedule.
3. Apply pipe identification markers to exposed piping as described above,
except for the following pipe at wastewater lift stations:
a. Discharge piping for wastewater pumps.
b. Vent piping.
c. Any piping inside wet wells.
B. Pipe Identification Markers
1. Identify all pipes with applied signs or markers at 15-foot centers, at both
sides of penetrated walls or floors, adjacent to valves, at connected equipment,
at branch fittings, and in congested pipe layouts.
a. Apply markers consisting of signs with legends as follows:
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF LENGTH OF SIZE OF
PIPE OR COVERING COLOR FIELD LETTERS
(INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES)
3/4 to 1-1/4 8 %Z
1-1/2 to 2-3/8 8 3/4
2-1/2 to 5-7/8 12 1-1/4
6 to 7-7/8 12 1-1/4
8 to 10 24 2-1/2
Over 10 32 3-1/2
b. As pipe markers use semi-rigid outdoor grade acrylic plastic, Seton Name
Plate Corp. "SetMark," or equal. Use Type SNA for outside diameters 3/4
through 5-7/8 inches and Type STR for 6-inch outside diameter or larger.
For pipes or pipe covering less than 3/4-inch in diameter,use applied
marker or brass identification tags 1-1/2-inches square with depressed
letters 1/4-inch high, black-filled. Apply tightly to pipeline with metal or
plastic straps.
•
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-19
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
C. Pipe Identification Color Schedule
1. For pipe coatings use the colors listed in the following pipe identification
color schedule:
PIPE IDENTIFICATION COLORSCHEDULE
Piping System Color Federal Std.No.
Fire Mains Red 11105
Oxygen Orange 12246
Sodium Hypochlorite Yellow 13655
Raw Polymer Pink 11156
Diluted Polymer Purple 17142
Natural Gas Yellow 13655
Heating Water Pink 11158
Supply HWR
Return HWR
Domestic Hot Lt. Pink 11668
Water Supply Dom-HWS Lt. Pink 11668
Domestic Hot
Water Return Dom-HWS Lt. Pink
Potable Water Blue 15102
Nonpotable White 17875
Water
Instrument Air Green 14187
Plant Air Dk. Green 14110
Raw Sewage Gray 16473
Grit Dk. Gray 16187
Cyclone Return Gray 16473
Classifier Return Gray 16473
Heavy Solids Dk. Brown 10080
Return Sludge Brown 10091
Waste Sludge Yellow-Brown 10266
Scum Lt. Brown 10334
Chilled Water Supply Blue-Green 14329
(CWS)
Chilled Water Return Blue-Green 14325
(CWR)
Condensing Water Supply Lt. Green 14533
(Cond-WS)
Condensing Water Return Lt. Green 14533
(Cond-WR)
Deionized Water(DW) Lt. Blue 15526
Vacuum (Vac). White 17875
Vent Lt. Gray 16492
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-20
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
2. Use colors for the applied signs and markers in accordance with the color
schedule, except for brass identification tags which are colored as indicated in
paragraph 3.14B.
3. For final colors used for pipe identification conform to Federal Standard
595A.
a. For pipe identification colors not listed above, follow the American
National Standard(ANSI A 13.1-81) Color Schedule:
(1) Materials inherently hazardous, flammable or explosive;
chemically active or toxic; extreme temperature or pressure;
radioactive: Yellow field with Black letters.
(2) Material of inherently low hazard-Liquid or liquid admixture:
Green field with White letters; gas or gaseous admixture: Blue
field with White letters.
(3) Fire quenching materials,water, foam, carbon dioxide, Halon,
etc.: Red field with White letters.
3.14 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULES -FERROUS METALS
A. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal -Not Galvanized:
SYSTEM NO./
SCHEDULE NO.AND APPLICATION SURFACE PREPARATION
DESCRIPTION
FM-1: Surfaces indoors and outdoors, Near white metal blast (2)
exposed or covered,except those listed cleaning SSPC-SP10 Inorganic zinc/
below. polyurethane
FM-2: Surfaces in chlorination room, Commercial blast cleaning (100)
chlorine storage room, sodium SSPC-SP6 Amine-cured epoxy
hypochlorite storage room.
FM-3: Surfaces of pumps and White metal blast cleaning (100)
equipment and other ferrous surfaces SSPC-SP5 Amine-cured epoxy
submerged or intermittently
submerged in potable water,utility
water, and wastewater,including
surfaces lower than 2 feet above high-
water level in hydraulic structures,and
surfaces inside enclosed hydraulic
structures,pump station wet wells,and
vents(excluding shop-coated valves,
couplings, and pumps).
FM-4: Surfaces exposed to high Near white metal blast (3)
temperature between 150 and 600 cleaning SSPC-SP10 Inorganic zinc,water-
degrees F. based
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-21
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
SYSTEM NO./
SCHEDULE NO.AND APPLICATION SURFACE PREPARATION
DESCRIPTION
FM-5: Surfaces exposed to high Near white metal blast Aluminum silicon
temperature between 600 and 1000 cleaning SSPC-SP10 resin
degrees F.
FM-6: Where indicated, ferrous White metal blast cleaning (101)
surfaces in water passages of valves 4- SPC-SP5 Polyamide-cured
inch size and larger, exterior surfaces epoxy
of submerged valves.
FM-7: Where indicated, ferrous White metal blast cleaning (100)
surfaces in water passages of pumps SSPC-SP5 Amine-cured epoxy
which have discharge size of 4 inches
or larger; exterior,submerged surfaces
of pumps.
FM-8: Ferrous surfaces of sleeve- White metal blast cleaning (103)
couplings. SSPC-SP5 Fusion-bonded epoxy
FM-9: Ferrous surfaces of sluice White metal blast cleaning (101)
gates, flap gates,and shear gates, SSPC-SP5 Polyamide-cured
including wall thimbles. epoxy
FM-10: Structural steel,miscellaneous Commercial blast cleaning (3)
metal work, and supports for SSPC-SP6 Inorganic zinc,water-
prefabricated metal buildings, not based
exposed to view in finished building.
FM-i l: Structural steel,miscellaneous Commercial blast cleaning (3)
metal work, and supports for roof and SSPC-SP6 Inorganic zinc,water-
facia support systems for buildings, based
not exposed to view in finished
building.
FM-12: Ferrous metal exposed to Commercial blast cleaning (2)
view,inside and outside of buildings. SSPC-SP6 Inorganic zinc/poly-
urethane
FM-13: Surfaces of indoor equipment, Commercial blast cleaning (5)
not submerged. SSPC-SP6 Epoxy, equipment
FM-14: Exterior(exposed)surfaces Light sandblast to roughen (6)
shop-coated with fusion-bonded surface Aliphatic poly-
epoxy. urethane,fiberglass
B. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal - Galvanized: Apply pretreatment coatings,
barrier coatings, or washes as recommended by the coating manufacturer.
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-22
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
SYSTEM NO./
SCHEDULE NO.AND APPLICATION SURFACE PREPARATION
DESCRIPTION
FMG-1: Exposed surfaces indoors and Alkaline cleaning SSPC- (1)
outdoors,except those listed below. SP1 Aliphatic
polyurethane
FMG-2: Surfaces in chlorination room, Alkaline cleaning SSPC- (100)
chlorine storage room, sodium SP1 Amine-cured epoxy
hypochlorite storage room.
FMG-3:, Surfaces submerged in water Alkaline cleaning SSPC- (100)
or wastewater,including surfaces lower SP1 followed by brush-off Amine-cured epoxy
than 2 feet above high-water level and grade blast cleaning SSPC-
surfaces inside enclosed hydraulic SP7
structures and vents.
FMG-4: Surfaces exposed to view, Alkaline cleaning SSPC- (1)
inside and outside of building. SP1 Aliphatic
polyurethane
C. Coating System Schedule, Interior Surfaces of Welded Steel Tanks: Coat interior
surfaces, including tank nozzles,manholes, nozzle necks, and flange faces. For steel
tank exterior coating systems, see paragraph 3.15A, Coating System Schedule, Ferrous
Metal -Not Galvanized:
PRODUCT STORED SURFACE PREPARATION SYSTEM NO./
DESCRIPTION
Zinc orthophosphate White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Liquid alum White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Polymer White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Sodium bisulfite White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5
Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Ferric chloride White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(hard)
Aqueous ammonia White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Chlorobutyl rubber
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-23
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
SYSTEM NO./
PRODUCT STORED SURFACE PREPARATION
DESCRIPTION
Caustic soda Commercial blast cleaning No coating
SSPC-SP6
Sodium hypochlorite White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Chlorobutyl rubber
Sulfuric acid(maximum White metal blast cleaning (107)
45%concentration) SSPC-SP5 Hypalon
Sulfuric acid(above 40% White metal blast cleaning (107)
concentration) SSPC-SP5 Viton
Hydrofluosilicic acid White metal blast cleaning (107)
SSPC-SP5 Chlorobutyl rubber
Water,potable water,utility White metal blast cleaning (100)
water SSPC-SP5 Amine-cured epoxy
SYSTEM NO./
PRODUCT STORED SURFACE PREPARATION
DESCRIPTION
Zinc orthophosphate White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Liquid alum White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Polymer White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene
Sodium bisulfite White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5
Natural rubber(soft) or neoprene
Ferric chloride White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Natural rubber(hard)
Aqueous ammonia White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Chlorobutyl rubber
Caustic soda Commercial blast cleaning No coating
SSPC-SP6
Sodium hypochlorite White metal blast cleaning (104)
SSPC-SP5 Chlorobutyl rubber
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-24
Sulfuric acid(maximum White metal blast cleaning (107)
45%concentration) SSPC-SP5 Hypalon
Sulfuric acid(above 40% White metal blast cleaning (107)
concentration) SSPC-SP5 Viton
Hydrofluosilicic acid White metal blast cleaning (107)
SSPC-SP5 Chlorobutyl rubber
Water,potable water,utility White metal blast cleaning (100)
water SSPC-SP5 Amine-cured epoxy
3.15 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULE, NONFERROUS METAL, PLASTIC,
FIBERGLASS
A. Where isolated nonferrous parts are associated with equipment or piping,use the coating
system for the adjacent connected surfaces. Do not coat handrails, gratings, frames, or
hatches. Use primers recommended by the coating manufacturer.
SCHEDULE NO.AND APPLICATION SURFACE PREPARATION SYSTEM
NO./DESCRIPTION
NFM-1: Exposed surfaces,indoors Solvent cleaned SSPC- (1)
and outdoors,except those listed SP1 Aliphatic poly-urethane
below.
NFM-2: Chlorination room,chlorine Solvent cleaned SSPC- (100)
storage room,sodium hypochlorite SP 1 Amine-cured epoxy
storage room.
NFM-3: Aluminum surfaces in Solvent cleaned SSPC- (8)
contact with concrete, or with any SP 1 Aluminum metal
other metal except galvanized ferrous isolation
metal.
NFM-4: Polyvinyl chloride plastic Solvent cleaned SSPC- (4)
piping,indoors and outdoors,or in SP 1 Acrylic latex
structures,not submerged.
NFM-5: Fiberglass surfaces. Per Paragraph 3.09, (6)
Plastic, Fiberglass, and Aliphatic poly-urethane
Non-Ferrous Metals fiberglass
Surface Preparation.
END OF SECTION
ARKK Standard 3/14/2012 09915-25
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
SECTION 13122
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL.
BUILDINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. System Description:
1. Rigid frame type utilizing tapered beams with rigid connections to
maintain original angles between interacting members after erection and
loading.
2. Provide rigid frame with interior columns.
3. Roof slope: 1 in. per ft.
B. Design Requirements:
1. Structural steel members: AISC S 326
2. Light gage steel members: AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold-
Formed Steel Structural Members".
3. Primary and secondary members and covering for loads and combination
of loads: MBMA "Low Rise Building Systems Manual".
4. Welded connections: AWS D1.1
5. Design loads:
a. Roof live load: 20 psf.
b. Frame live load: 12 psf+hoist loads as required
c. Wind Load: 120 mph
d. Uplift on roof: UL 90 rated
e. Maximum deflection:
Roof panels: 1/180th of span.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's product information, specifications, and installation
instructions for building components and accessories.
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 • 13122-1
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
2. Manufacturer's standard color charts for selection.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit design and erection drawings showing anchor bolt settings; roof
framing; transverse cross sections; and coverings and flashing details.
2. Indicate assembly of building parts.
3. Submit design calculations with the Seal of the Registered Texas
Professional Engineer that prepared them.
C. Guarantee:
1. Guarantee watertightness of roof during ordinary wear and tear by elements
for five year period from final acceptance.
2. Guarantee factory applied finish for the installed wastewater treatment
plant environment for 20-year period.
1.3 HANDLING
A. Deliver and store prefabricated components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured
items to prevent damage or deformation.
B. Stack materials on platforms or pallets.
C. Cover with tarpaulins or other weather tight ventilated covering.
D. Store metal sheets or panels to allow water to drain freely.
E. Do not store sheets or panels in contact with materials which cause staining.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. A&S Building Systems
B. Mid-West Steel Building Company
C. Metallic Building Company
D. Schulte Building Systems
E. Whirlwind Steel Buildings
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-2
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
F. Other manufacturers acceptable to Engineer. -
2.2 STRUCTURAL FRAMING COMPONENTS
A. Rigid Frames:
1. Hot rolled structural steel complying with ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 529.
2. Factory welded and galvanized built-up "I" shape or open web rigid frame
consisting of tapered or parallel flange beams and tapered columns.
3. Include attachment plates,bearing plates, and splice members.
4. Factory drill for bolted field assembly.
B. End Wall Columns:
1. Factory welded, built-up "I" shape complying with ASTM A 36 or ASTM A
529; or cold formed sections complying with ASTM A 607, Grade 50.
2. Fabricate of minimum 14 ga.material.
3. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication
C. Wind Bracing:
1. Adjustable,threaded steel rods, 1/2 in. diameter minimum.
2. ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 572, Grade D.
D. Secondary Framing:
1. Purlins, eave struts, end wall beams, flange, and sag bracing:
a. 16 ga. minimum rolled formed sections complying with ASTM A
529, A 570, or A 572.
b. Minimum yield strength: 42,000 psi.
c. Fabricate from pre-galvanized coil stock
2. Base channel, sill angle, end wall structural members except columns and
beams, and purlins spacers:
a. 14 ga. minimum cold formed steel complying with ASTM A607, Grade
50.
b. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-3
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
E. Tubing or Pipe: ASTM A 500, Grade B; A 501; or A 53.
F. Bolts:
1. ASTM A 307 or A 325 as required for design loads and connection details.
2. Bolts in contact with panels: Stainless steel.
3. Other bolts: Stainless steel
G. Shop Painting:
1. Clean surface of loose mill scale, rust, dirt, oil, grease, or other matter.
2. All members to be pre-galvanized coil stock or shall be hot-dip galvanized
after fabrication.
3. Treat galvanized members with phosphoric acid and prime with zinc
primer complying with FS TT-P-641.
2.3 ROOF AND WALL PANELS
TM
A. Steel Sheets: 24 ga. Galvalume aluminum-zinc alloy coated steel. All painted
GALVALUME® shall be factory coated by a firm which coats coil products
exclusively. The coater shall be responsible for ensuring color consistency, paint film
hardness, and paint film thickness. The GALVALUME® will be pre-treated before
painting in chemical solutions formulated to clean and prepare the steel for superior paint
adhesion. Each side of the GALVALUME® will be coated with 0.2 mils baked- on
primer before the color coating. A baked-on silicone polyester finish coat will be applied
on one side while a baked-on straight polyester wash coat will be applied on the other.
Thickness of the finish coat will be a nominal 1.0 mils (including the primer coat).
Thickness of the wash coat will be a nominal 0.5 mils (including the primer coat).
B. Roof Panels:
1. Roof covering shall be "Super Span" panel by Whilwind or equal. Panel
coverage will be 36" to the weather with 1-1/4" deep major ribs every 12" and
two 3/16" deep minor ribs between each major rib. The roof shall meet the
requirements of Underwriters Laboratories standard UL 580 Class 90 for uplift
resistance.
2. Panels shall be continuous from ridge to eave on buildings 70'-0 wide or less.
Where endlaps are required, they shall be a minimum of 4" and shall occur at a
purlin. A closure strip shall be installed at the eave.
3. Before securing, all laps of roof panels shall be sealed with a continuous ribbon
of tape sealant.
4. Panels shall be secured to intermediate framing members with sheet metal
screws at a maximum spacing of 12" on center. At endlaps,the maximum screw
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-4
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
spacing shall be 6" on center. Sheet metal stitch screws at a maximum of 20" on
center shall be installed at the sidelaps.
C. Wall Panels
1. Wall covering shall be "Super Span", "Monarch" or "Low Rib" panel. Panel
coverage will be 36" to the weather.
2. Panels shall be continuous from 1-1/2" below the column base to the roofline,
except where the required length would exceed 35'-0 in which case the panels
would lap at a girt. The panel must not rest on the concrete foundation;the panel
must sit 1/8" above the concrete. All panels shall be square cut at the roofline.
3. Panels shall be secured to intermediate framing members with sheet metal
screws at a maximum spacing of 12" on center. Sheet metal stitch screws at a
maximum of 42" on center shall be installed at the sidelaps.
D. Flexible Closure Strips:
1. Closed cell, expanded cellular rubber, self-extinguishing.
2. Cut or premolded to match corrugation configuration.
E. Sealing Tape:
1. 100 percent solids, pressure sensitive polyisobutylene compound tape with
release paper backing.
2. 'h in. wide by 1/8 in thick minimum.
3. Nonsag,nontoxic,nonstaining, and permanently elastic.
F. Joint Sealant: One part elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone rubber
as recommended by building manufacturer.
G. Sheet Metal Accessories: Provide flashings, closers, clips, fasteners, fillers, metal
expansion joints and other miscellaneous sheet metal items factory formed of same
materials and finish as roofing.
2.4 FASTENERS:
A. All fasteners furnished for the building panels will be 14-10 x 1" Type A, Hex Head
Flat-Top Tapping Screw, Carbon Steel, 0.0003" Mechanical Zinc Plate. The fasteners
shall have a flat top undercut head with EPDM sealing washer for weather-tightness.
These fasteners are not self-drilling. Fasteners shall conform to ASME Standard
B18.6.4.
B. After plating,all fastener heads shall be coated with fluropolymer base coat and a finish
coat of baked-on polyurethane enamel. The finish of the fasteners shall match the
building panels and trim.
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-5
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
C. Rivets shall be 1/8" x 1/8" Regular Protruding Head, Break Mandrel Blind Rivet,
Stainless Steel Body and Mandrel. All rivets shall match the finish of the trim. When
installed,the body shall deform in such a manner as to securely clinch the joined sheet
metal surfaces together.
2.5 FLASHING, CLOSURES,AND TRIM
A. Flashing and trim shall be furnished at the rake, corners, eaves, framed openings, and
wherever necessary to provide watertightness and a finished appearance.
B. A die-formed panel, matching the adjoining roof panels, shall be provided along the
building.
2.6 EAVE GUT 1'ERS AND DOWNSPOUTS
A. Eave gutters shall be roll-formed to a profile, free of objectionable waviness and any
other imperfections. The face of the gutter shall match the profile of the rake trim. All
gutter sections shall be securely fastened and sealed at end laps. The outside face of the
gutter shall be supported by 0.0180" (26 gauge) minimum thickness clear acrylic or
factory painted GALVALUME® supports on 3'-0 centers.
B. Downspouts shall be 4"x4" roll-folmed box sections. Matching finish steel straps shall
be provided for securing downspouts to the building wall. Kickouts (not elbow type)
shall be provided on each downspout.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Structure:
1. Shop fabricate to indicated size and section with welded plates and holes shop
drilled or punched to template dimension.
2. Make shop connections with power rivets, bolts, or welds.
3. Make field connections with bolts.
2.8 PAINTING
A. All cold-formed structural framing members shall be shot blasted or pickled, given one
coat (0.5 mils) of premium polyester-based red primer, then oven baked prior to any
fabrication. The primer contains a "wax" type lubricant to facilitate roll forming and
deter marring during those operations.Hairline crazing which may occur during forming
operations is considered normal
B. All other structural framing members shall be cleaned in accordance with the AISC
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-6
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
Code of Standard Practice and given one shop coat(1.0 mils) of red oxide primer
designed for short term field protection during the erection process. Primer shall meet
or exceed the performance requirements as outlined in the Structural Steel Paint
Council's paint specification SSPC-15.
2.9 DOORS
A. Door leaves shall be 1-3/4" thick, full flush, fabricated from 0.032" (20 gauge)embossed
A60 galvanized mill bonderized steel. The leaves shall have a one piece, Kraft
honeycomb core with a minimum crush strength of 45 psi. The core shall be secured to
the face sheets with a waterproof adhesive.
B. Door leaves shall have a tight hemmed vertical seam on lock and hinge edges. Leading
edge of the leaf that contacts the frame stop will have four thickness of metal.Door edges
will be continuously locked and beveled 1/8" in 2" for neat fit and security.
C. A 0.053" (16 gauge) A60 galvanized top and bottom channel will be projection welded
to both face sheets of the door leaf and shall be invelted. All hinge reinforcements shall
be 0.178" (7 gauge) thick steel,projection welded to the door-leaf in six places.
D. Door frames shall be 8-1/4" deep, open channel fabricated from 0.053" (16 gauge)
galvanized,mill bonderized steel. Each frame shall be prepared for the Universal A.S.A.
strike and include three rubber door stops.
E. Door frames shall be of the knock-down type furnished with mitered corners and tabs.
F. All door leaves and frames shall be bonderized inside and outside for maximum
protection. A rust resistant, modified acrylic synthetic resin primer, white in color, will
be spray applied, then baked and will have a nominal dry film thickness of 0.7 mils.
G. Standard hardware preparations for all door leaves and frames will be for 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"
template hinges and Gov't. Series 161 type lockset. Special hardware preparations
available as required.
H. Each door unit will be furnished with a set of(three) 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" (0.134) full mortise,
plain bearing hinges with a US26D (satin chrome) finish and non-removable pins.
I. Each door unit will be furnished with a 1/2" high extruded aluminum threshold with
sweep strip and necessary fasteners.
J. A Gov't series 161, standard duty, lever action lockset (A.D.A.) with a US26D (satin
chrome) finish will be furnished with each door unit.
K. Each door unit will be furnished with a set of 0.054"(16 gauge),red oxide primed,channel
extensions with bolts and clips to secure the door frame to the next wall member, if
required.Intermediate girts(if existing)and sheets shall be field cut to accommodate door
installations.
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-7
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
L. Door units of the double leaf type will be furnished with a white,prime painted astragal,
a lock filler plate for the passive leaf,and surface-mounted head and foot bolts in addition
to the aforementioned hardware.
M. Door closers, when required, shall be of the Size IV hydraulic type, standard duty, with
an aluminized painted finish and shall be mounted to the door leaf with thru-bolts.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine foundation and area for conditions detrimental to construction.
B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Framing:
1. Erect structural framing true to line, level, and plumb.
2. Level base plates to true even plane with full bearing to support structures.
3. Set plates with double nutted anchor bolts.
4. Use non-shrinking grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain level base
line elevation.
5. Moist cure grout for seven days after placement.
B. Purlins and Girts:
1. Locate and space wall girts to suit door and window arrangements and heights.
2. Secure purlins and girts to structural framing and hold rigid to straight line
using sag rods.
C. Bracing:
1. Provide diagonal rod or angle bracing in both roof and sidewalls.
2. Movement resisting frames may be used in lieu of sidewall bracing.
3. Where diaphragm strength of roof or wall covering is designed to resist wind
forces, rod or other forms of bracing will not be required.
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-8
PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
3.3 ROOFING
A. General:
1. Arrange and nest sidelaps so prevailing winds blow over lapped joints.
2. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation.
3. Apply panels and associated items to form weather tight enclosure.
4. Protect factory finishes from damage.
5. Install weather seal under ridge cap.
6. Flash and seal roof panels at eave and rake with rubber or neoprene closures
to exclude weather.
B. Roof Sheets:
1. Install sealant tape at lapped joints of ribbed or fluted roof sheets, protruding
equipment,vents, and accessories.
2. Apply sealant tape to clean dry surface of weather side of fastenings on end
laps, on side laps of corrugated or nesting type ribbed or fluted panels, and
as required to make weatherproof to driving rains.
3.4 SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES
A. Install gutters, down spouts and other sheet metal accessories in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for positive anchorage to building and weather tight
mounting.
END OF SECTION
ARKK Standard 12/1/2015 13122-9
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND
METHODS
Section 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Basic mechanical requirements specifically applicable to Division 15 Sections, in addition to
Division 1 - General Requirements.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI: American National Standards Institute.
B. ARI: American Refrigeration Institute.
C. ASHRAE: American Society of Heating Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers.
D. ASME: American Society for Mechanical Engineers.
E. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.
F. AWWA: American Water Works Association.
G. MSS: Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry.
H. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers'Association.
I. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association.
J. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association.
K. UL: Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300- Submittals.
B. Submittals as specified in individual sections.
C. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related
systems,products, and accessories in a single submittal.
APKK Standard—Aug 2016 15050-1
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND
METHODS
D. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire Protection: Conform to National Fire Prevention Association Code.
B. Plumbing: Conform to National Plumbing Code.
C. Obtain permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction on of this Project.
1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings,unless prevented by Project conditions.
B. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions,
including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of Engineer before
proceeding.
1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Section 01310 - Construction Schedule.
PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
ARKK Standard—Aug 2016 15050-2
PUMP STATION PIPING
Section 15053
PUMP STATION PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Piping for pump station, as shown on the Drawings.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A21.10, AWWA C110 Ductile Iron Fittings 3 in. through 48 in., for water and other
liquid.
B. ANSI B36 - Stainless Steel Pipe.
C. AWWA C151 -Ductile Iron Pipe, centrifugally cast in metal molds or sand-lined molds for
water or other liquids.
D. ANSI A21.15, AWWA C115 -Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges.
E. ANSI B 16.1 Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
F. AWWA C111, ANSI A21.11 -Rubber Gasket Joints.
G. AWWA.C600 -Hydrostatic Testing.
H. AWWA C606 -Grooved and Shouldered Joints.
I. ANSI B 1.1 Screw Threads.
J. ASTM A193 - Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature
Service.
K. ASTM A194 - Carbon and Alloy-Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure and
High-Temperature Service.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Sections 01300—Submittals and
Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.
B. Submit detailed drawings on pipe,joints, gaskets, fittings, flange coupling adapters, and
appurtenances.
19-033 15053-1
PUMP STATION PIPING
C. Submit shop drawings indicating dimensions, layout of piping, elevations, intersections,
connections, support system, etc.
D. Submit manufacturer's Certification of Compliance with ANSI, AWWA and other Standards
listed herein.
E. Submit description of proposed testing methods,procedures and apparatus and test reports for
each system.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications
1. Piping and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the standard product in
regular production by manufacturers whose products have proven reliable in similar
service for at least 5 years.
2. • Insofar as possible all piping and appurtenances of the same specific type shall be the
product of one single manufacturer.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Have products delivered, stored and protected under provisions of Section 01600 -Material
and Equipment.
PARTS2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, Class 53 minimum.
1. Fittings: AWWA C110
2. Joints: AWWA C115, with threaded flanges and rubber gaskets.
3. Bolts, studs and nuts: ASTM A-316 stainless steel.
4. Flanges: Same material as pipe and screwed onto the pipe in accordance with ANSI
B 16.1. Use screwed-on flanges attached to the pipe by the pipe manufacturer or pipe
manufacturer's authorized fabricator.
5. After flange attachment, have flange and pipe re-faced so that the end of the pipe is
even with the face of the flange and both are perpendicular to the axis of the pipe.
6. All flanged joints shall be hydrostatically tested after fabrication to a pressure rating of
300 psi minimum. All flanged joints shall be marked (Tested at 300 psi) and notarized
19-033 15053-2
PUMP STATION PIPING
certification papers supplied to the purchaser.
7. Align bolt holes on both flanges at the end of each piece of pipe.
8. Where cap screws or stud bolts are required, incorporate tapped holes for such cap
screws or stud bolts in the flanges.
9. Water Main Interiors: ANSI A21.4, cement lined with seal coat; ANSI A21.16 fusion
bonded epoxy coating for interior; comply with NSF 61-G.
10. Exterior Coating: Coat pipe in accordance with Section 09915 -Protective Coatings.
Water Lines: Above Ground(or Exposed): Provide a 3-coat epoxy/polyurethane
coating system as designated below:
Surface Preparation SSPC SP10
Near White Blast Clean
2.0 to 3.0 mils surface profile
Prime Coat Inhibitive Epoxy Primer, Tnemec Series
2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT 66HS or approved equal
Intermediate Coat Chemical Resistant Epoxy,Tnemec
4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT Series 66HS or approved equal
Finish Coat Polyurethane, Tnemec Series 73
1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT Or approved equal
Total minimum allowable dry film thickness for system: 10 mils.
All materials shall be from same manufacturer.
11. Performance: Use pipes and fittings designed for an internal working pressure range
of-10 to+150 psi.
B. Galvanized Steel Pipe per Section 02611 where galvanized steel pump station piping is indicated on
the design drawings.
1. Bolts, studs and nuts: ASTM A-316 stainless steel.
2. Flanges: Same material as pipe and welded onto the pipe.
3. After flange attachment, have flange and pipe re-faced so that the end of the pipe is
19-033 15053-3
PUMP STATION PIPING
even with the face of the flange and both are perpendicular to the axis of the pipe.
4. All flanged joints shall be hydrostatically tested after fabrication to a pressure rating of
300 psi minimum.
5. Align bolt holes on both flanges at the end of each piece of pipe.
6. Where cap screws or stud bolts are required, incorporate tapped holes for such cap
screws or stud bolts in the flanges.
C. Wall Pipes: Ductile iron flanged with water stop collar.
1. Ductile iron water stop collar to be welded on the wall pipe prior to installation of the
interior lining.
2. Interior Lining: As specified for pipe in paragraph 2.01A.9.
3. Bolts, studs and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel.
D. Flanged Coupling Adapter:
1. Type: Ductile iron; Romac Industries, Style FCA501, Dresser Style 128, or approved
equal.
2. Interior Lining: As specified for pipe in paragraph 2.01A.9.
3. Bolts, studs and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel
E. Air Release Piping: Schedule 40, ANSI B36 316 stainless steel with ANSI B 1.20.1 threaded
joints.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Check dimensions shown on the Drawings prior to installation of Work. Notify the Engineer
promptly of any conflicts or errors.
B. Run pipe lines straight and true in alignment, grade and location as shown on the Drawings.
C. Install piping through walls and floors as shown on the Drawings.
3.02 PIPE IDENTIFICATION LABELS
A. Not Used.
3.03 TESTING
19-033 15053-4
PUMP STATION PIPING
A. Flush pipes clean. Tighten connections to stop any visible leaks.
B. Test piping in accordance with Section 4-Hydrostatic Testing, AWWA C600.
C. Test piping to a pressure of 150 percent of the maximum possible discharge pressure of the
pumps.
END OF SECTION
19-033 15053-5
VALVES AND GATES FOR
PUMP STATION
Section 15101
VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Valves, Specialty Valves, Air Release/Combination Air/Vacuum Valves, gates and
accessories for exposed piping for potable water booster pump station.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
B. AWWA C509 -Resilient Seated Gate Valves.
C. ASTM A126 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings.
D. ASTM A395 -Ductile Iron Castings.
E. ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings.
F. ASTM A193 -Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature
Service.
G. ASTM A194 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High
Temperature Service.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications
1. Valves and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the standard product in
regular production by manufacturers whose products have proven reliable in similar
service for at least 5 years.
2. Insofar as possible all valves of the same specific type shall be the product of one
manufacturer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Sections 01330 - Submittal
Procedures and 15050 -Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.
B. Shop Drawings
19-033 15101-1
VALVES AND GATES FOR
PUMP STATION
1. Submit for review detailed drawings, data and descriptive literature on valves and
appurtenances, including:
a. Dimensions.
b. Size.
c. Materials of construction.
d. Weight.
e. Protective coating.
£ Actuator
g. Wiring diagram,where applicable.
2. Submit manufacturer's valve sizing calculations for verification of sizing for air release
valves, air and vacuum valves, and surge relief valves.
C. Manufacturer's Certifications
1. Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance with ANSI, AWWA and other listed
standards.
1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730 - Operations and
Maintenance Data.
B. Submit a detailed operation and maintenance manual for valves and appurtenances provided
under this Section.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Have products delivered, stored and protected under provisions of applicable specification.
B. Store valves and appurtenances off the ground in enclosed shelter.
19-033 15101-2
VALVES AND GATES FOR
PUMP STATION
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BASIC REQUIREMENTS
A. Mark and identify valves in conformance with standards,these Specifications or to the
manufacturer's standard.
B. Bolts, studs and nuts to be Type 316 stainless steel.
C. End connections of valves shall be flanged and drilled to ANSI Class 125 unless otherwise
specified.
D. To exterior surfaces of valves, apply a shop coating in accordance with Section 09915 —
Protective coatings.
2.02 CHECK VALVES FOR WATER PUMP STATION
E. Not Used.
2.03 PUMP STATION GATE VALVES
A. Gate valves: Solid wedge type, with resilient nitrile rubber(Buna-N)tapered seat. Provide
valves complying with AWWA C-509. Acceptable manufacturers include Mueller, American,
M&H,AVK, Pratt, or approved equal.
B. Supply gate valves rated as 200 psi water working pressure with 400 psi hydrostatic test for
structural soundness for 2 inches through 12 inches and 150 psi water working pressure with
300 psi hydrostatic test for structural soundness for sizes 14 inches through 30 inches.
C. Stems: Non-Rising Stem with handwheel operator; ASTM B763 bronze, alloy number 995
minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2-inches of 12%; non-rising.
D. Valve Bodies: Cast or ductile iron iron conforming to ASTM A126 or ASTM A395.
E. Resilient Wedge: Molded; synthetic rubber; vulcanized and bonded to cast or ductile iron
wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested to meet or exceed ASTM D429
Method B; seat against epoxy-coated surface in valve body.
F. Bolts: 316 Stainless Steel. AWWA C509, Section 4.4 or AWWA C515, Section 4.4.4;
stainless steel.
2.04 COMBINATION AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELEIF VALVES
A. Air Release and Combination Air and Vacuum Valves: Provide where shown on Drawings.
B. Provide air release valves equal to Vent-o-Mat Series RBX, 150 PSI Rated, 304 Stainless
Steel Body, or equal stainless steel combination air/vacuum valve.
19-033 15101-3
VALVES AND GATES FOR
PUMP STATION
2.05 MOTOR-ACTUATED BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVES FOR BOOSTER PUMP
CONTROL& ISOLATIONS
C. Not Used
2.06 BUTTERFLY VALVES (AWWA C504)
A. Not Used
2.07 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
A. Not Used
2.08 ELECTRONIC FLOW METERS
A. The following flow meters are required for this project:
1. One(1) 24" Siemens F M MAG 5100W Magnetic Flow meter, supplied with: One (1)
Remote-mounted MAG 6000 Transmitter(24 Volt), IP66/NEMA4, ABS Plastic Enclosure,
with Modbus RTU/RS485 Communication Module, cable kit, submersible kit for the terminal
box of SITRANS F M MAG sensors for IP 68 l Om w.g. rating.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install valves and specialties in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to permit
• intended performance.
3.02 PAINTING SND PROTECTIVE COATINGS
A. Coat valves and specialties in using same coating schedule as for above ground ductile iron
pipe as specified in Section 15053.
3.03 TESTING
A. Test valves using a hydrostatic pressure test in accordance with Section 02676—Hydrostatic
Testing of Pipelines.
B. Test valves and specialties in place. Correct defects in valves, specialties or connections.
END OF SECTION
19-033 15101-4